<<

SOUTH DEEP MINE ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

Prepared for

Department of Mineral Resources

Reference No: GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

October 2011

Prepared by

REPORT NR: REPORT NR: GFI02NM39P501009B

181 Arkansas Avenue, North Block, Suite 1, Berario

Tel: 011-431 2251, Fax: 086 628 5060, email: [email protected]; South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR TABLE OF CONTENTS

1 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE MINE ...... 1 1.1 NAME AND ADDRESS OF MINE, MINE OWNER AND MINE MANAGER / RESPONSIBLE PERSON ...... 1 1.2 NAME AND ADDRESS OF THE MINERAL RIGHT HOLDER ...... 1 1.3 NAME AND ADDRESS OF THE MINING AUTHORIZATION ...... 1 1.4 NAME AND ADDRESS OF THE OWNER OF THE LAND AND THE TITLE DEED DESCRIPTION ...... 3 1.5 REGIONAL SETTING ...... 3 1.6 DIRECTION AND DISTANCE TO NEIGHBOURING TOWNS...... 4 1.7 SURFACE INFRASTRUCTURE ...... 4 1.8 PRESENCE OF SERVITUDES ...... 4 1.9 LAND TENURE AND USE OF IMMEDIATELY ADJACENT LAND ...... 4 1.10 THE NAME OF THE RIVER CATCHMENT IN WHICH THE MINE IS SITUATED ...... 5 1.11 DESCRIPTION OF THE MINE ...... 5 1.12 MINERAL DEPOSIT ...... 5 1.13 MINE PRODUCT(S) ...... 5 1.14 ESTIMATED RESERVES ...... 6 1.15 MINING METHOD(S) ...... 6 1.16 PRODUCTION RATE ...... 6 1.17 MINE LIFE ...... 6 2 DESCRIPTION OF THE CURRENT MINING ENVIRONMENT ...... 7 2.1 GEOLOGY ...... 7 2.1.1 GEOLOGICAL DESCRIPTION ...... 7 2.1.2 PRESENCE OF DYKES, SILLS AND FAULTS THAT EXTEND BEYOND THE PROPERTY BOUNDARY ...... 12 2.2 CLIMATE ...... 13 2.2.1 REGIONAL CLIMATE ...... 13 2.2.2 MEAN MONTHLY AND ANNUAL RAINFALL FOR THE SITE ...... 13 2.2.3 MAXIMUM RAINFALL INTENSITIES PER MONTH ...... 14 2.2.4 MEAN MONTHLY, MAXIMUM AND MINIMUM TEMPERATURES ...... 15 2.2.5 MONTHLY MEAN WIND DIRECTION AND SPEED ...... 15 2.2.6 MEAN MONTHLY EVAPORATION ...... 15 2.2.7 INCIDENCE OF EXTREME WEATHER CONDITIONS ...... 16 2.3 TOPOGRAPHY ...... 17 2.4 SOIL ...... 18 2.4.1 DOORNPOORT TAILINGS DAM COMPLEX ...... 26 2.5 PRE-MINING LAND CAPABILITY ...... 28 2.6 LAND USE ...... 31 2.6.1 PRE-MINING AND CURRENT LAND USE ...... 31 2.6.2 HISTORICAL AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTION ...... 33 2.6.3 EVIDENCE OF MISUSE ...... 33 2.6.4 EXISTING STRUCTURES ...... 33 2.7 NATURAL VEGETATION ...... 36 2.7.1 DOMINANT SPECIES ...... 39 2.7.2 ENDANGERED OR RARE SPECIES ...... 39 2.7.3 INTRUDER OR EXOTIC SPECIES ...... 39 2.8 ANIMAL LIFE ...... 40 2.8.1 COMMONLY OCCURRING SPECIES ...... 40 2.8.2 ENDANGERED OR RARE SPECIES ...... 45 2.8.3 AVIFAUNA ...... 47 2.9 SURFACE WATER ...... 52 2.9.1 SURFACE WATER QUANTITY ...... 52

iii South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR 2.9.2 SURFACE WATER QUALITY ...... 59 2.9.3 DRAINAGE DENSITY OF DISTURBED AREAS ...... 90 2.9.4 SURFACE WATER USE ...... 90 2.9.5 WATER AUTHORITY ...... 91 2.9.6 WETLANDS ...... 91 2.10 GROUNDWATER ...... 97 2.10.1 DEPTH OF WATERTABLE(S) ...... 100 2.10.2 PRESENCE OF WATER BOREHOLES AND SPRINGS ...... 105 2.10.3 GROUND WATER QUALITY ...... 109 2.10.4 GROUND WATER USE ...... 118 2.10.5 GROUND WATER ZONE ...... 118 2.11 AIR QUALITY ...... 121 2.11.1 EXISTING SOURCES OF POLLUTION IN THE AREA ...... 122 2.12 NOISE ...... 128 2.13 SITES OF ARCHAEOLOGICAL AND CULTURAL INTEREST ...... 128 2.14 SENSITIVE LANDSCAPES ...... 133 2.15 VISUAL ASPECTS ...... 134 2.16 REGIONAL SOCIO-ECONOMIC STRUCTURE ...... 134 2.16.1 POPULATION DENSITY, GROWTH AND LOCATION ...... 134 2.16.2 MAJOR ECONOMIC ACTIVITIES AND SOURCES OF EMPLOYMENT ...... 136 2.16.3 UNEMPLOYMENT ESTIMATE FOR THE AREA ...... 137 2.16.4 HOUSING - DEMAND, AVAILABILITY ...... 137 2.16.5 SOCIAL INFRASTRUCTURE ...... 137 2.16.6 WATER SUPPLY ...... 139 2.16.7 POWER SUPPLY ...... 139 2.17 INTERESTED AND AFFECTED PARTIES ...... 139 3 MOTIVATION OF CURRENT MINING OPERATIONS ...... 141 3.1 BENEFITS OF THE MINE ...... 141 3.1.1 WHERE IT IS INTENDED THAT THE PRODUCT(S) WILL BE SOLD ...... 141 3.1.2 THE EXPENDITURE TO BRING THE MINE INTO PRODUCTION ...... 141 3.1.3 THE TOTAL ANNUAL EXPENDITURE AT FULL PRODUCTION ...... 141 3.1.4 THE EMPLOYEE STRENGTH AT FULL PRODUCTION ...... 141 3.1.5 THE MULTIPLIER EFFECT ON THE LOCAL, REGIONAL AND NATIONAL ECONOMY ...... 141 4 DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE MINING OPERATION ...... 142 4.1 SURFACE INFRASTRUCTURE ...... 142 4.1.1 LINEAR INFRASTRUCTURE ...... 143 4.1.2 MINE RESIDUE DISPOSAL SITES ...... 148 4.1.3 SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES ...... 152 4.1.4 WATER MANAGEMENT FACILITIES ...... 153 4.1.5 POTABLE WATER PLANT ...... 163 4.1.6 PROCESS WATER SUPPLY SYSTEM ...... 164 4.1.7 MINERAL PROCESSING PLANT(S) ...... 167 4.1.8 WORKSHOPS, ADMINISTRATION AND OTHER FACILITIES ...... 170 4.1.9 HOUSING, RECREATION AND OTHER EMPLOYEE FACILITIES ...... 172 4.1.10 HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES STORAGE ...... 174 4.1.11 WATER BALANCE DIAGRAM ...... 174 4.1.12 DISTURBANCES OF WATER COURSES ...... 181 4.1.13 STORM WATER ...... 183 4.2 CONSTRUCTION PHASE ...... 189 4.3 OPERATIONAL PHASE ...... 189 4.3.1 UNDERGROUND MINING ...... 189 4.3.2 MINERAL PROCESSING ...... 191 iv South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR 4.3.3 TRANSPORTATION ...... 194 4.3.4 MINE RESIDUE DISPOSAL SITES ...... 196 4.3.5 WASTE MANAGEMENT ...... 201 4.3.6 WATER MANAGEMENT ...... 211 4.3.7 SITE SERVICES ...... 214 4.3.8 SITE MANAGEMENT ...... 215 4.3.9 DISTURBANCE OF WATER COURSES ...... 215 5 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...... 216 5.1 METHODOLOGY USED FOR ASSESSING IMPACTS ...... 219 5.2 CONSTRUCTION PHASE ...... 222 5.3 OPERATIONAL & DECOMMISSIONING PHASES ...... 222 5.3.1 GEOLOGY ...... 224 5.3.2 TOPOGRAPHY ...... 230 5.3.3 SOIL ...... 232 5.3.4 LAND CAPABILITY ...... 238 5.3.5 LAND USE ...... 240 5.3.6 NATURAL VEGETATION/PLANT LIFE ...... 241 5.3.7 ANIMAL LIFE ...... 247 5.3.8 SURFACE WATER ...... 249 5.3.9 GROUND WATER ...... 260 5.3.10 AIR QUALITY ...... 266 5.3.11 SITES OF ARCHAEOLOGICAL AND CULTURAL INTEREST ...... 273 5.3.12 VISUAL DISTURBANCES ...... 275 5.3.13 REGIONAL SOCIO-ECONOMIC STRUCTURE ...... 276 5.3.14 RADIATION ...... 279 5.3.15 INTERESTED AND AFFECTED PARTIES ...... 281 6 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME ...... 283 6.1 CONSTRUCTION PHASE ...... 283 6.2 OPERATIONAL AND DECOMMISSIONING PHASES ...... 283 6.2.1 EMP PERFORMANCE ASSESSMENTS ...... 284 6.2.2 FORMAT OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME ...... 284 6.3 PLANS AND PROCEDURES...... 310 6.3.1 ENVIRONMENTAL AWARENESS PLAN ...... 310 6.3.2 ENVIRONMENTAL EMERGENCY AND REMEDIATION PLAN ...... 311 6.4 FINANCIAL PROVISION ...... 312 6.4.1 CLOSURE COSTS ...... 312 6.4.2 FINANCIAL GUARANTEE ...... 313 6.4.3 REHABILITATION FUND ...... 313 7 CONCLUSION ...... 314 7.1 KNOWLEDGE GAPS ...... 314 7.2 RECOMMENDATIONS ...... 314 8 STATUTORY REQUIREMENTS ...... 322 8.1 UNDERTAKING BY APPLICANT ...... 322 8.2 LIST OF PERMISSIONS HELD ...... 323 9 AMENDMENTS TO EMP ...... 326 10 REFERENCES AND SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION ...... 327 11 CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL ...... 332

LIST OF TABLES

Table 2:1: Monthly Rainfall, Evaporation Data and Average Temperatures ...... 14

v South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Table 2:2: Design storm event for various return periods ...... 15 Table 2:3: Land types occurring on the terrain at South Deep mine ...... 20 Table 2:4: Summary of the soils present in specific project areas in the South Deep area .... 22 Table 2:5: Analysis results of soils found in the South Deep mining area ...... 25 Table 2:6: Summary of the soils present in the Doornpoort TSF area ...... 27 Table 2:7: Summary of the soil properties in the Doornpoort TSF area ...... 28 Table 2:8: Summary of land capability of soil units in the Doornpoort TSF area ...... 30 Table 2:9 Mammal species recorded at South Deep mine during April 2010 ...... 41 Table 2:10 Most commonly occurring bird species at South Deep mine area ...... 42 Table 2:11 Reptile species recorded at South Deep mine in April 2010 ...... 43 Table 2:12 Frog species recorded at South Deep mine in April 2010 ...... 44 Table 2:13 Additional conservation important mammals likely to occur at South Deep mine and surrounds ...... 45 Table 2:14 Probability of occurrence for wetland mammal species at South Deep mine ...... 46 Table 2:15 Red data listed bird species ...... 48 Table 2:16: Catchment areas ...... 54 Table 2:17: Flow meter readings ...... 57 Table 2:18: Mean Annual Runoff (MAR) for affected catchment ...... 58 Table 2:19: Summary of discharged effluent water quality (South Shaft wastewater treatment plant) ...... 61 Table 2:20 South Deep Mine surface monitoring programme ...... 64 Table 2:21 Averages for water samples taken at the South Deep Metallurgical Plant for 2010 and 2011 (up to June 2011) ...... 67 Table 2:22: Annual average water quality for monitoring points at South Deep for 2010 and 2011 (until June 2011) ...... 69 Table 2:23: Classification of in-stream surface water quality ...... 76 Table 2:24 Averages for in-house bio-monitoring samples taken at South Deep for period 2010 and 2011 (until June 2011) ...... 82 Table 2:25: Drainage density ...... 90 Table 2:26 Wetland hydro-geomorphic (HGM) types typically supporting inland wetlands in (Kotze et al., 2009) ...... 93 Table 2:27: Monitoring boreholes for South Deep ...... 99 Table 2:28: Location of multidirectional dust buckets ...... 122 Table 2:29: Dust fall-out standards according to SANS 1929:2005 ...... 125 Table 2:30 Latest dust monitoring data ...... 126 Table 2:31: Summary of heritage resource sites in the vicinity of the mine ...... 130 Table 2:32: Heritage resource sites - evidence and conservation value ...... 131 Table 2:33: Sensitive landscape occurrences ...... 133 Table 2:34: Population distribution amongst suburbs in Westonaria ...... 135 Table 2:35: Incidence of Diseases in Westonaria Local Municipality ...... 136 Table 4:1: Description of waste rock dumps at South Deep mine ...... 148 Table 4:2: Description of the tailings dams at South Deep mine ...... 149 Table 4:3: Conceptual design of the Doornpoort TSF ...... 151 Table 4:4: Description of sewage treatment plant at South Shaft ...... 154 Table 4:5: Description of mine water storage facilities ...... 156 Table 4:6: Description of polluted water holding facilities ...... 157 Table 4:7: A summary of the return water holding facilities at South Deep mine ...... 160 Table 4:8: Conceptual design of the Doornpoort return water system ...... 162 vi South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Table 4:9: Potable water requirements ...... 163 Table 4:10: Process water requirements ...... 164 Table 4:11: Mineral processing operations at the additional gold plant ...... 167 Table 4:12: The skills profile of employees ...... 173 Table 4:13: Details on current housing facilities ...... 173 Table 4:14: Water source quality characteristics and re-use strategy ...... 177 Table 4:15: Clean-water diversion facilities and dirty-water collection facilities ...... 183 Table 4:16: Clean-water-diversion and dirty-water collection facilities at Doornpoort tailings dam complex ...... 188 Table 4:17: Details on the underground mining operations...... 189 Table 4:18: Transport mechanism used by the mine ...... 194 Table 4:19: Operation and management of TSFs ...... 196 Table 4:20: Operational and management measures at Doornpoort TSF ...... 197 Table 4:21: Waste Rock dumps operational and management measures ...... 199 Table 4:22: Types of domestic and industrial wastes produced by the mine ...... 202 Table 4:23: Industrial waste site at South Deep mine ...... 208 Table 4:24: Pump station at South Deep Twin Shaft ...... 213 Table 4:25: Sewage treatment works at South Shaft ...... 213 Table 5:1: Comparison between issues identified in previous EMP documentation and common sources ...... 216 Table 5:2: Rating Table...... 220 Table 5:3 Assessment of impacts related to Geology ...... 224 Table 5:4 Assessment of impacts related to Topography ...... 230 Table 5:5 Assessment of impacts related to Soil ...... 232 Table 5:6 Assessment of impacts related to Land Capability ...... 238 Table 5:7 Assessment of impacts related to Land Use ...... 240 Table 5:8 Assessment of impact associated with the Natural Vegetation ...... 241 Table 5:9 Assessment of impacts related to the Animal Life ...... 247 Table 5:10 Assessment of impacts related to Surface Water ...... 249 Table 5:11 Assessment of impacts related to Groundwater ...... 260 Table 5:12 Assessment of impacts related to Air Quality ...... 266 Table 5:13 Assessment of impacts related to Noise ...... 271 Table 5:14 Assessment of impacts related to Heritage Resources ...... 273 Table 5:15 Assessment of impacts related to Visual Disturbances ...... 275 Table 5:16 Assessment of socio-economic impacts ...... 276 Table 5:17 Assessment of impacts related to Radiation ...... 279 Table 5:18 Assessment of impacts related to I&APs ...... 281 Table 6:1 Environmental Management Plan ...... 286 Table 6:2 Scheduled and un-scheduled closure cost calculations for South Deep Mine ..... 312 Table 7:1 Recommended mitigation and monitoring actions ...... 315

LIST OF FIGURES

Figure 1:1: Local setting of South Deep Mine ...... 2 Figure 2:1: Regional geological setting of South Deep mine ...... 8 Figure 2:2: Geological Plan ...... 9 Figure 2:3: West-east geological section of the South Deep area using Ventersdorp lava as datum ...... 11 vii South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Figure 2:4: Land types in the vicinity of South Deep mine ...... 19 Figure 2:5: Soils occurring in the South Deep mining area and their capability ...... 24 Figure 2:6: Land capability of soils occurring in the Doornpoort TSF site ...... 32 Figure 2:7: Land use at Doornpoort TSF site ...... 35 Figure 2:8 Vegetation Types at South Deep mine ...... 37 Figure 2:9: Habitat identified at Doornpoort TSF site ...... 38 Figure 2:10: Highveld Blue, Lepidochrysops praeterita...... 50 Figure 2:11 Locality of Conservation Important Fauna at South Deep Mine ...... 51 Figure 2:12: Catchment boundaries in the vicinity of South Deep mine ...... 53 Figure 2:13: Surface water monitoring points at South Deep mine ...... 66 Figure 2:14 Sulphate and TDS trends at monitoring point SB11B in the Leeuspruit for the period December 2007 to August 2009 ...... 71 Figure 2:15 Sulphate and TDS trends for the period 2007 to 2010 for monitoring point S13 for the period January 2007 to February 2010 ...... 72 Figure 2:16 Sulphate and TDS trends at monitoring point S6 in the Leeuspruit for the period December 2007 to August 2010 ...... 73 Figure 2:17 Sulphate and TDS trends for monitoring point S10 in the Kariegaspruit for the period January 2007 to February 2010 ...... 74 Figure 2:18 Sulphate profile for the period January 2007 to February 2010 ...... 74 Figure 2:19 Electrical conductivity profile for the period January 2007 to February 2010 ...... 75 Figure 2:20 Average water quality for surface water monitoring points up and downstream of the South Deep mine area ...... 75 Figure 2:21 Bio-monitoring sites on South Deep Mine ...... 83 Figure 2:22 SASS Scores (historic & current) since December 2004 applicable to the Leeuspruit, Kariegaspruit & Loopspruit...... 87 Figure 2:23 IHAS% Scores (historic & current) since December 2004 applicable to the Leeuspruit, Kariegaspruit & Loopspruit...... 88 Figure 2:24 Main wetland systems and identified hydromorphic grasslands in South Deep mine area ...... 96 Figure 2:25 Groundwater monitoring points at South Deep mine ...... 98 Figure 2:26: Interpolated groundwater elevations and general groundwater flow at South Deep mine area ...... 101 Figure 2:27 Comparison of groundwater levels between 2003 and June 2011 ...... 102 This may in part be attributed to the exceptionally high summer rainfall experienced, but it is more likely due to the hydraulic connection and gradient between the tailings dam and the weathered aquifer. A contributing factor would be the underlying geology. South of the tailings dam complex (C in Figure 2:28), the geology consist of weathered shale, Hekpoort lava in the south-west and dolerite sill. It is believed that the Gemsbokfontein No.1 Dyke is in close proximity to SD10. Groundwater flow on the southern side of the tailings dams is controlled by the depth of weathering and restricted to the upper contacts of the lava and dolerite. Figure 2:28: Simplified sections showing relationship between geology, depth of weathering and groundwater tables ...... 103 Figure 2:29 Location of farm boreholes ...... 107 Figure 2:30 Trent Graphs for Electrical Conductivity and SO4 at SD7, SD8, SD11, Sd12, SD18SD25 and H1 ...... 113 Figure 2:31: Aquifers occurring at South Deep mine ...... 118 Figure 2:32: The location of the monitoring boreholes in relation with the underlying geology at South Deep mine ...... 121 viii South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Figure 2:33 Location of multi-directional dust buckets in the vicinity of South Deep mine ...... 123 Figure 2:34: Historical dust monitoring points at South Deep mine ...... 124 Figure 2:35: Location of heritage resources in the vicinity of South Deep Mine ...... 129 Figure 2:36: Location of heritage resources in the vicinity of Doornpoort TSF ...... 132 Figure 4:1: Conceptual layout of power supply ...... 145 Figure 4:2: Pipeline routes associated with the Doornpoort TSF ...... 147 Figure 4:3: Conceptual flow diagram of the operations at South Deep mine ...... 159 Figure 4:4 Conceptual flow diagram of the operations at Doornpoort TSF ...... 161 Figure 4:5 Water balance notation ...... 179 Figure 4:6 Water balance situation at South Deep Mine after Doornpoort commissioning .. 180 Figure 4:7 Conceptual drawing of the Doornpoort TSF ...... 187 Figure 6:1 Training needs summary ...... 311

LIST OF APPENDICES

Appendix A: Land area converted as per MPRDA (Map)

Appendix B: Regional Setting (Map)

Appendix C: Surrounding land owners (Map)

Appendix D: Land use (Map)

Appendix E: NSS Biodiversity Report (2010)

Appendix F: ERM Hydrocensus (2009)

Appendix G: Heritage Report

Appendix H: Surface Infrastructure (Maps)

Appendix I: Metago Water Balance (2009)

Appendix J: Rison Consulting Biomonitoring Report (2009/10)

Appendix K: South Deep IS0 14001 EMS Procedures

LIST OF ACRONYMS

Acronym Description amsl Above mean sea level

BEE Black economic empowered

CAPCO Chief Air Pollution Control Officer

ix South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Acronym Description

CIP Carbon in pulp dBA A-weighted Decibels (Environmental noise measurement)

DEAT Department of Environmental Affairs & Tourism ( now DEA – Department of Environment)

DWAF Department of Water Affairs and Forestry (now DWA - Department of Water Affairs)

EC Electrical conductivity

EMP Environmental Management Plan

EMPR Environmental Management Programme Report

GDACE Department of Agriculture Conservation & Environment (now GDARD - Gauteng Department of Agriculture and Rural Development)

HRT High rate thickener

I&APs Interested and Affected Parties

IDP Integrated Development Plans

IEM Integrated Environmental Management

ISCW Institute for Soil Climate and Water kW Kilo watt

MAP Mean annual precipitation mbgl Meters below ground level

MEM Mine Environmental Management

NNR National Nuclear Regulator

PM10 Particulate matter

RAS Return activated sludge

SAHRA South African Heritage Resources Agency

SANS South African National Standards

SLP Social & Labour Plan

SMME Small Medium and Micro Enterprise

SO4 Sulphate

TDS Total dissolved solids

x South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Acronym Description

TSF Tailing storage facility

TSP Total suspended particles

VCR Ventersdorp Contact Reef

VSD Variable speed drives

WRC Water Research Council

WULA Water use licence application

xi South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR 1 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE MINE

1.1 NAME AND ADDRESS OF MINE, MINE OWNER AND MINE MANAGER /

RESPONSIBLE PERSON

Note that the information provided in this section is from the South Deep’s updated EMP report (2006) and First Amendment of EMP – Doornpoort (2007)

The contact details for South Deep mine are outlined below. The mine‟s current mining authorization /lease area is illustrated in Figure 1:1.

Name of Mine Postal Address Contact Details South Deep Mine P O Box 57 Tel no: 011-411-1475 Westonaria Fax no: 011-411-1523 1780 Mine owner Postal Address Contact Details South Deep Joint Venture P O Box 57 Tel no: 011-411-1000 Westonaria Fax no: 011-411-1523 1780

* Goldfields acquired Barrick’s share of the company in late 2006.

1.2 NAME AND ADDRESS OF THE MINERAL RIGHT HOLDER

South Deep‟s old order mining rights were converted to a new order mining right during 2010 (Reference GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR). South Deep is owned and operated by Gold Fields Operations Limited and GFl Joint Venture Holdings Proprietary) Limited, acting jointly as the South Deep Joint Venture.

1.3 NAME AND ADDRESS OF THE MINING AUTHORIZATION

The plan showing the land and area converted in terms of item 7 of Schedule II of the Minerals and Petroleum resources Development Act (Act no 28 of 2002) is presented in Appendix A.

Page 1 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Figure 1:1: Local setting of South Deep Mine

Doornp oort TSF complex

DOORNPOORT TSF SITE

Page 2 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR 1.4 NAME AND ADDRESS OF THE OWNER OF THE LAND AND THE TITLE DEED

DESCRIPTION

Land owner Postal Address Contact Details PDWAJV South Deep Mine P O Box 776 Tel no: 011-411-1000 Westonaria Fax no: 011-411-1523 1780

The mine is located on the farms Modderfontein 345 IQ and Doornpoort 347 IQ.

All of the land occupied by the mine and most of the land located within the mine lease area boundary is owned by the Placer Dome Western Areas Joint Venture, with Placer Dome South Africa (Pty) Ltd and Western Areas Ltd each owning a 50% share, except for Portion 49 of Doornpoort 347IQ which is owned by Eskom. The mine and Eskom are still in discussions regarding acquiring the required piece of land. In early 2006, Placer Dome was bought out by Barrick Gold however as the title deeds have not yet been updated Placer Dome is used in this section.

Properties that will be traversed by the pipeline routes for Doornpoort (tailings delivery and return water) are mainly owned by the mine. Only two properties are owned by private individuals. There are existing servitudes (surfaced public roads) or disturbed areas (gravel tracks) on these properties. It is planned to establish the pipeline routes adjacent to these areas. Negotiations are in progress to establish agreements with private landowners and/or relevant service providers (such as Eskom and the Provincial Roads Authority) where applicable.

1.5 REGIONAL SETTING

South Deep is situated in the Gauteng Province, near to the border with North West Province. Refer Appendix B.

Page 3 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR 1.6 DIRECTION AND DISTANCE TO NEIGHBOURING TOWNS

The nearest towns are Westonaria (10km north), (30km north), (25km west) and Carltonville (35km north west).

1.7 SURFACE INFRASTRUCTURE

There is a network of roads providing access to the mine, the Doornpoort tailings dam site and associated water treatment plant and pipeline routes. The following access roads are present:

. (between and Potchefstroom);

. (between Westonaria and Vereeniging);

. Main road (between Fochville and the R28);

. Road 1520 (access from Kloof Mine);

. On-site haul road.

In the vicinity of South Deep Mine the railway line runs in an east-west direction between Johannesburg and Potchefstroom. Along that route, the railway line branches off before Lanais in a southerly direction to Vereeniging. The nearest railway station is situated at Westonaria. There is an Eskom substation and network of power lines immediately to the north east of the Doornpoort tailings dam site. This network of power lines crosses the associated pipeline routes.

1.8 PRESENCE OF SERVITUDES

There are several servitudes in the mining area. These include: power servitudes, right of ways (private and public) and rights to water.

1.9 LAND TENURE AND USE OF IMMEDIATELY ADJACENT LAND

The predominant land use on and surrounding is mainly agricultural activities. Page 4 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Most of the land surrounding the mine is owned by private individuals (refer Appendix C). To the west of the mine, land is owned by GFI Mining SA and Kloof Gold Mining Company Ltd. Other properties in the surrounding areas are owned either by Eskom, the Far Dolomitic Association, Randfontein Estates (Harmony), the State (represented by the Department of Land Affairs and Gauteng Provincial Government), the National Housing Board, the Westonaria Local Municipality or Waterpan Gold Mining Company (Pty) Ltd.

1.10 THE NAME OF THE RIVER CATCHMENT IN WHICH THE MINE IS SITUATED

The mine falls within the Quaternary Catchment (C22J) of the Vaal Barrage Catchment.

1.11 DESCRIPTION OF THE MINE

The main components of the mine are:

. two shaft complexes – the old South Shaft and the South Deep Twin Shaft – and associated waste rock dumps, refrigeration plant and waste water treatment plants;

. one gold plant; and

. three tailing storage facilities (including the approved Doornpoort tailing storage facility).

1.12 MINERAL DEPOSIT

The mineral deposit mined at South Deep is the gold reefs of the Elsburg and Venterspost Formations. These formations form part of the Southern Limb of the West Rand Goldfields.

1.13 MINE PRODUCT(S)

The product of the mine is gold bullion and gold bearing slag which is sold directly to Rand Refinery.

Page 5 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR 1.14 ESTIMATED RESERVES

In June 2009 the estimated reserves were determined as 29.5 million ounces.

1.15 MINING METHOD(S)

Underground mining utilizing conventional and trackless mining methods that involve drilling, blasting, loading and hauling of ore and waste. Conventional mining (more labour intensive and requires the use of rail infrastructure) is used to extract VCRs (Ventersdorp Contact Reef) and for destress-stoping. Trackless mining methods involves mechanised bulk mining (makes use of machinery) and takes place in the massive part of the ore body. The main operating levels of the mine are Level 90 and 95, with Level 87 as an inter-level between Level 85 and 90.

1.16 PRODUCTION RATE

The gold plant has a capacity of 220,000 tons per month, and is utilizing an estimated 70% of that for South Deep material. The mine is currently processing all reef and waste material delivered from underground. The excess capacity is currently used to treat ore from Kloof and/or screened surface waste material.

1.17 MINE LIFE

The estimated life of mine as at June 2009 is 2052.

Page 6 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR 2 DESCRIPTION OF THE CURRENT MINING ENVIRONMENT

2.1 GEOLOGY

2.1.1 Geological Description

Regional geological setting

South Deep Mine lies within the Central Rand Group of the Witwatersrand Supergroup. Most of the area is underlain by Supergroup rocks of the Timeball Hill Formation, except for the topographically positive areas around Randfontein and where older rock types of the Ventersdorp and Witwatersrand Supergroup are exposed (Figure 2:1).

The regional setting is dominated by three domal structures consisting of Archaean basement granites and gneiss containing schist remnants. Two of these domes, the Johannesburg and Westerdam domes, are flanked to the south and south-east respectively, by shales and quartzites, containing the economic auriferous conglomerate horizons of the Witwatersrand Supergroup. Inliers of these rocks and the basement granite, outcrop intermittently in the east-north-easterly trending Rand Anticline, which connects the Johannesburg and Westerdam domes.

The Witwatersrand rocks are unconformably overlain by lavas of the Ventersdorp Supergroup. These form part of the northern limb of the Potchefstroom syncline, which underlies the area between the Westerdam, Johannesburg and Vredefort domes.

Surface geology at the mine

The mine is mainly situated on the Timeball Hill Formation quartzite, shale and siltstone of the Group of the Transvaal Supergroup (Figure 2:1). This Timeball Hill Formation represents a period of clastic sedimentation following prolonged chemical sedimentation of the underlying dolomites, and consists of a lower thick shale followed by an alternating quartzite/shale sequence topped by a further thick shale unit (Strubenkop Formation). Most of these rocks, especially in the lower lying areas, are concealed beneath a cover of residual and transported soils. The floodplains of the Leeuspruit contain grey, silty to clayey soils.

Page 7 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Figure 2:1: Regional geological setting of South Deep mine

Source: South Deep, Updated EMP (2006) Page 8 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Figure 2:2: Geological Plan

Page 9 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR The Hekpoort Andesite Formation lavas of the Ventersdorp Supergroup, outcrop to the south of the mine infrastructure. Scattered lava outcrops can be seen throughout the area. The weathering of the Hekpoort Andesite results in dark to reddish-brown silty sand.

Underground mine geology

The Upper Elsburg reefs (Elsburg Formation – Waterpan Member) and the Ventersdorp Contact Reef (VCR) (Ventersdorp Supergroup) are the reefs that are mined both at South Shaft and South Deep Twin Shaft. These occur at a depth of between 2 000 m and 3 500 m below surface. They are overlain by up to 1 200 m of Klipriviersberg Lava (Ventersdorp Supergroup – Klipriviersberg Group) and a 2 000 m succession of Transvaal Supergroup dolomites, quartzites, shales and lavas (Figure 2:3). Footwall rocks are predominantly gritty quartzites with occasional small pebble conglomerate bands.

The Upper Elsburg reefs comprise a series of sub-parallel, large pebble conglomerate horizons that individually range between 1 m to 4 m in thickness. These horizons form part of a clastic wedge that opens out, at the north-south striking Elsburg subcrop (“Shoreline”), to the east and south such that the whole unit increases to over 100 m in thickness. The Waterpan Member has been subsequently further subdivided into the EA, EB, EC and ED stratigraphic horizons. Within each of these separate reef packages (with the exception of ED) at least one (and sometimes several) conglomerate unit with gold mineralisation is present. As a consequence, both at the Elsburg subcrop, and at certain distal points, the stacked conglomerate reefs reach widths in excess of 10 m which are sufficient to justify the application of mechanised mining methods.

The VCR, generally striking east-west and dipping 10° to 30° to the south, has been subdivided into three units on the basis of sedimentary characteristics. The lower unit comprises cyclical sediments within steep-sided channels, 6 m to 25 m wide and 2.5 m deep. The middle unit unconformably overlies the lower unit and comprises coarse grained, more massive conglomerates that occur within wider, shallower palaeochannels. The upper unit is sporadically developed with its base often marked by a major low-angle thrust fault that does not appear to have had a role in gold mineralization.

Page 10 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Figure 2:3: West-east geological section of the South Deep area using Ventersdorp lava as datum

Source: South Deep, Updated EMP (2006)

Page 11 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR A number of diabase intrusions are evident in the area. Two north-south orientated syenite dykes, Gemsbokfontein No. 1 (east) and the Gemsbokfontein No. 2 (west), cut through the underlying strata, including the dolomite. The dolomite, which has a thickness of approximately 1 200 m, is covered by some 500 m of Transvaal and Karoo rocks.

North-south trending faults have formed a number of horst and graben structures in the lavas. Due to surficial deposits, the surface extent of these faults is difficult to determine and were not indicated on Figure 2:2.

2.1.2 Presence of dykes, sills and faults that extend beyond the property boundary

The geological structure at the mine is dominated by the north-north-east trending Roodepoort-Panvlakte fault system and the Panvlakte-Roodepoort horst block that separates Kloof Gold Mine from South Deep Mine. A number of regional faults also cross the property, the most significant of which include the normal Panvlakte fault, which intersects the western property boundary, and two east-west trending wrench faults, with offsets of 200 m, which subdivide the South Deep Mine area into a northern block and a southern block and also define the southern limits of the mining area.

North-north-east trending Pilansberg age dykes, the most important of which are the Gemsbokfontein Dykes No.1 and No. 2 that are up to 30 m wide, divide the property into distinct groundwater (Ventersbok, Gemsbokfontein and Venterspost Compartments) and mining compartments. The older dykes are generally associated with faulting and trend north-south, east-west and northeast-southwest.

The Gemsbokfontein No. 2 dyke is also present along the eastern boundary of the Doornpoort tailings dam complex. The dyke has a width of approximately 30 to 40m, with a subvertical dip. There are possible fracture zones at a position of 20m from the centre of the dyke, suggesting the possible fractured dyke contact. Depth to the top of the dykes varies between 40 to 60m, becoming shallower to the south to a depth of approximately 25m.

Based on drilling undertaken during the groundwater investigation in 2006, the entire Doornpoort tailings dam complex site is underlain by a dolerite sill, associated with the intrusion of the Gemsbokfontein dykes. The sill lies at very shallow depths.

Page 12 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR 2.2 CLIMATE

2.2.1 Regional climate

The mine is situated on the interior high-plateau of South Africa known as the Highveld. Due to its height above sea-level (1580 m above sea level), the site experiences warm to hot sunny days in the Spring and Summer with temperatures often reaching 30ºC. From October to April the area experiences a wet season where thunderstorms do occur. The winter season tends to be dry with cold mornings (frost in June and July), although the days are warmer.

The prevailing winds throughout most of the year are north westerly and north easterly due to the anti-cyclonic circulation. During winter, particularly July and August, south- westerly winds blow more frequently because of the changing weather conditions (the northward shift of the high pressure belt and enhanced influence of westerly wave disturbances for example cold fronts). Summer months are characterised by the weakening and southward shift of the anti-cyclonic belt, which allows tropical easterly flow to resume its influence over the region. North-easterly winds increase during summer (December to February) and north-westerly winds prevalent during March and April.

2.2.2 Mean monthly and annual rainfall for the site

Rainfall data from the South African Weather Service‟s Westonaria Kloof Mine station has been used for hydrological calculations to determine flood lines and the mine water balance. This weather station is the closest station to the site with the longest rainfall record and has a similar elevation to the mine. The station is also geographically co- located with the mine site in that it lies to the south of the east-west Hillshaven ridge, which may influence rainfall patterns.

Mean annual precipitation (MAP) for the area is 683 mm with most rain (92%) falling in the six-month period between October and April (in Table 2:1). Only 8% of the rainfall occurs between May and September.

Page 13 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Table 2:1: Monthly Rainfall, Evaporation Data and Average Temperatures

Average Mean Monthly Average Average Mean Monthly Number of Month Evaporation Max Temp Min Temp Rainfall (mm) Rain days (mm) (0C) (0C) (/month)

Zuurbekom (S- Krugersdorp Station Kloof Kloof pan) Kroningspark

January 119 169.0 10.6 26.1 14.6

February 86 139.0 8.4 25.5 14.2

March 85 131.0 7.9 24.3 12.9

April 49 103.0 5.4 21.3 9.4

May 13 87.1 2.5 19.1 5.6

June 5 70.4 1.5 16.3 2.4

July 3 79.3 1.4 16.9 2.4

August 9 112.0 1.7 19.4 4.7

September 22 149.0 3.7 22.9 8.7

October 72 168.0 8.0 24.0 10.9

November 101 166.0 10.2 24.6 12.5

December 119 172.0 11.5 25.7 13.7

Annual 683 1546.0 67.3 22.2 9.3

Source: Combined from Feasibility Report (2009a) and South Deep WULA (2010)

2.2.3 Maximum rainfall intensities per month The highest intensity 24 hour storms recorded in the area are as follows:

. station recorded 154mm on 14 February 1918;

. Randfontein Weather Station recorded 129 mm;

. Westonaria Kloof Goudmyn station recorded 89 mm on 7 January 1980.

The 24 hour storm events for specific return periods from the Zuurbekom and Westonaria Kloof Goudmyn stations are shown in Table 2:2, along with the 1 hour storm events for specific return periods calculated using Op ten Noort et al (1982). The Westonaria Kloof Goudmyn 24 hour storm values were adopted.

Page 14 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Table 2:2: Design storm event for various return periods

Return Period 24 Hour Rainfall Depth 24 Hour Rainfall 1 Hour Rainfall (years) (mm) Depth (mm) Depth (mm)

Reference Zuurbekom(Smithers et Kloof (Smithers et (Op Ten Noort et al, al, 2000) al, 2000) 1982)

1:2 41 52 31

1:5 56 70 41

1:10 68 82 51

1:20 81 93 62

1:50 99 108 82

1:100 114 119 101

Source: Feasibility Report (Metago, 2009a)

2.2.4 Mean monthly, maximum and minimum temperatures The closest station to the mine that has a record of temperature statistics is South African Weather Service‟s Krugersdorp Kroningspark Station. The mean monthly, maximum and minimum temperatures are presented in Table 2:1.

2.2.5 Monthly mean wind direction and speed

The prevailing winds throughout most of the year are north-westerly and north-easterly due to the Southern African anti-cyclonic circulation. During winter, particularly July and August, south-westerly winds blow more frequently because of the changing weather conditions (the northward shift of the high pressure belt and enhanced influence of westerly wave disturbances e.g. cold fronts). Summer months are characterised by the weakening and southward shift of the anti-cyclonic belt, which allows tropical easterly flow to resume its influence over the region. Northeasterly winds increase during summer (December to February) with north-westerly winds prevalent in March and April. South Deep mine is in an area of moderate to low wind speeds.

2.2.6 Mean monthly evaporation

Evaporation data was sourced from the Zuurbekom station which is the closest weather station with evaporation data to the South Deep mine. The adopted rainfall and evaporation data is presented in Table 2:1. The average daily temperature data was

Page 15 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR sourced from the Krugersdorp Kroningspark station. The average S-pan evaporation is approximately 1 546 mm per year (Table 2:1). Evaporation reaches a peak in December with slightly lower evaporations occurring in October, November and January.

The mine is located in an area where the rate of evaporation exceeds the rate of precipitation. The tailing storage facilities at the mine are reliant on the net evaporation rate experienced on the Witwatersrand Highveld and non freezing conditions for strength gain during the drying / consolidation process of the deposited tailings.

2.2.7 Incidence of extreme weather conditions

Frost conditions are expected to be common in the winter months and the selection of vegetation species would need to take cognisance of this. Snow and icing conditions are not expected to be a frequent occurrence. The cover design for TSFs (Tailing Storage Facilities) should also take cognisance of the low rainfall in winter and the relatively short, sharp storm events, which are common in summer and can lead to erosion.

The highest intensity 24 hour storms recorded in the area are as follows:

. Zuurbekom station recorded 154mm on 14 February 1918; . Randfontein Weather Station recorded 129 mm; . Westonaria Kloof Goudmyn station recorded 89 mm on 7 January 1980.

Page 16 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR 2.3 TOPOGRAPHY

The land generally falls from north to south. Immediately north of the area the landscape is dominated by quartzitic ridges of the Gatsrand, trending roughly east-west, and running parallel to the N12 road (Figure 1:1). The mine itself lies at the foot of a ridge with some (limited) infrastructure located on the hill side. The surface area of the mine is located within the elevation range of 1 700 to 1 580 m above mean sea level (amsl).

The Doornpoort tailings dam complex lies on relatively flat land with a gentle slope from north east to south west towards an unnamed tributary of the Leeuspruit (referred to by the mine as the Loopspruit) (Figure 1:1). The altitude ranges between 1 580m above mean sea level (amsl) in the north east to 1 540m amsl in the south west.

The mine is drained by the Leeuspruit and its tributaries (Section 2.8). The ridge of quartzitic hills forms the northern boundary of the Rietspruit Quaternary Catchment (C22J). The Leeuspruit originates north east of the mine and flows southwards skirting the eastern boundary of the mine. The Kariegaspruit, a non-perennial tributary of the Leeuspruit, starts just north of the South Deep area and runs southwards between the shaft area and the existing tailings dams. To the west of the mine, an unnamed tributary of the Leeuspruit (referred to by the mine as the Loopsruit) runs in a southerly to south easterly direction.

Page 17 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR 2.4 SOIL

The information provided below reflects information as taken from Metago‟s Updated EMP report (2006) that combined existing information with information taken from the Land Type map for the area (Map 2626 Wes-Rand). Note that limited information on soils is available from the mine‟s EMP (dated April 1999) and 2001 EMP amendment.

Information on land types at South Deep Mine

The mining right area is located on Land Types Ba1g and Fb5b however mine infrastructure is only located on Land Type Ba1g (Figure 2.4) as defined on the relevant land type map (Map 2626 West Rand) and the corresponding reference document (Memoirs on the Agricultural Natural Resources of South Africa, Department of Agriculture No. 4,1984). Information on the land type for areas occupied by mine infrastructure is provided in Table 2:3. More that 80% of the land type has slopes less than 8%.

Page 18 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Figure 2:4: Land types in the vicinity of South Deep mine

Source: South Deep, Updated EMP (2006)

Page 19 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Table 2:3: Land types occurring on the terrain at South Deep mine

SOILS Percentage of soils occurring on Land Type Ba1g

Soil Form Depth Agricultural Clay content Terrain at the mine 1 (mm) potential* (%) 1 3 3 4 4 5 Terrain of the land type

1 3 4 5 Crests Midslopes Footslopes Valley

Rock - 4 - 5%

Mispah 100- 3 A:15-25 10% 400

Msinga &Shorrocks, 200- 3 A:15-30 10% Makatini 450 B21:20-40

Msinga & Shorrocks 400- 1 A:15-25 20% 20% 600 B21: 15-35

600- 0 A:15-25 10% 40% 40% 1200+ B21: 15-35

Makatini & Doveton 400- 0 A:25-30 10% 10% 10% 900 B21:35-45

Mispah & Klipfontein 200- 3 A:12-20 20% 10% 5% 400

Southwold & 600- 0 A:12-20 5% 5% 5% Blinkkop 900 B21:15-25

Glencoe & Leslie 500- 0 A:12-20 5% 5% 5% 750 B21:15-25

Trevanian & 200- 2 A:15-25 5% 5% Williamson 400 B21:20-30

Avalon & Soetmelk, 750- 0 A:20-30 5% 10% Bezuidenhout 900 B21:25-40

Rensburg & 450- 0 A:45-55 30% Saradale, Chinyika 700

Page 20 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

Jozini & Dundee >1200 0 A&B21:12- 30% 20

Glengazi & Bonheim >1200 0 A&B21:35- 5% 10% 45

Sibasa 300- 0 A:12-25 5% 5% 500 B21:30-50

Mkambati 750- 0 A&E:12-20 5% 5% &Kroonstad, Avoca 1000 B21:30-40

Champagne 600- 0 A&B21:10- 10% 1200+ 20

Legend: *Agricultural potential O – no mechanical limitation (no stones or rock or too few stones to interfere with tillage) 1 – many stones, but ploughable (sufficient stone to interfere with tillage, but intertilled crops are possible) 2 – large stones and boulders, un-ploughable (stony, but can be worked for hay crops or pasture) 3 – very shallow soils on rock (hand tools and light machinery, forestry and grazing use of machinery impracticable) 4 – lack of soil (stone and rock)

Source: South Deep, Updated EMP (2006)

Information taken from the study conducted by the ISCW in 2001 for specific project areas in the South Deep area (2001 EMP amendment)

The study area comprised the South Deep waste rock dump, haul road (not established), and shaft complex, gold plant and settling ponds. Soils within a 100 m corridor on either side of the proposed haul road were investigated. The total area covered was 138.5 ha.

The majority of the area had undergone some degree of disturbance from existing infrastructure, varying from largely undisturbed (haul road route and waste rock dump) to moderately or severely disturbed (gold plant and shaft area). Soils were classified according to the South African Soil Classification System (Soil Classification Working Group, 1991). A summary of the soils present in the relevant project area including a description of the most important soil characteristics of each soil type such as the dominant soil form and family, soil depth, topsoil texture and underlying material, is provided in Table 2:4. The location of soil types is illustrated in Figure 2:5. As shale, hornfels, diamictite and quartzites of the Timeball Hill Formation underlie the area, the soils are mainly shallow and stony. Shallow soils (Ms and sCv map units), along with rocky areas (Hu/R map unit) dominate the area. The route of

Page 21 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR the haul road crosses two wetlands (Ka map unit), with smaller areas of deeper (dHu map unit) and moderately deep (mHu and mCv map units) arable soils.

Table 2:4: Summary of the soils present in specific project areas in the South Deep area

Map Dominant Other soil Depth Area Description Erodibility Agricultural Unit soil form forms (mm) potential and Family dHu Hutton - >900 18.66 Deep, reddish-brown to Water :L-M Arable 2100 red, unstructured sandy Wind: H clay loam soils. mHu Hutton Shortlands 500- 4.18 Moderately deep, Water: L-M Arable 2100 2110 900 reddish-brown to red, Wind : H weakly (occasionally moderately) structured sandy clay loam to sandy clay soils on weathered rock. mCv Clovelly Avalon 400- 8.44 Moderately deep, Water : L Arable 2100 2100, 900 yellowish-brown Wind: H Hutton (occasionally reddish- 2100 brown), weakly structured sandy loam to sandy clay loam soils on gravelly, mottled clay or weathered rock sCv Clovelly Glenrosa 300- 10.68 Shallow, brown to Water: L Grazing 2100 1211 500 yellowish-brown, un- Wind: H structured sandy loam to sandy clay loam soils, on gravelly material or weathered rock. Occasional stones or gravel occurs on the soil surface.

Ka Katspruit Longlands 200- 5.60 Shallow (occasionally Water: H Wetland 1000 100, 700 moderately deep), Wind: H Kroonstad grayish-brown, 1000 unstructured, loamy sand to sandy loam topsoil (occasionally on bleached, grey, unstructured loamy sand to sandy loam subsoil), Page 22 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

Map Dominant Other soil Depth Area Description Erodibility Agricultural Unit soil form forms (mm) potential and Family on mottled moderately structured, blocky clay, often wet.

Ms Mispah Glenrosa 20-200 79.10 Greyish-brown, Water: H Grazing 1100 1211, unstructured, Wind: H Hutton stony/gravelly loamy 2100 sand to sandy loam topsoil directly overlying hard to weathered rock. Many stones and gravel occur on the soil surface.

Hu/ Hutton Mispah 0-100 17.18 Reddish-brown, Water: L-M Wilderness R 2100, rock 1100 unstructured often Wind : H stony/gravelly sandy loam topsoil on hard rock. Rock outcropping occurs on the steeper slopes.

Source: South Deep, Updated EMP (2006)

Information on soil properties at South Deep Mine

Based on the land type (Ba1g) for the area, most of the soils (60%) have no mechanical limitation to agriculture (refer to column 3 of Table 2:3). Only 15% of the slopes have very shallow soil on rock, 5% have large stones or boulders resulting in unploughable land and 20% of the soils have many stones but are still ploughable.

Six sampling points were identified during the ISCW‟s soils investigation (Figure 2:5). The samples were analysed. Results are provided in Table 2:5.

Page 23 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Figure 2:5: Soils occurring in the South Deep mining area and their capability

Source: South Deep, Updated EMP (20o6

Page 24 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Table 2:5: Analysis results of soils found in the South Deep mining area

Sample No. S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6

Depth (mm) 0-300 300-900 0-300 300-600 0-300 0-100 0-350 0-200

Sand (%) 61.80 52.90 15.30 41.10 52.70 57.50 61.50 46.50

Silt (%) 22.20 21.10 52.70 18.90 19.30 22.50 16.50 23.50

Clay (%) 16.00 26.00 32.00 40.00 28.00 20.00 22.00 30.00 pH (H₂O) 5.06 5.32 8.12 8.49 6.11 5.57 7.83 6.98

Na (cmol(+)kg⁻¹) 0.01 0.01 0.38 0.82 0.01 0.00 0.01 0.00

K (cmol(+)kg⁻¹) 0.08 0.07 0.15 0.26 0.14 0.43 0.27 0.77

Ca (cmol(+)kg⁻¹) 0.71 1.33 19.84 23.75 3.15 1.93 10.01 6.79

Mg (cmol(+)kg⁻¹) 0.44 0.85 2.27 7.43 0.97 0.74 0.79 1.69

CEC (cmol(+)kg⁻¹) 10.50 9.60 16.39 26.88 6.90 9.76 8.56 13.25

P (ppm) 5.65 3.03 2.77 2.73 3.18 6.67 6.93 12.65 Abbreviations: Na – sodium K- potassium Mg – magnesium Ca - calcium CEC – cation exchange capacity P – Bray No.1 Method

Source: South Deep, Updated EMP (2006)

The results show that most of the soils are medium-textured (sandy loam to sandy clay loam, 15-30% clay), with the exception of sample S2, where the more clayey soil of the stream beds can be seen. This soil is also alkaline (higher pH) than generally neutral values of the other soils, as also reflected by the higher calcium content.

The cation exchange capacity values also reflect the clay percentages. They are generally moderately low, reflecting the fact that the soils are inherently only moderately fertile, having suffered some leaching of cations out of the soil. The P values are generally low, except for sample S6, to the west of the existing rock dump, which could be regarded as being undisturbed veld. The P values are moderate.

Page 25 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR 2.4.1 Doornpoort Tailings Dam Complex

The soils are generally reddish, structure less soils of the Hutton (Hu) form, of varying depth, along with some yellow-brown, structure less soils of the Avalon (Av) or Clovelly (Cv) forms. Shallow, grey-brown, structure less soils of the Mispah (Ms) and Glenrosa (Gs) forms also occur, along with a small area of dark, clay soils of the Katspruit (Ka) form in the south-west. The Doornpoort TSF has been designed and positioned to avoid the water-affected Katspruit type soils. The soils along the associated pipeline routes are similar to those found at the tailings dam complex and range from shallow soils with rock of the Hutton (sHu)/ Mispah (Ms) soils forms to moderately deep red apedal soils of the Hutton (mHu) soil form and moderately deep yellow plinthic soils of the Avalon (Av) soil form. The Katspruit (Ka) soil form (wet soils) is found at the stream crossings.

Page 26 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Table 2:6: Summary of the soils present in the Doornpoort TSF area

Map Dominant Depth Other soil Area Description Agricultural unit soil form (mm) forms potential and family Red, weakly structured soils sHu Hutton 2100 100- Hutton 215.4ha Reddish brown, weakly Grazing 400 2200, structured, sandy clay loam Mispah topsoil on red, weakly 1000 structured sandy clay loam to sandy clay subsoil on weathering rock. Rocky outcrops occur regularly throughout the unit mHu Hutton 2100 500- Hutton 2200 111.0ha Reddish brown, weakly Arable 1000 structured, sandy clay loam topsoil on red, weakly often gravelly sandy clay loam to sandy clay subsoil on weathering rock. Occasional stoniness/ rockiness. Yellow-brown, structureless plinthic soils mAv Avaion 2100 500- Glencoe 62.2ha Yellowish brown, weakly Arable 1000 2100, structured, loamy sand to Covelly sandy loam topsoil on 2100 yellowish brown, weakly structured, sandy loam to sandy clay loam subsoil on grey, mottled, plinthic material with signs of wetness, occasionally cemented (ferricrete). Shallow, rocky soils Ms Mispah 1000 100- Glenrosa 90.6Ha Grey-brown, weakly Grazing 400 1211, structured, sandy clay loam Hutton 2100 topsoil on weathering rock. Many rock outcrops occur. Structured clay soils Ka Katspruit 100 200- Rensburg 9.4ha Dark brown to black, weakly Wetland 400 1000 to strongly structured, sandy clay loam to clay topsoil on grey, often mottled, gleyed clay. Occurs in low-lying areas to watercourses.

Source: South Deep, EMP Amendment (2007)

Page 27 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Soil properties

The properties of soils found in the Doornpoort area are outlined in Table 2:7. The soils in the Doornpoort TSF area mostly have a moderate natural fertility, mainly due to the moderately high clay content. The erosion hazard is low due to the lack of texture contrast between topsoil and subsoil, as well as rock outcrops in certain areas.

The best soils for cultivation are those in the mHu and Av map units, although both of these map units could have a depth restriction to the underlying material in places. In many places throughout the Doornpoort tailings dam complex area, stones have been removed from the lands and deposited in piles in order to create sufficient depth for cultivation.

Table 2:7: Summary of the soil properties in the Doornpoort TSF area

Map % of area Natural fertility Erodibility Dry land crop Soil potential for unit production potential irrigation sHu 44.1 Moderate Low Low Low mHu 22.4 Moderate to High Low Moderate Moderate

Av 12.6 Moderate Low Moderate Moderate

Ms 18.7 Low to Moderate Low Very Low Very Low

Ka 1.9 Low to Moderate Low Very Low Very Low

? ⁼ 0.3 - - - -

Notes: ⁼ This area lies at the foot of one of South Deep Mine‟s tailings dam and along existing mine pipelines. The area has been extensively disturbed.

Source: South Deep, EMP Amendment (2007)

2.5 PRE-MINING LAND CAPABILITY

Arable land (over about 40% of the property) in the free hold area consisted of farming land for crops of maize, followed by about 40% of grazing land. Some parts of the mine property could have comprised of wilderness (northern sections of the mine at the base of the ridges) (Figure 1:1 and Section 2.5).

Page 28 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR The land capability of each soil type identified during the ISCW‟s soils study was assessed in terms of arable land, grazing land, wilderness land and wetlands, as defined by the MEM Guideline for planning and authorization (Department of Minerals and Energy, 2006). The land capability of the various soil types found in the South Deep area is summarised in Table 2:7 and illustrated in Figure 2:5.

Most of the area is covered by soil too shallow and/or rocky for arable cultivation, including most of the site of the gold plant and shaft, as well as the route of the haul road (Ms and sCv map units). Small areas of deeper soils (mCv and mHu map units) occur, while the best arable soils are the deep, red soils of the dHu map unit to the north of the existing mine property. Two areas of possible wet soils, especially in summer (Ka map unit), cut through the route of the haul road. With its steep slopes and high degree of rockiness, the Hu/R unit is classified as being of wilderness potential.

The current land capability classes for soils in the Doornpoort TSF area and associated structures are summarised in Table 2.8 and illustrated in Figure 2.6 (tailings dam complex). A portion (35%) of the total soils in the project have arable potential with the remainder either being too shallow (classed as having grazing potential – 62.7%); water-affected (classed as having wetland potential – 2%) and undetermined (these areas are extensively disturbed – 0.3%). The water affected soils are sensitive area.

Page 29 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Table 2:8: Summary of land capability of soil units in the Doornpoort TSF area

Project component Land Capability Map Unit(s) Area (ha) and % of each Class project component

Tailings dam Arable mHu, Av 296.8ha (63%) complex Grazing sHu, Ms

Wetland* Ka 9.4ha (2%)

Water treatment Grazing Ms 0.09ha (100%) plant

Pipeline routes Arable mHu, Av 1.45ha (13.9%)

Grazing sHu, Ms 7.07ha (67.5%)

Wetland Ka 0.25ha (2.4%)

Undetermined # ? 1.7ha (16.2%) Notes: * Although the soils are water-affected, the area is not a true wetland and will dry out in winter. However, it is not recommended for any development due to the nature of the poorly-drained soils. # This area lies at the foot of one of South Deep Mine‟s tailings dam and along existing mine pipelines. The area has been extensively disturbed.

Source: South Deep, EMP Amendment (2007)

Page 30 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR 2.6 LAND USE

2.6.1 Pre-mining and current land use

According to the mine‟s EMP report (dated April 1999), the pre-mining land use was predominantly of an agricultural nature. Refer Appendix D for current land use at South Deep Mine.

Page 31 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Figure 2:6: Land capability of soils occurring in the Doornpoort TSF site

Source: South Deep, EMP Amendment (2007)

Page 32 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR 2.6.2 Historical agricultural production

In the 2001 EMP amendment for the South Deep area, no evidence of historical agricultural production was found. The suitability of the land for agricultural purposes as determined from undisturbed areas inferred that grazing could have been the predominant land use.

There are signs of previous agricultural activities within the Doornpoort tailings dam complex site (Figure 2:7). Approximately 57% of the area comprises agricultural fields (Section 2.8). Limited farming activities are currently conducted on the site. In many places throughout the proposed tailings dam complex area, stones have been removed from the lands and deposited in piles in order to create sufficient depth for cultivation.

2.6.3 Evidence of misuse

As outlined in the mine‟s EMP report (dated April 1999), no evidence of misuse was detected except for the historic land subsidence resulting from the presence of dolomite structures near to First Uranium, Ezulwini Mine Shaft. These areas however fall outside (north to north east) of South Deep Mine‟s boundary.

In the South Deep area, there was no evidence of misuse outside of the areas already occupied by mining infrastructure (2001 EMP amendment).

A small borrow pit/quarry was located within the Doornpoort tailings dam complex site. There were also signs of fires within the area in 2006 (2007 EMP amendment).

2.6.4 Existing structures

As stated in the mine‟s EMP report (dated April 1999), the only structures that most probably existed prior to mining operations at South Deep mining area were old farm houses which have subsequently been evacuated and demolished.

There are small holdings (between 400m to 650m from the Doornpoort tailings dam complex), a farm workers settlement (± 800m from the tailings dam complex) and a hostel for Eskom workers (± 100m from the tailings dam complex) identified within 1km of the tailings

Page 33 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR dam complex (Figure 2:7). The Doornpoort development will not encroach on any of these residential houses.

There is only one residential house located within the boundaries of the Doornpoort tailings dam complex (Figure 2:7). The property is owned by the mine (Section 1.4). This house is used as offices for the Doornpoort tailings dam complex.

Although the 1:50 000 topocadastral map for the area (Appendix B) shows the presence of structures to the south of the Doornpoort tailings dam complex, these structures no longer exist (confirmed by Metago in 2005).

Page 34 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Figure 2:7: Land use at Doornpoort TSF site

Source: South Deep, EMP Amendment (2007)

Page 35 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR 2.7 NATURAL VEGETATION

The 2001 EMP stated that the mine falls within in the Grassland Biome of southern Africa (Low & Rebelo, 1996) and according to Natural Scientific Services (2010) recent South African vegetation studies such as the one conducted for the National Spatial Biodiversity Assessment by Mucina & Rutherford (2006), places the mine area into two vegetation types (Figure 2.8): the Gauteng Mountain Shale Bushveld and the Rand Highveld Grassland. The Gauteng Shale Mountain Bushveld, predominantly in the north of the site, occurs in areas with low, broken ridges varying in steepness and with high surface rock cover. Vegetation is short (3m to 6m tall), semi-open thicket dominated by a variety of woody species. The Rand Highveld Grassland is a species – rich unit with wiry, sour grassland alternating with low, sour shrubland on rocky outcrops and steeper slopes.

The general vegetation type is classified as Rocky Highveld Grassland, of which a total of 60% is transformed and only 1.38% is conserved. A large number of threatened plant and animal species in the summer rainfall regions of South Africa are restricted to high-rainfall grasslands such as the Rocky Highveld Grassland, making this the vegetation type in need of conservation.

The mining area was originally covered by grassland. Certain areas have been cleared for the construction of the mining infrastructure. Trees are generally absent, except in a few localized areas. Geophytes are often abundant.

Page 36 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Figure 2:8 Vegetation Types at South Deep mine

Source: NSS Biodiversity Baseline Assessment (2010)

At the Doornpoort tailings dam complex, the Rocky Highveld Grassland consists of the following habitat types (Figure 2.9).

. Grassland: Themeda-Eragrostis Grassland (33%), Transformed Grassland (4%), Dense Stoebe vulgaris stands (0.2%);

. Acacia bush clumps (4.4%);

. Wetlands (0.8%); and

. Transformed Areas: Alien bush clumps (0.6%), Cultivated Fields (57%), Built- up/transformed.

Page 37 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Figure 2:9: Habitat identified at Doornpoort TSF site

Doornpoort TSF site

Source: South Deep, EMP Amendment (2007)

A large percentage of the plants found on site were forbs (50%), grass (13%) and geophytes (10%), typical of the grassland biome (i.e. characterized by strong dominance of Hemicryptophytes).

Page 38 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR 2.7.1 Dominant species

Frosts, fire and grazing maintain the grass as the dominant species, and prevent the establishment of trees. The woodland on the koppie is heavily dominated by Common hook- thorn (Acacia caffra), but other characteristic tree species found include Sweet Thorn (Acacia karroo), Highveld Cabbage Tree (Cussonia paniculata), White Stinkwood (Celtis africana), Rock Elder (Canthium mundianum), Velvet/Common Raisin (Grewia flava), Small Knobwood (Zanthoxylum capense), Buffalo Thorn (Ziziphus mucronata), Common Wild Current (Rhus pyroides) and Blue Guarri (Euclea crispa).

2.7.2 Endangered or rare species

According to the mine‟s EMP report (dated April 1999), some endangered species are expected to occur in the rocky ridges to the north of the mine. According to the Addendum to the EMPR (2001/2) no Red Data or Near Threatened plant species occur on the farms Modderfontein 345 IQ or Doornpoort 347 IQ, or adjacent / neighbouring farms.

During the site assessment for the Doornpoort TSF, no Red Data plant species listed for Gauteng was located on site. However, Eucomis autumnalis (Pineapple Lily) (bulb), on the National Threatened Species Programme (TSP) listed as Data Deficient was identified within a number of habitats on site. Protected Species [under Schedule 11 of the Nature Conservation Ordinance of Transvaal (No 12 of 1983)] that were found on the Doornpoort site included Boophane disticha (Gifbol) and Gladiolus crassifolius. To date it was not necessary to remove of relocate this species but if necessary, a permit will be obtained from Gauteng DARD prior to the removal or relocation of any protected species.

2.7.3 Intruder or exotic species

The following exotic species commonly occur in the mine area:

. Kakibos (Tagetes minuta); . Wild Pear (Opuntia ficus-indica); . Silver Poplar (Populas alba); . Blue Gum (Eucalyptus globules);

Page 39 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR . Common Reed (Phragmites australis); . Black Wattle (Acacia caffra); . Pampas Grass (Cortaderia selloana).

A small proportion of the plant species found on the Doornpoort site were alien species (±9%). A large percentage of these species were weedy forb species (±62%), and two species (Cirsium vulgare - Scotch Thistle, Opuntia ficus-indica -Sweet Prickly Pear) were identified as Category 1.

2.8 ANIMAL LIFE

Over the last 5 years, Natural Scientific Services (NSS) has conducted 4 faunal investigations in the vicinity of South Deep mine - December 2005, May 2008, 2009, and April 2010. The full 2010 report is available Appendix E.

2.8.1 Commonly occurring species 2.8.1.1 Mammals

Desktop research has identified 113 mammal species potentially occurring within the greater study area (See Appendix A of NSS Report). The current study by NSS has confirmed 19 of these mammal species (Table 2.9), whilst over the last four biodiversity assessments in the area (NSS, 2005, NSS, 2008, NSS, 2009 & NSS, 2010), a total of 29 mammals have been recorded (See Appendix A of NSS Report). The most common species were Yellow mongoose, .Slender mongoose, Scrub hare, Multimammate mouse, Steenbok, Porcupine, Four-striped grass mouse, and Common duiker, with more cryptic and less usual species being the Eastern rock elephant shrew and the Reddish-grey musk shrew.

Page 40 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Table 2:9 Mammal species recorded at South Deep mine during April 2010

Family Name Species Name Common Name Status Id Method BATHYERGIDAE Cryptomys African mole-rat LC Evidence hottentotus BOVIDAE Raphicerus Steenbok LC Evidence campestris BOVIDAE Sylvicapra grimmia Common duiker LC Evidence CANIDAE Canis mesomelas Black-backed jackal LC Photographed HERPESTIDAE Cynictis penicillata Yellow mongoose LC Visual observation HERPESTIDAE Galerella sanguinea Slender mongoose LC Visual observation HERPESTIDAE Suricata suricatta Suricate LC Photographed HYSTRICIDAE Hystrix Porcupine LC Evidence africaeaustralis LEPORIDAE Lepus saxatilis Scrub hare LC Visual observation LEPORIDAE Pronolagus Jameson's red rock LC Evidence randensis rabbit MACROSCELIDIDAE Elephantulus myurus Eastern rock LC Trapped elephant-shrew MURIDAE Aethomys ineptus Tete veld rat LC Trapped MURIDAE Aethomys Namaqua rock LC Trapped namaquensis mouse MURIDAE Mastomys coucha Southern LC Trapped multimammate mouse MURIDAE Mus minutoides Pygmy mouse LC Evidence MURIDAE Otomys irroratus Vlei rat LC Trapped MURIDAE Rhabdomys pumilio Four-striped grass LC Photographed mouse SCIURIDAE Xerus inauris South African ground LC Trapped squirrel SORICIDAE Crocidura cyanea Reddish-grey musk DD Trapped shrew LC = Least Concern DD = Data Deficient

Source: NSS, Biodiversity Baseline Assessment Report (2010)

Page 41 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR 2.8.1.2 Avifauna

Approximately 47% of South Africa‟s bird species (438 species) occur in Gauteng (GDACE, 2004). The current study has confirmed 61 of these bird species, whilst over the last four biodiversity assessments in the area (NSS, 2005, NSS, 2008, NSS, 2009 & NSS, 2010), a total of 127 birds have been recorded (See Appendix B of NSS Report). The most common bird species recorded over the four studies are listed in Table 2:10 below.

Table 2:10 Most commonly occurring bird species at South Deep mine area

Species Name Common Name Status Bubulcus ibis Cattle Egret Least Concern Bostrychia hagedash Hadeda Ibis Least Concern Alopochen aegyptiacus Egyptian Goose Least Concern Elanus caeruleus Black-shouldered (Winged) Kite Least Concern Pternistis swainsonii Swainson's Spurfowl (Francolin) Least Concern Numida meleagris Helmeted l Guineafow Least Concern Fulica cristata Red-knobbed Coot Least Concern Charadrius tricollaris Three-banded Plover Least Concern Vanellus coronatus Crowned Lapwing (Plover) Least Concern Vanellus armatus Blacksmith Lapwing (Plover) Least Concern Burhinus capensis Spotted Thick-knee (Dikkop) Least Concern Streptopelia capicola Cape Turtle (Ring-necked) Dove Least Concern Streptopelia senegalensis Laughing (Palm) Dove Least Concern Chersomanes albofasciata Spike-heeled Lark Least Concern Hirundo cucullata Greater Striped-swallow Least Concern Pycnonotus tricolor Dark-capped Bulbul Least Concern Oenanthe monticola Mountain Chat (Wheatear) Least Concern Saxicola torquatus African Stonechat Least Concern Motacilla capensis Cape Wagtail Least Concern Macronyx capensis Cape (Orange-throated) Longclaw Least Concern Telophorus zeylonus Bokmakierie Least Concern Acridotheres tristis Common Myna Alien Plocepasser mahali White-browed Sparrow-weaver Least Concern Passer melanurus Cape Sparrow Least Concern Ploceus velatus Southern Masked-weaver Least Concern Euplectes orix Southern Red Bishop Least Concern Page 42 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

Species Name Common Name Status Euplectes progne Long-tailed Widowbird Least Concern Crithagra atrogularis Black-throated Canary Least Concern

Source: NSS, Biodiversity Baseline Assessment Report (2010)

2.8.1.3 Herpetofauna

Herpetofauna is the collective term for reptiles and amphibians.

Reptiles

Approximately 24% of South Africa‟s reptile species (87 species) occur in Gauteng (GDACE, 2004). Desktop research has identified 61 reptile species potentially occurring within the greater study area (See Appendix C of NSS Report). The current study has confirmed 7 of these reptile species (Table 2:11), whilst over the last four biodiversity assessments in the area (NSS, 2005; NSS, 2008; NSS, 2009 & NSS, 2010), a total of 15 reptiles have been recorded (See Appendix C of NSS Report). The most common species were the Variable skink, Wahlberg‟s snake-eyed skink and the Southern rock agama, whilst once off captures were the Cross-marked grass snake and the Common wolf snake.

Table 2:11 Reptile species recorded at South Deep mine in April 2010

Family Species Common Name Id Method COLUBRIDAE Lycophidion capense Common wolf snake Trapped COLUBRIDAE Psammophis crucifer Cross-marked grass/ Trapped Crossed whip snake ELAPIDAE Hemachatus Rinkhals Reported present haemachatus AGAMIDAE Agama atra Southern rock agama Evidence SCINCIDAE Panaspis walbergii Wahlberg's snake-eyed Evidence skink SCINCIDAE Trachylepis capensis Cape skink Trapped GERRHOSAURIDAE Gerrhosaurus flavigularis Yellow-throated plated Trapped lizard

Source: NSS, Biodiversity Baseline Assessment Report (2010)

Page 43 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Amphibians

Approximately 27% of South Africa‟s frog species (30 species) occur in Gauteng (GDACE, 2004). Desktop research has identified 17 amphibian species potentially occurring within the greater study area (See Appendix D of NSS Report). The current study has confirmed 6 of these frog species (Table 2:12), whilst over the last four biodiversity assessments in the area (NSS, 2005; NSS, 2008; NSS, 2009 & NSS, 2010), a total of 15 frogs have been recorded (See Appendix D of NSS Report). The most common species were the Guttural toad, Boettger‟s caco and Tremolo Sand frog. Bubbling kassina‟s were in abundance in April 2010.

Table 2:12 Frog species recorded at South Deep mine in April 2010

Family Species Common Name Status Id Method BUFONIDAE Amietophrynus gutturalis Guttural Toad LC Trapped BUFONIDAE Schismaderma carens Red Toad LC Trapped HYPEROLIIDAE Kassina senegalensis Bubbling Kassina LC Trapped PIPIDAE Xenopus laevis Common Platanna LC Trapped PYXICEPHALIDAE Cacosternum boettgeri Boettger‟s Caco LC Trapped PYXICEPHALIDAE Tomopterna cryptotis Tremolo Sand Frog LC Trapped

Source: NSS, Biodiversity Baseline Assessment Report (2010)

2.8.1.4 Invertebrates

Approximately 16% of South Africa‟s invertebrate species (752 species) occur in Gauteng (GDACE, 2004). NSS generated a species list from their last four assessments within the area (NSS, 2005; NSS, 2008; NSS, 2009 & NSS, 2010) (See Appendix E of NSS Report). A total of 103 invertebrates were recorded, made up of 4 Classes, 20 Orders and 60 Families. The most commonly occurring invertebrates were: Ground beetles, Millipedes, Grass funnel- web spiders, House flies, Ants, Wasps Termites, Africa monarc butterflies, Citrus swallow-tail butterflies, Owlet moths, Garden crickets, Brown locusts and King crickets.

Specific Red Data listed butterflies that may occur on site are discussed in Section 2.8 ahead.

Page 44 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR 2.8.2 Endangered or rare species 2.8.2.1 Mammals

The only conservation important mammal species that have been recorded during NSS‟s last four biodiversity assessments are the following:

Reddish-grey musk shrew (Crocidura cyanea) (listed as data deficient according to Friedman & Daly (2004)), captured in April 2010 (refer Figure 2.11).

Recordings of Leopard (listed as vulnerable according to NEMBA (2007))

Bushveld gerbil (listed as data deficient according to Friedman & Daly (2004)) during the assessment on the neighbouring Driefontein Gold Mine (NSS, 2009)

According to NSS (2010) other conservation important mammal species that are likely to utilize South Deep‟s property for foraging or nesting, although no evidence of presence was observed, are listed below in Table 2:13.

Table 2:13 Additional conservation important mammals likely to occur at South Deep mine and surrounds

Species Name Common Name Conservation Status Tatera leucogaster Bushveld gerbil Data Deficient Crocidura mariquensis Swamp musk shrew Data Deficient Myosorex varius Forest shrew Data Deficient Suncus varilla Lesser dwarf shrew Data Deficient Vulpes chama Cape fox Least Concern – Protected Species Miniopterus natalensis Natal clinging bat Near Threatened Rhinolophus clivosus Geoffroy's horseshoe bat Near Threatened Myotis tricolor Temminck's hairy bat Near Threatened Atelerix frontalis Southern African hedgehog Near Threatened - Protected Species Parahyaena brunne Brown hyena Near Threatened - Protected Species

Source: NSS, Biodiversity Baseline Assessment Report (2010)

Page 45 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR GDARD (2009) requires that all wetlands at South Deep mine be surveyed for the following mammal species:

Rough-haired golden mole (Chrysospalax villosus)

Highveld golden mole (Amblysomus septentrionalis)

White-tailed mouse (Mystromys albicaudatus)

Spotted-necked otter (Lutra maculicollis)

African marsh rat (Dasymys incomtus).

Please refer to Table 2:14 below for a description of these species and their Probability of Occurrence (PoO) at South Deep mine.

Table 2:14 Probability of occurrence for wetland mammal species at South Deep mine

Common Name Species Name Conservation Brief Habitat Probability Of Status & Description Occurrence (PoO) Distribution (Skinner & At South Deep (Friedman & Chimimba, 2005) Mine Daly, 2004) Spotted-necked Lutra maculicollis Near Eastern half of Distribution and otter Threatened South Africa habitat requirements (NT) Predominantly make the PoO aquatic, living in unlikely large rivers, lakes, swamps and dams. Highveld golden Amblysomu Near Small parts of The marginal mole septentrionalis Threatened Gauteng, Free State distribution and (NT) and Mpumalanga availability of Provinces. Montane suitable habitat grasslands and vleis make it possible with of the grassland a low probability for biome and in this species to thickets of old wood occur. No tunnelling trees near streams. observed. Rough-haired Chrysospala x Critically Very small patches Although certain golden mole villosus Endangered of northern Gauteng patches of habitat (CR) Mpumalanga. and may exist at South Grassland, with a Deep, the incorrect preference for sandy distribution and ground on the rareness of this fringes of marshes species make it and vleis highly unlikely to

Page 46 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

Common Name Species Name Conservation Brief Habitat Probability Of Status & Description Occurrence (PoO) Distribution (Skinner & At South Deep (Friedman & Chimimba, 2005) Mine Daly, 2004) occur. African marsh rat Dasymys Near Parts of Western & Although plenty of incomtus Threatened Eastern Cape, Free habitat exists within (NT) State, Gauteng and South Deep for this North West species, the Provinces. In reed incorrect distribution beds and among makes it possible semi-aquatic but unlikely. grasses in swampy areas or along rivers and streams. White-tailed Mystromys Endangered Parts of Western According to mouse albicaudatu (EN) Cape, Gauteng, distribution and Mpumalanga and habitat Limpopo Provinces. requirements, it is Although GDARD possible to likely (2009) has they occur in a highlighted this a variety of habitats at species of concern South Deep. for wetlands However, it is rare to because its Endemic see evidence of this and VU status, both species and no Skinner & Chimimba specimens or (2005) and Apps evidence of (2000) describe their presence was on habitat requirements site as being dense grass cover in sandy to rocky soils. Wet soils are not a requirement.

Source: NSS, Biodiversity Baseline Assessment Report (2010)

2.8.3 Avifauna

The only conservation important mammal species that have been recorded during NSS‟s last four biodiversity assessments are the following:

Reddish-grey musk shrew (Crocidura cyanea) (listed as data deficient according to Friedman & Daly (2004)), captured in April 2010 (Figure 2.11).

Page 47 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Recordings of Leopard (listed as vulnerable according to NEMBA (2007))

Bushveld gerbil (listed as data deficient according to Friedman & Daly (2004)) during the assessment on the neighbouring Driefontein Gold Mine (NSS, 2009)

Table 2:15 Red data listed bird species

Species Name Common Name Conservation Status Anthropoides paradiseus Blue Crane VU *EN Circus ranivorus African Marsh harrier VU *PS Falco biarmicus Lanner Falcon NT Falco naumanni Lesser Kestrel VU (NB) Glareola nordmanni Black winged Pratincole NT (NB) Gyps coprotheres Cape Vulture VU *EN Mirafra cheniana Melodious Lark NT (End) Pelecanus rufescens Pink backed Pelican VU *EN Phoenicopterus minor Lesser Flamingo NT Phoenicopterus ruber Greater Flamingo NT Sagittarius serpentarius Secretarybird NT Tyto capensis African Grass Owl VU *VU VU = Vulnerable EN = Endangered PS = Protected Species NT = Near Threatened End - Endemic

Source: NSS, Biodiversity Baseline Assessment Report (2010)

GDARD have highlighted in their C-Plan that the drainage line occurring off site to the south east is an irreplaceable site, with respect to an avian species, most likely African Grass-owl. African Grass-owl (Tyto capensis) nest on the ground within a system of tunnels constructed in mainly tall grass; peak breeding season is between February-April (Barnes, 2000). Evidence of their presence in terms of feathers and pellets was recorded in the disturbed hydromorphic grassland dominated by Imperata grassland in the eastern half of the site (refer Figure 2.11).

2.8.3.1 Herpetofauna

According to NSS (2010) three reptile species with a possibility of occurrence in the study area are listed as being rare, namely Nucras lalandii (Delalande‟s Sandveld Lizard);

Page 48 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Elapsoidea sundevallii media (Highveld Garter Snake) and Homoroselaps dorsalis (Striped Harlequin Snake) (also listed as NT). Pyxicephalus adspersus (Giant Bullfrog) which are listed as NT were not found during the field investigations and no seasonal pans that they require were seen in the study area. However this does not indicated that they cannot occur, only that their habitat requirements are limited. The Giant Bullfrog is the only frog species of conservation concern that could potentially occur in the study area.

2.8.3.2 Invertebrates

GDARD (2009) lists 7 Red Data listed invertebrates for Gauteng, these being:

Ichnestoma stobbiai (Fruit Chafer beetle)

Metisella meninx (Marsh Sylph butterfly)

Platylesches dolomitica (Hilltop Hopper butterfly)

Aloedis dentatis dentatis (Copper butterfly)

o Roodepoort type

o Suikerbosrand type

Chrysoritis aureus (Golden Opal butterfly)

Lepidochrysops hypopolia (Morant‟s Blue butterfly)

Lepidochrysops praeterita (Highveld Blue butterfly)

Platylesches dolomitica (Dolomite Hopper butterfly)

Orachrysops mijburghi (Mijburgh‟ Blue butterfly)

The distribution is correct for the currently listed VU Metisella meninx (Marsh Sylph butterfly), and the host plant Leersia hexandra was found at a couple of localities within the mining boundary and surrounds (Figure 2.11), although no actual specimens were recorded. Their flight period is November to March and the assessment by NSS was conducted in early April 2010.

Page 49 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Lepidochrysops praeterita (Highveld Blue butterfly) (EN) (Figure 2:10) is an important species to look out for because it is endemic to this local region and has been reported by Henning et al (2009) to occur within the immediate vicinity of South Deep mine on the Jachtfontein ridge system. Due to the correct habitat on site and the distribution being correct, it is highly likely that this species occurs. Although not detected during the 2010 assessment by NSS, definite habitat exists.

A study conducted by Anthene Ecological (2009) confirmed the existence of the Highveld Blue butterfly (Lepidochrysops praeterita) directly north of the Doornpoort TSF area. This constitutes a new locality for the butterfly. A 400 m buffer zone for the habitat of the endangered Highveld Blue Butterfly is needed. A conservation plan for the Highveld Blue Butterfly would be desirable in the larger area because this butterfly is particularly endemic in the local area.

Figure 2:10: Highveld Blue, Lepidochrysops praeterita

Source: Anthene Ecological, 2009

In addition to Red Data listed butterfly species, certain invertebrates are listed as threatened or protected by NEMBA (2007). NSS confirmed that Burrowing scorpions (Opistothalmus sp) (PS) was present on site and it is highly likely that PS Rock scorpions (Hadogenes sp.) and Myglomorph spiders exist within the rocky hillside and ridge areas.

Page 50 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Figure 2:11 Locality of Conservation Important Fauna at South Deep Mine

Source: NSS, Biodiversity Baseline Assessment Report (2010)

Page 51 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR 2.9 SURFACE WATER

South Deep Mine is located in the Rietspruit Quaternary Catchment (C22J) WR90 (WRC 1990) of the Vaal Barrage Catchment within the catchment basin of the Vaal River.

This area is managed by the Upper Vaal Catchment Management Agency, and in particular the Vaal Barrage Catchment Executive Committee.

2.9.1 Surface water quantity

There are three watercourses draining the mine. The location of the watercourses is illustrated in Figure 2:12 and includes:

. the Leeuspruit;

. the Kariegaspruit (a tributary of the Leeuspruit); and

. an unnamed tributary of the Leeuspruit (referred to by the mine as the Loopspruit and not to be confused with the Loopspruit that feeds Klipdrif Dam).

The Leeuspruit originates north-east of the mine and flows in a southerly direction to the east of the South Shaft complex. Within the mine property, below the old gold plant and South Shaft complex, an undefined watercourse (expected to be a tributary of the Leeuspruit) flows from an area known as the South Delta into the Leeuspruit (Figure 2:12). In the vicinity of the South Delta it is difficult to define one flow channel for the Leeuspruit.

Page 52 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Figure 2:12: Catchment boundaries in the vicinity of South Deep mine

Page 53 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR The Kariegaspruit, a tributary of the Leeuspruit, flows in a south easterly direction between the new tailings dam and the South Deep Twin Shaft complex to its confluence with the Leeuspruit 3km south of the mine. South of the new tailings dam, the ground along the Kariegaspruit becomes marshy.

The Loopspruit runs in a southerly direction west of the mine‟s operations as illustrated in Figure 2:12. The confluence of the Leeuspruit and Loopspruit is approximately 9.5km downstream of the mine. The Leeuspruit flows into the Rietspruit, which ultimately flows into the Vaal River via the Vaal Barrage. The Vaal Barrage is approximately 32.5km downstream of the mine. The Leeuspruit contributes about 4.8% (WR90) of the flow to the Rietspruit (WR90 catchments C22H and C22J). The contribution to the Vaal River is considered negligible.

2.9.1.1 Affected sub-catchments Three catchments have been identified in the mining area, namely the Leeuspruit, the Kariegaspruit and the Loopspruit. Catchment boundaries are shown on Figure 2:12 and the catchment areas for the mine and for the Doornpoort TSF area are presented below. The catchment names correspond with the names of the watercourses. Table 2:16: Catchment areas

Mine Catchment Area Surface area (km2 )

Leeuspruit (at Kariegaspruit confluence) 27.7

Kariegaspruit 9.6

Loopspruit 40.0

Total catchment area 77.3 km2

Doornpoort Catchment Area Surface area (km2 )

Leeuspruit 78.37

Kariegaspruit 8.69

Unnamed tributary of the Leeuspruit 43.86 2 Total catchment area 130.92 km

Source: Combined from South Deep Updated EMP (2006) & EMP amendment (2007)

Page 54 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR The general flow direction in these catchments is southerly to south easterly. A description of each catchment, the type of infrastructure present and influences by the mine is provided below.

Leeuspruit catchment

The Leeuspruit catchment comprises of natural grassland; Harmony No. 4 Shaft, now the First Uranium Ezulwini Mine mining infrastructure; South Deep Mine mining infrastructure (including the South Shaft complex, partly demolished old gold plant, backfill plant, industrial waste site, waste rock dumps, tailings dams, return water dams and sewage treatment plant); agricultural land and residential areas (formal settlements, mine hostels) (Figure 2:12).

The Leeuspruit receives:

. Stormwater runoff from First Uranium Ezulwini Mine upstream of South Deep Mine.

. Overflow from the return water dam at South deep Mine (only under abnormal conditions); and

. Treated sewage effluent from the South Shaft sewage treatment plant (1.4Ml per day) (refer to Section 4.10.5). Included in the mines current Water Use Licence Application (WULA).

In the past the Leeuspruit has also received water runoff from the South Shaft complex and old gold plant area (this includes backfill plant runoff, backwash water from the refrigeration plant, water from the surface fans, overflow from the mine water dams, overflow from the old thickeners and effluent (grey water) from the hostels). However a trench has been established by the mine down gradient of the South Shaft area (Appendix H) to channel all collected water to the return water dam complex and recycle it back to the process. It is noted that during the rainy season this trench overflows into the Leeuspruit.

. Prior to plugs being established between First Uranium Ezulwini Mine Shaft (old First Uranium Ezulwini Mine Shaft) and South Shaft, underground water that flowed into the mine workings from First Uranium Ezulwini Mine Shaft was discharged into the Leeuspruit. Page 55 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR In addition, South Deep Mine has been abstracting surface water from the Leeuspruit. Note that this is water use was included in the mines WULA and has subsequently been stopped. Due to the non-perennial nature of the Leeuspruit, this abstracted water is expected to be underground water discharged from First Uranium Ezulwini Mine Shaft.

Kariegaspruit catchment

The Kariegaspruit catchment, the smallest of the three catchments, comprises of South Deep Mine mining infrastructure including South Deep Twin Shaft complex, gold processing plant, pipelines (tailings, process water and mine water) crossing the Kariegaspruit, waste rock dump, tailings dam, return water dam and sewage treatment plant; agricultural land and a residential area (mine hostel).

The Kariegaspruit:

. Drains part of the run-off from the old tailings dam, should the return water dam overflow (only under abnormal conditions).

. Previously received surplus water (about 0.25Ml/day) from the Twin Shaft sewage treatment plant (refer to Section 4.3.7). Sewage from Twin Shaft is now collected and pumped via a pump station to the South Shaft sewage treatment plant. The pump station was commissioned in 2008 and is fully operational.

. In the past, the Kariegaspruit received:

. Excess water (about 0.5 Ml/day) pumped from the shaft sinking operations at Twin Shaft – this operation continued for approximately 5 years and stopped in 2005.

. Water originating from the dolomitic aquifer through which the Twin Shaft is sunk and which leaks into the shaft (0.5 Ml/day dolomite water from the Ventersbok Compartment) – this operation was stopped in 2005 as all water pumped from underground is currently used in the process (see water balance – Section 4.1.11).

Page 56 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Loopspruit

This catchment comprises of mining infrastructure (Kloof Gold Mine tailings dam and a small portion of South Deep‟s waste rock dump), agricultural land (including small holdings) and residential areas (sections of Glenharvie and Hillshaven). The Loopspruit drains only a very small portion of the waste rock dump in the South Deep area.

2.9.1.2 Mean annual runoff

Based on discussions with mine management, flow in the Leeuspruit is mostly dependent on the discharge of water from First Uranium Ezulwini Mine Shaft as well as discharges from the mine while flow in the Kariegaspruit is dependent on discharges from the South Deep sewage treatment plant. Flow meters were installed in the Kariegaspruit and Leeuspruit (as part of the stream diversion) (indicated by pink dots on Figure 2:12), but they got damaged. Available data from the flow meters is provided below. The flow in the Loopspruit is not gauged. Plans are in place to install new flow meters.

Table 2:17: Flow meter readings

Leeuspruit - South of old tailings dam in Kariegaspruit - South of new tailings dam at stream diversion at S6* S10*

Monthly data Average flow Monthly data Average flow (Ml/day) (Ml/day)

December 2002 15.0 February to July 2004 0.4

February 2003 7.3 September 2004 to January 0.9 2005

April to May 2003 3.7 May to December 2005 0.6

February to July 2004 4.4 January to June 2006 1.25

September 2004 to January 3.0 2005

May 2005 30.2**

June 2005 22.6**

* Location of S6 and S10 shown on Figure 2:12. ** According to mine personnel, high values recorded due to reeds behind flow meter blocking flow of water. Source: South Deep Updated EMP (2006)

Page 57 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR An estimate of the mean annual runoff (MAR) for these watercourses was determined as part of the 2001 EMP amendment. The estimate is based on a surface-area proportional basis from the MAR for Quaternary Catchment C22J, as determined from WRC WR90. The MAR for the catchment areas associated with the mine and with the Doornpoort TSF are summarised below.

Table 2:18: Mean Annual Runoff (MAR) for affected catchment

Mine Area Doornpoort TSF Area

Catchment 3 3 Surface area MAR (m /annum) Surface area MAR (m /annum) (km2 ) (km2 )

Leeuspruit (at 27.7 0.581 x 106 (1.59 78.37 1.7 x 106 Kariegaspruit Ml/day) confluence)

Kariegaspruit 9.6 0.201 x 106 (0.55 8.69 0.19 x 106 Ml/day)

Loopspruit 40.0 0.840 x 106 (2.3 - - Ml/day)

Unnamed tributary of - - 43.86 0.97 x 106 the Leeuspruit

Source: Combined from South Deep Updated EMP (2006) & EMP amendment (2007)

Normal dry weather flow

As all the watercourses draining the mine property are non-perennial, significant flow should only occur in the watercourses following rainfall events. However due to mine discharges, as mentioned above, the Leeuspruit and Kariegaspruit flow all year round. In the Loopspruit, it is expected that there is little or no flow during the dry period.

There is no 1:100 year floodline available for the Leeuspruit however the 1:50 year floodline has been calculated by African Environmental Development. No infrastructure is located within the 1:50 year floodline.

Provided the 1:100 year floodline calculated by SRK Consulting for the Kariegaspruit is accurate and although there is mine infrastructure located within the 100m offset from the

Page 58 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR centre of the watercourse, no mine infrastructure (apart from the flow meter and stream crossings) is located within the 1:100 year floodlines (Appendix H).

2.9.2 Surface water quality

No data is available on the pre-mining water quality.

Discharge of water from the mine property is summarised below.

Treated sewage effluent

Currently the mine monitors treated sewage effluent discharged from the South Shaft sewage treatment plant into the Leeuspruit (monitoring point S9E on Figure 2:13).

Sewage from Twin Shaft is collected and pumped via a pump station to the South Shaft sewage treatment plant. The pump station was commissioned in 2008 and is fully operational.

In 1999, the mine was issued with an Exemption permit 2034B from Department of Water Affairs and Forestry (DWAF) which outlined the water quality requirements for purified sewage effluent and water from underground being discharged from the mine. According to the exemption the discharge qualities should comply with General Standard and Special Standard for Phosphate as well as specific limits mentioned in the exemption for the underground mine water discharged. However, the permit has expired (2001) and the mine has applied for an integrated water use license for its operations. The license has not been granted yet.

Quality of the treated sewage effluent discharged from the wastewater treatment plant are compared to the Water Quality Guidelines for domestic use and agricultural use (irrigation and livestock watering) (DWAF, 1996), draft water quality limits set by DWA for the Rietspruit and to the standards provided in the Exemption 2034B. The water is sampled directly from the discharge pipe before it mixes with water in the Leeuspruit.

Water quality has been classified according to the DWAF/WRC drinking water classification system (Report TT101/98, 1998). The defined water classes range from 0 (highest quality) to Page 59 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR 4 (poorest quality). This system is based on DWA‟s domestic use guideline values, but uses less parameters in the classification and considers the maximum period of use of the water based on health effects. The resulting health effects are evaluated where parameters consistently exceed the DWA domestic use guideline values. Based on this, the discharged water from the sewage treatment plant falls within Class 0.

The quality of the water discharging from the wastewater treatment plant is higher than the water in the Leeuspruit measured at the discharge point. The average concentration of the parameters that exceed guideline values are summarised in Table 2:19, together with the associated effects. The mean value for E. Coli exceeded the DWAs livestock watering guideline. This was due to breakdowns experienced at the sewerage treatment plants. These incidents were communicated to DWA.

The evaluation of the water quality discharging from the wastewater treatment plant should be considered holistically taking cognisance of the overall water quality discharging from the mine site. The impact of the discharged effluent on the water quality in the Leeuspruit should not be significant since the water is of higher quality.

Page 60 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Table 2:19: Summary of discharged effluent water quality (South Shaft wastewater treatment plant)

Parameters Units South Shaft sewage Mean 2011 South African Water Quality Guidelines Rietspruit Exemptio effluent 2007 – 2010 ( (Jan – Jun) Limits n 2034B samples)

Mean Min Max Mean Agricultural Domestic Irrigation Live- stock watering pH 7.34 6.6 8 7.38 6.5 – 8.4 NA 6.0 –9.0 6.5 - 8.5 5.5 - 9.5

Total dissolved mg/l 375.6 232 455 239.17 NA 1000-3000* 450 NS 1 625 solids

Suspended solids mg/l 23.55 5 171 19.58 50 NA NA NS 25

Electrical mS/m 42.46 37 80 42.41 40 NG 70 30 - 70 250 conductivity

Chloride mg/l 35.32 19 124 38.68 100 1500 or 3000** 100 50 -100 75

Sodium mg/l 35.85 12 180 37.91 12 67 100 40 - 70 90

Ortho-phosphate mg/l 3.00 0.04 18 1.97 NG NG NG 0.25 -0.5 1

Sulphate mg/l 70.54 25 860 50.45 NA 1000 200 100 -200 NS

Nitrate mg/l 3.07 0.1 17 3.02 5 or 0.5 # 100 6 1- 3 NS

Nitrite mg/l 0.78 0 16 0.98 5 or 0.5 # 10 6 NS NS

Ammonia mg/l 5.86 0.01 65 2.70 NA NA 1 0.25 -5.0 10

Oxygen absorbed mg/l 5.98 0.3 225 4.60 NG NG NG NS 10

Chemical oxygen mg/l O2 87.33 2.6 672 62.36 NA NA NA 20 - 30 75 demand

Page 61 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

Parameters Units South Shaft sewage Mean 2011 South African Water Quality Guidelines Rietspruit Exemptio effluent 2007 – 2010 ( (Jan – Jun) Limits n 2034B samples)

Settable solids mg/l 1.56 0.1 80 1.00 NG NG NG NS NS

E. coli (cfu/ 82858.8 0 4200000 2068 NG 0-1000 0 131-4000 NS 100ml) 9

ND – no data NG – no guideline NA - not available NS – not specified

# First value corresponds to the crop yield guideline and the second value corresponds to the effect on irrigation infrastructure.

Where specific guideline values are given for livestock watering these include: * 1000 - limit for dairy, pigs and poultry; 2000 - limit for cattle and horse; 3000 - limit for sheep. ** 1500 - limit for monogastrics and poultry; 3000 - limit for other livestock. TDS/EC values were compared to available EC guideline value.

Page 62 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Underground water (historically)

Underground water migrating from the Gemsbokfontein compartment (First Uranium Ezulwini Mine Shaft) into South Shaft was discharged by South Deep Mine into the Leeuspruit (from when mining started until 2004. This operation has stopped as plugs has been inserted between the mine and First Uranium Ezulwini Mine Shaft.

Underground water encountered during the shaft sinking operations of South Deep Twin Shaft was discharged into the Kariegaspruit (this operation only took place during the construction phase of the shaft).

Uncontrolled discharges of water

Water runoff from the South Shaft area is collected in a trench (Appendix H) down gradient of the South Shaft area and channeled to the return water dam complex and recycled back into the process however, during the rainy season this water overflows into the Leeuspruit. Seepage from the tailings dam complex and return water dam complex are also identified as uncontrolled discharge of water.

A water balance for South Deep Mine was completed in 2011. South Shaft effluent pond is recognised as the main area for collection of run-off from South Shaft as well as old tailings dams. The new TSF return water dam is designed to comply with GN704. Only clear water is discharged.

2.9.2.1 Surface Monitoring Programme and results

The monitoring programme includes weekly monitoring of treated sewage effluent discharge from the mine property, weekly in-stream surface water monitoring in the Leeuspruit and Kariegaspruit. Surface water quality data is available in electronic format at the mine‟s Environmental Control Department (1998 to current). The mine‟s surface water monitoring programme is presented in Table 2:20 and presented in Figure 2:13.

Page 63 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Table 2:20 South Deep Mine surface monitoring programme

ID Description Sampling Position South Shaft Metallurgical Plant – Sampling Frequency: Fortnightly M1 Feed to slimes dam Slimes dam feed pipe M2 South Plant Run-off South boundary of South Shaft Metallurgical Plant M3 Backfill - cascades Silver pipeline M4 Penstock discharge - cascades Black pipeline M5 Toe drains - cascades Pipe from return water dam M6 No 1 cascades overflow Overflow from first cascade M7 No 12 cascade overflow Overflow from last cascade M8 New return dam - bypass Underneath road at gate M9 New slime dam – lower compartment Return water dam M10 New slime dam – run off At sump next to pump station M11 Water ex South Deep Pipeline from South Deep M12 DDD-dam At DDD-dam pump station RWDO DDD-dam overflow At DDD-dam overflow ORWDO Old RWD overflow At old RWD overflow Sewage Plants - Sampling Frequency: Weekly S9I South Shaft sewage influent Inflow of sewage SDI Twin Shaft sewage influent Inflow of sewage S9E South Shaft sewage effluent Effluent of sewage SDE Twin Shaft sewage effluent Effluent of sewage South Shaft Refrigeration Plant – Sampling Frequency: Fortnightly S5 Refrigeration backwash Outlet to Leeuwspruit S23 Surface hot water dams Surface dams next to South Shaft Metallurgical plant S25 Surface Fridge Plant condenser Outflow from compressor at Fridge Plant, outlet to Leeuwspruit Surface Condensation from surface fans Surface fans fans Surface water – Sampling Frequency: Weekly S6 Leeuwspruit ex South Shaft Bridge at new return water dam S10 Kariegaspruit ex South Deep Bridge of new slimes dam S12 Chilled water to plant Cooling towers of new slimes dam S13 South surface effluent Flume in South Delta – close to sewage pump station no 1 S14 Leeuwspruit ex S6 and S10 At boundary fence on “Prinsloo” farm Page 64 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

ID Description Sampling Position S11A Leeuwspruit ex S&J no 4 # Flume close to main gate S11B Leeuwspruit at R28 Flume next to R28 S11C Leeuwspruit at SDP entrance Old fume next to waste rock dump S16 Backfill decant from U/G Sample from U/G SD2 South Deep surface effluent At fence next to Kariegaspruit SD3 South Deep dam no 1 Mine water dam no 1 SD4 South Deep dam no 2 Mine water dam no 2 SD5 Pollution control dam - overflow At pollution control dam overflow M8 New return dam bypass Trench underneath road at new return dam PCDO Pollution control dam - overflow Overflow at PCD at Twin Shafts

Source: South Deep Water Monitoring Procedure (2008)

Averages for water samples taken at the South Deep metallurgical plant for 2010 and 2011 (up to June 2011) are presented in Table 2:21:

In-stream surface water quality results

Annual averages for 2010 and 2011 (until June 2011) are presented in Table 2.22.

Page 65 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Figure 2:13: Surface water monitoring points at South Deep mine

Page 66 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Table 2:21 Averages for water samples taken at the South Deep Metallurgical Plant for 2010 and 2011 (up to June 2011)

Parameter M1 M4 M5 M6 M7 M9 M10 M11 (mg/l unless stated) 2010 2011 2010 2011 2010 2011 2010 2011 2010 2011 2010 2011 2010 2011 2010 2011 pH (pH 8.42 8.95 10.05 9.56 5.79 5.15 5.19 5.20 6.91 7.22 5.96 4.96 5.52 6.29 4.64 5.66 units) Electrical 374.61 306.91 354.79 296.90 402.33 372.13 408.14 399.11 363.75 328.89 389.32 371.27 420.67 423.55 382.95 340.82 conductivity (mS/m)

Total 3383.8 2992.7 3155.7 2849.0 3605.8 3591.2 3803.5 3799.2 3264.3 3236.6 3614.2 3858.1 4030.0 4664.5 3586.8 3441.8 dissolved 9 3 1 0 3 5 7 2 8 7 1 8 0 5 4 2 solids

Suspended 1507.9 1170.8 323.79 539.50 466.58 126.63 732.21 445.89 37.81 54.78 241.26 123.55 99.47 208.64 147.16 178.82 solids 4 2 Total 1338.8 1140.2 1179.8 1067.2 1712.8 1744.1 1775.3 1751.8 1413.1 1323.7 1569.3 1729.5 1766.5 2190.2 1560.5 1444.0 Hardness 8 7 9 0 7 3 1 8 0 7 2 5 0 7 6 9 Calcium 1202.3 1031.1 1173.9 1017.6 1310.7 1351.2 1385.3 1393.5 1201.8 1133.3 1.28 1.37 1249.7 1330.0 1248.7 1199.6 hardness 5 8 7 0 1 5 1 0 7 9 6 0 8 4 Free 11.00 9.50 17.67 13.55 0.50 0.50 0.50 1.56 2.13 2.78 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.66 0.50 Cyanide WAD 16.27 22.27 24.76 25.60 0.84 0.74 0.74 3.89 6.32 12.56 0.60 0.50 0.57 0.50 5.58 10.45 Cyanide Total 20.78 23.83 28.73 29.60 1.18 0.91 1.03 4.87 8.26 14.00 1.15 0.74 0.68 0.50 6.77 11.55 Cyanide Sulphate 1675.2 1509.9 1352.2 1377.3 2220.8 2326.6 2157.0 2227.7 1713.5 1756.7 2259.9 2294.0 2340.6 2586.0 1982.9 1990.6 2 1 9 0 3 3 0 8 0 8 5 9 7 9 5 4 Magnesium 33.28 26.63 1.41 12.05 98.09 95.88 95.05 87.51 51.44 46.42 69.59 88.82 125.98 209.82 76.11 59.45

Sodium 379.65 361.18 409.69 381.89 302.55 325.11 327.77 335.10 329.80 327.76 316.22 345.18 314.61 403.64 305.61 323.55

Iron 10.87 0.87 0.66 1.14 15.91 20.69 9.45 15.24 2.00 0.60 9.03 27.53 1.54 0.87 18.87 14.63

Fluoride 0.81 0.71 0.86 0.63 0.92 0.61 0.84 0.68 0.90 0.63 0.83 0.68 0.84 0.69 0.68 0.64

Nitrate 27.23 20.04 36.01 23.81 2.73 2.55 2.43 5.46 21.26 14.39 1.92 1.44 2.95 2.21 16.16 12.38

Ortho 0.10 0.14 0.12 0.13 0.09 0.09 0.09 0.08 0.08 0.10 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.08 phosphate Chloride 241.61 217.27 259.00 224.20 220.17 190.88 218.64 197.44 211.81 204.11 209.63 200.64 227.53 256.55 200.21 195.36

Uranium 0.07 0.03 0.01 0.01 0.08 0.10 0.24 0.08 0.02 0.03 0.06 0.07 0.09 0.02 0.41 0.15 Page 67 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

Parameter M1 M4 M5 M6 M7 M9 M10 M11 (mg/l unless stated) 2010 2011 2010 2011 2010 2011 2010 2011 2010 2011 2010 2011 2010 2011 2010 2011

Aluminium 2.56 28.25 0.10 10.23 4.16 2156.7 4.68 3794.6 0.97 300.40 1.47 2162.6 1.84 3.85 7.68 4738.1 4 4 4 4 Manganese 6.21 6.80 0.01 3.12 22.32 25.73 21.80 22.77 11.04 11.09 16.64 22.52 32.46 62.74 24.11 17.80

Arsenic 0.12 0.17 0.16 0.17 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.05 0.03 0.06 0.01 0.06 0.01 0.00 0.02 0.02

Copper 4.30 9.05 7.08 11.12 0.22 0.10 0.22 1.90 2.35 4.89 0.13 0.05 0.17 0.01 1.40 4.33

Cadmium 0.05 0.00 0.47 0.00 0.04 0.00 2.57 1.84 0.06 0.00 1.49 0.00 1.39 0.00 0.03 0.00

Mercury 0.00 0.14 0.00 0.08 0.00 0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.01 0.00 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.02

Lead 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.01 0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.01 0.01

Nickel 2.31 2.52 2.91 2.79 1.09 1.09 0.99 1.25 1.70 1.75 0.62 0.88 0.75 0.21 1.73 2.08

Zinc 0.77 0.72 0.46 0.82 0.84 0.86 0.76 0.94 0.30 0.31 0.46 0.74 0.50 0.14 1.03 0.60

Molybdenu 0.06 0.08 0.08 0.09 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.02 0.03 0.05 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.01 0.03 m

Source: South Deep Mine (2011)

Page 68 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Table 2:22: Annual average water quality for monitoring points at South Deep for 2010 and 2011 (until June 2011)

Parameter S6 S10 S12 S11A S11B S13 S14 SD3 SD4 (mg/l unless 2010 2011 2010 2011 2010 2011 201 2011 2011 2010 2011 2010 2011 2010 2011 2010 2011 stated) 0 pH (pH 7.25 7.10 7.72 7.65 7.31 7.28 7.58 7.43 7.30 7.15 7.49 7.46 8.71 8.20 8.90 8.24 units) Electrical 137.76 142.96 140.23 101.0 189.08 168.55 91.89 84.89 188.27 197.00 163.25 152.13 77.17 92.91 79.17 94.39 conductivity 0 (mS/m) Total 1053.5 1237.8 1161.3 801.8 1527.7 1453.8 739.2 720.5 1663.4 1764.3 1320.6 1311.3 592.2 708.7 597.6 726.2 dissolved 2 7 8 3 5 6 2 6 1 5 7 5 7 0 9 2 solids Suspended 16.07 36.61 72.53 11.74 42.36 43.50 25.00 10.11 12.22 14.48 29.36 13.91 15.59 11.09 13.76 10.43 solids Total 621.58 620.78 743.16 438.1 946.18 701.23 398.7 396.5 998.27 842.87 714.47 680.87 400.5 339.1 398.6 348.5 Hardness 7 8 6 4 7 8 2 Calcium 471.43 435.30 503.11 256.3 777.58 567.50 238.8 238.1 816.79 665.61 508.79 472.83 325.5 270.7 324.3 278.0 hardness 5 9 1 6 4 9 4 Free 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 Cyanide WAD 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 Cyanide Total 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 Cyanide Sulphate 509.43 612.52 534.78 336.3 712.42 635.86 394.8 381.4 752.83 889.00 677.33 653.09 215.3 271.9 219.8 266.1 0 9 4 7 1 5 7 Magnesium 38.23 45.35 60.65 44.35 45.67 32.68 39.00 38.67 49.49 43.17 50.35 50.83 19.73 16.78 19.43 17.22 Sodium 83.75 86.45 73.45 50.96 107.86 95.82 32.11 32.00 112.00 131.48 98.97 93.43 51.15 60.70 50.95 61.96 Iron 0.26 0.10 0.12 0.10 0.10 0.13 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.11 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10 Fluoride 0.58 0.42 0.61 0.43 0.98 0.84 0.41 0.40 0.71 0.52 0.61 0.43 0.42 0.32 0.45 0.39 Nitrate 12.49 6.41 1.68 1.86 33.08 20.10 1.76 1.20 24.11 14.42 7.16 3.50 5.53 5.38 5.02 6.47 Ortho 0.14 0.13 0.09 0.08 0.08 0.09 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.09 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.08 phosphate Chloride 75.88 78.96 70.60 44.57 111.53 113.83 20.00 19.33 105.57 117.78 85.97 84.91 55.10 64.74 56.27 66.87 Oil 1.97 1.80 2.17 1.63 2.09 12.20 6.00 4.90 1.94 1.45 2.14 1.57 1.84 1.82 1.99 1.71 Uranium 0.14 0.10 0.03 0.03 0.41 0.44 0.02 0.01 0.23 0.17 0.12 0.09 0.08 0.12 0.08 0.13

Page 69 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Parameter S6 S10 S12 S11A S11B S13 S14 SD3 SD4 (mg/l unless 2010 2011 2010 2011 2010 2011 201 2011 2011 2010 2011 2010 2011 2010 2011 2010 2011 stated) 0 Aluminium 0.07 6.45 0.07 8.92 0.08 59.30 9.09 5.78 0.07 25.35 0.07 8.96 0.08 13.97 0.08 14.36 Manganese 0.66 3.43 0.47 0.20 0.66 0.50 0.04 0.05 1.69 4.60 0.37 0.81 0.02 0.00 0.02 0.00 Arsenic 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 Copper 0.01 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.10 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 7.01 9.00 Cadmium 0.14 0.00 0.03 0.00 0.04 0.00 0.00 0.15 0.01 0.00 0.07 0.00 0.05 0.00 10.47 1.10 Mercury 0.00 0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 Lead 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Nickel 0.13 0.23 0.03 0.02 0.46 0.46 0.00 0.18 0.19 0.34 0.64 0.15 0.10 0.03 0.02 0.03 0.02 Zinc 0.07 0.09 0.01 0.01 0.45 0.15 0.00 0.07 0.10 0.17 0.27 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.03 0.03 Molybdenu 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 3.80 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.01 0.00 0.00 m Potassium 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.30 0.00 Malk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 10.00 0.00

Source: South Deep Mine (2011)

Page 70 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Trends indicated by sulphate and total dissolved solids concentrations for the period January 2007 to February 2010 are indicated in Figure 2:14 to Figure 2:17.

S11B (Leeuspruit): S11B is the point on the Leeuspruit, upstream of the South Deep mine area and the R28 road. The trend graph (Figure 2:14) indicates that the stream is already highly polluted at this point (entering the mine site) and indicates that there is a gradual increase in pollution. This matter will be discussed at the Rietspruit Catchment Forum to be discussed by all the stakeholders in November 2011.

Figure 2:14 Sulphate and TDS trends at monitoring point SB11B in the Leeuspruit for the period December 2007 to August 2009

Source: South Deep IWWMP (2010)

S13 (Leeuspruit): The trend graph (Figure 2:15) for point S13 in the Leeuspruit at South Delta, indicates considerable increases in pollution at this point.

Page 71 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Figure 2:15 Sulphate and TDS trends for the period 2007 to 2010 for monitoring point S13 for the period January 2007 to February 2010

Source: South Deep IWWMP (2010)

S6 (Leeuspruit): The trend graph (Figure 2:16) for point S6, downstream of the decommissioned South Deep sewage treatment plant and immediately downstream of the old tailings facility and new return water dam, indicates considerable increases in pollution at this point. A slight downward trend for sulphate is however indicated over the first two months of 2010.

S10 (Kariegaspruit): S10 is on the Kariegaspruit downstream of the new tailings facility. The trend graph (Figure 2:17) indicates erratic water quality at this point and clear evidence of diffuse pollution from the tailings facility.

Decommissioning of the South Deep tailings storage facility which is the main source of diffuse pollution will occur in 2011. A post decommissioning plan will be developed in 2012 to address all the environmental impacts caused by the TSF including the surface and

Page 72 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR groundwater pollution. Currently the mine is ensuring that there are no discharges into the rivers on an ongoing basis.

Figure 2:16 Sulphate and TDS trends at monitoring point S6 in the Leeuspruit for the period December 2007 to August 2010

Source: South Deep IWWMP (2010)

S14 (Leeuspruit confluence with Kariegaspruit): Monitoring point S14 is at the confluence of the Leeuwspruit and the Kariegaspruit. The trend graph (Figure 2:17) indicates gradual increases in pollution at this point. Considering Figure 2:18 and Figure 2:19 however, it appears that the pollution load from the Leeuspruit is greater than that emanating from the Kariegaspruit. This is also indicated in Figure 2:20.

Page 73 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Figure 2:17 Sulphate and TDS trends for monitoring point S10 in the Kariegaspruit for the period January 2007 to February 2010

Source: South Deep IWWMP (2010)

Figure 2:18 Sulphate profile for the period January 2007 to February 2010

Source: South Deep IWWMP (2010)

Page 74 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Figure 2:19 Electrical conductivity profile for the period January 2007 to February 2010

Figure 2:20 Average water quality for surface water monitoring points up and downstream of the South Deep mine area

Page 75 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Water quality at the various sampling points has been classified according to the DWAF/WRC drinking water classification system (Report TT101/98, 1998) (Table 2:23). The water classes range from 0 (highest quality) to 4 (poorest quality). This system is based on DWAF‟s domestic use guideline values, but uses less parameters in the classification and considers the maximum period of use of the water based on health effects. The resulting health effects are evaluated where parameters consistently exceed the DWAF domestic use guideline values. As recommended in the DWAF/WRC Water Quality Guidelines, the average values listed in Table 2:19 have been used to classify the water in the various streams at South Deep Mine. Based on this, surface water at the mine falls within Class 2 and Class 3 water quality (Table 2:23). Potential health effects are included in Table 2:23.

Table 2:23: Classification of in-stream surface water quality

Class Sample Key parameters Overview of effects

2 S10 Mn and CaH Drinking health: May be used without health effects by majority of individuals of all ages but may cause effects in some individuals in sensitive groups. Some effects possible after lifetime use

2 S11A CaH, Mn, SO4 and Drinking Aesthetic: Poor taste and appearance are Total Hardness noticeable (TH) Food preparation: May be used without health or aesthetic effects by the majority person

Bathing: Slight effects on bathing or on bath fixtures

Laundry: Slight effects on bathing or on bath fixtures

3 S11B TH Drinking health: Poses a risk of chronic health effects, especially in babies, children & elderly

3 S6 CaH Drinking Aesthetic: Bad taste and appearance may lead to rejection of the water

3 S13 CaH, SO4 and TH Food preparation: Poses a risk of chronic health effects, especially in children and elderly

Page 76 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

Class Sample Key parameters Overview of effects

3 S14 CaH, SO4 and TH Bathing: Significant effects on bathing or on bath fixtures

Laundry: Significant effects on laundry or on fixtures Key: Class 0 Ideal water quality-suitable for lifetime use

Class 1 Good water quality-suitable for use, rare instances of negative effects

Class 2 Marginal water quality-conditionally acceptable (negative effects may occur in some sensitive groups)

Class 3 Poor water quality-unsuitable for use without treatment (chronic effects may occur)

Class 4 Dangerous water quality-totally unsuitable for use (acute effects may occur)

Source: South Deep, Updated EMP (2006)

Irrigation

Considering the use of surface water (for irrigation and livestock watering) downstream of the mine, results from points S6 (Leeuspruit), S10 (Kariegaspruit) and S14 (Leeuspruit confluence with Kariegaspruit) have also been compared to DWA‟s irrigation use and livestock watering guidelines.

It should be noted that the key parameters below exceed the irrigation use „target‟ water quality guideline values which are considered ideal water quality for the application. The guidelines also consider the applicability of the water for use depending on the possible impacts on crop yield and irrigation infrastructure:

. S6, S10 and S14: EC and TDS: A 90% relative crop yield of moderately salt tolerant crops can be maintained by using a low frequency application system. A leaching fraction of up to 0.15 may be required and wetting of the foliage of sensitive crops should be avoided;

. S14: Na: Crops will be sensitive to foliar absorption accumulate toxic levels of sodium when foliage is wetted. They display symptoms of foliar injury and yield decrease;

Page 77 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR . S6: Al: Water is acceptable only for irrigation and only over the short term on a site specific basis. Note: the average value for Al included very high concentrations from samples collected for the first 6 months of 2001. The reason for the high values has not been determined, but since then the concentration of aluminium in samples collected at S6 are on average 3 mg/ℓ which falls within the target water quality range and therefore aluminium should not be considered a key species;

. S6, S10 and S14: Mn: For crop yield, water contains the maximum acceptable concentration of Mn for fine textured neutral to alkaline soils. For irrigation equipment, water will give rise to moderate problems due to clogging of drip irrigation systems; and

. S6, S10 and S14: U: Water is acceptable only for irrigation and only over the short term on a site specific basis.

This matter will be tabled at the Rietspruit Catchment Forum to be discussed by all the stakeholders in November 2011. After that meeting, a plan will be devised and timelines set by the forum. South Deep will be actively involved and participate in the forum activities related to addressing the Leeuwspruit water quality and use.

Livestock watering

The only parameter of concern, when compared to DWA‟s livestock watering guideline values, is sulphate which exceeds the guideline value at point S14. At the average concentrations observed, the water may give rise to diarrhea and poor productivity in livestock and may have adverse palatability so that water and feed intake declines. In most cases these effects are temporary for a period of a few days while stock adaptation occurs). It is therefore unlikely that any effects will be observed in stock already consuming the water.

The average concentration of aluminium also exceeds guideline values, but is not considered a key parameter. Parameters with average concentrations that consistently exceeded the Rietspruit limits include:

. S11A and B (Leeuspruit): Mn, Ni, SO4, TDS and Zn;

Page 78 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

. S13 (Leeuspruit): Al, Mn, Ni, SO4 and TDS;

. S6 (Leeuspruit): Al, Mn, Nitrogen (N), Ni, SO4 and TDS;

. S10 (Kariegaspruit): Mn and TDS; and

. S14 (Leeuspruit confluence with Kariegaspruit): Al, Ni, SO4 and TDS.

Although the average concentration of total and free cyanide detected in samples collected at sampling point S14 exceeded the cyanide guidelines, this was due to an extremely high concentration recorded in October 1998 which skewed the data set. If the high concentration is excluded, the results are either below or equal to the guideline values. Average data for the past three years (2007 to December 2009) has indicated that total cyanide levels are constantly below 0.5 mg/ℓ.

2.9.2.2 Downstream variations in stream water quality

The water quality downstream of the mine boundary has been assessed according to the DWA/WRC water classification system as well as draft limits set by DWA for the Rietspruit. The potential for activities at the mine to impact negatively on surface watercourses has been evaluated by examining the variation in water composition at the various sampling points. Sulphate has been used as a tracer for the evaluation as this parameter behaves predictably.

Leeuspruit

Sample point S11B is located upstream of the mine and therefore represents the background quality of water before activities at the mine have an impact on the water quality. The water quality enters the site with a concentration of SO4 that falls within the Class 2 water quality (approximately 400 mg/l). It is likely that the mines located upstream of South Deep on the

Leeuspruit are already impacting on the resource. The SO4 concentrations along the Leeuspruit from sample point S11B to S14 (downstream of South Deep at the confluences with Kariegaspruit) show the following trends:

. Generally the SO4 concentration increases as the stream flows through the site.

. Elevated SO4 at S13 compared to S11B could be ascribed to:

Page 79 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR – uncontrolled discharge of mine water from the dams at South Shaft (the results of analysis for mine water and S13 water quality are similar); and

– seepage from the South Shaft waste rock dump. The mine is currently re- mining this dump.

. The SO4 concentration at S6 is influenced by the seepage from the new return water dam.

. The average SO4 concentration at S14 and S6 are very similar

. The variation in concentration of all major cations and anions follows a similar trend to

SO4.

. The trace element concentration varies as the Leeuspruit flows through the mine site, but the concentration in S14 is generally less than that at S11B. It should be noted that the concentration of some trace elements (e.g. Mn and U) are greater in S14 than S11B.

. There do not appear to be a correlation between rainfall and the concentration of parameters from points S11B, S11A, S13, S6 and S14, indicating that rainfall runoff does not contribute significantly to the stream water quality.

To prevent contaminated water entering the Leeuspruit a water containment dam will be built as part of the decommissioning of the old tailings dams (during 2012). Currently all water pumped is being monitored to ensure that there are no overflows on an ongoing basis. In the long term (from 2012), investigations for treatment of contaminated storm water for re-use in the process will be done. A pilot study in this regard is planned starting in October 2011.

Kariegaspruit

There is less surface water monitoring points along the Kariegaspruit than the Leeuspruit. It should be noted that there are no surface water monitoring points in the Kariegaspruit upstream of the mine with which to compare the downstream water quality. The source of water for the Kariegaspruit is storm water from South Deep Twin Shaft area. As a result

Page 80 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR there is no need to monitor this stream at two points. Consideration will be given to the inclusion of a monitoring point at the source of the Kariegaspruit in November 2011.

There is variation in TDS with time for points S10 and S14, with the TDS concentration generally higher and less variable in the samples collected at S14 (after the confluence with the Leeuspruit) than at S10 (in the Kariegaspruit).

2.9.2.3 Bio monitoring programme & results

The mine undertakes in site bio-monitoring. Samples are taken fortnightly and the bio- monitoring points include:

SB1 - Rand Water – South Shaft surface

SB2 – Rand Water Hostels

SB3 – Rand Water - South Deep surface

SB4 – U/G Drinking water

SB5 – Chilled water going underground

SB6 – Clinic / Enduleni

SB7 – Rand Water - reservoir inlet

SB8 – Rand Water – reservoir outlet

SB9 – Big pool Hillshaven

SB10 – Small pool – Hillshaven

SB11 – Sewage plant effluent – South Shaft

SB12 – Sewage plant effluent – South Deep Shaft

SB13 – Change house

Page 81 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Table 2:24 Averages for in-house bio-monitoring samples taken at South Deep for period 2010 and 2011 (until June 2011)

Parameter pH (pH E-coli Total Standard Plate Coli Free (mg/l unless units) chlorine Count Chlorine stated) (cfu/100ml) 2010 7.88 0.00 0.31 135.50 0.00 0.17 SB1 2011 7.49 0.00 0.18 644.27 0.00 0.11 2010 7.99 0.00 0.38 44.17 0.00 0.19 SB2 2011 7.52 0.00 0.35 5.73 0.00 0.17 2010 8.00 0.00 0.40 12.83 0.00 0.20 SB3 2011 7.54 0.00 0.36 102.09 0.00 0.18 2010 7.59 2.63 0.16 4458.50 70.29 0.10 SB5 2011 7.28 25.00 0.22 62399.00 152.00 0.14 2010 8.11 0.00 0.40 4.83 0.00 0.21 SB6 2011 7.60 0.00 0.32 93.45 0.00 0.16 SB9 2010 8.90 0.00 0.20 0.00 0.10 SB10 2010 8.10 0.00 0.40 0.00 0.20 2010 7.49 265595.50 0.45 104066.67 504410.00 0.31 SB11 2011 7.35 3096.73 0.44 43658.27 3381.82 0.23 2010 8.01 0.00 0.38 22.83 0.00 0.19 SB13 2011 7.56 0.00 0.32 32.18 0.00 0.16

Source: South Deep Mine (2011)

The mine also undertakes annual bio-monitoring in the Leeuspruit, Kariegaspruit and the Loopspruit. The bio-monitoring programme assesses the biological and chemical/physical integrity of the streams. The programme is undertaken by a specialist consultant, African Environmental Development, on an annual basis. Bio-monitoring points are illustrated in Figure 2:21.

Page 82 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Figure 2:21 Bio-monitoring sites on South Deep Mine

Page 83 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Leeu 1: This area is artificially created due to continuous water discharges from mining operations. This is an artificial wetland area known to the mine as the South Delta where waste rock piles were randomly established in the area. The waste rock piles have subsequently been removed however some waste rock may be buried below the surface. This site represents the nearest practically accessible sampling point immediately after the discharge of surplus underground water from the mine water dams - the main source, which represents uranium and sulphate enriched water. Silt is occasionally present in the discharge water. The discharge of surplus underground water from South Shaft stopped in 2004/5 when the plugs were established between Ezulwini Gold Mine No 4 Shaft and South Deep‟s South Shaft.

Leeu 2: The sampling point is situated in a stream diversion – a rocky area around the old tailings dam. It is downstream from the South Shaft treated sewage effluent discharge point, but upstream from the return water dam complex (sulphate and uranium enriched). Between Leeu 1 and 2, the water travels approximately 400m through a reed bed.

Leeu 3: This site represents the first practically accessible sampling point after the Leeuspruit leaves the mine‟s property – thereby representing all mining related effluent from the Leeuspruit catchment only. Centre pivot irrigation and other farming related activities take place in the immediate vicinity of the site. The confluence of the Kariegaspruit is situated downstream (approximately 1.8 km).

Leeu 4: This site represents the first practically accessible sampling point after the confluence of the Kariegaspruit with the Leeuspruit – thereby representing all mining related effluent from the South Shaft and the South Deep Shaft. Between Leeu 3 and 4, a seasonal stream flows into the Leeuspruit, just upstream of the confluence with the Kariegaspruit. The main source of potential future pollution in this tertiary catchment may emanate from an informal housing settlement currently under development.

Leeu 5: This site is on the farm Kalbasfontein 365 IQ next to a gravel road, adjacent to a farm workers village - upstream of an extensive abstraction point used for irrigation

Page 84 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR practices. The main source of pollution in this area emanates from farming related activities.

Kariega 1: Upstream from this site is the historic (stopped in 2005) discharge point of underground water from the Twin Shafts (South Deep area) and the previously Twin Shaft treated sewage effluent discharge point (stopped in 2008). Seepage from the new tailings dam may also have an impact on water quality.

Kariega 2: The site is downstream from Kariega 1 220m south of the tar road. Possible contaminants from the road surface (for example lead) and fertilisers from adjacent farming practices may contribute to deterioration in habitat quality.

Loop 1: The site is just downstream from a culvert system underneath a bridge. Illegal dumping – very limited – was observed within the riparian zone. Run-off from the tar road into the stream might contribute to heavy metal pollution. Upstream from the survey site is old quarry activities.

Loop 2: This site is just downstream from a broken dam. Limited crop planting was observed in the catchment area. Mainly cattle farming were observed in the immediate vicinity of the survey site.

Loop 3: This site is just north of the tar road. Cattle farming is the main activity observed in the immediate vicinity of the survey site.

Biological integrity of the streams

Summary results and conclusions taken from the 2009/2010 annual report are provided below. A copy of the full report is included in Appendix I. The results show that there is a constant repeated trend indicative of a predominantly progressive enhancement of the habitat quality from Site 1 to Site 5 in the Leeuspruit and Site 8 to 10 in the Loopspruit. The results obtained within the Kariegaspruit reflect poorer ecological conditions as compared to the Leeuspruit, mainly because of the limitations regarding proper sampling sites. Note that the bio-monitoring programme has been revised and monitoring sites have been selected and will be prepared accordingly Bio-monitoring is expected to commence in October 2011.

Page 85 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Nutrient enrichment, i.e. eutrophication responsible for excessive algal growth, is ascribed to sewage effluent, farming related activities where excess fertilisers are flushed into nearby surface water during irrigation and during rainstorm events where atmospheric nitrogen is fixed through high voltage electrical discharges (lightning). It can also be attributed to nitrate released by explosives used underground in the water pumped into the streams. This phenomenon of excessive algal growth has, to some degree, established in all sections of the Leeuspruit (upstream and downstream of the confluence with the Kariegaspruit). The highest ever nitrate concentrations were recorded at Leeu 1 and 2 during this sampling exercise, supporting the fact that excessive algal growth is attributable to the release of nitrate into the Leeuspruit.

Another reason for the eutrophication in the Leeuspruit, downstream from Leeu 1, could be the effluent released into the Leeuspruit from the South Shaft Sewage Plant, which, at the time of sampling, was not functioning properly. This potential source of nitrate will, however, be eclipsed by the amount of nitrate released by the shaft.

Note that the treated sewage effluent discharged by South Deep complies with the permit conditions and the in-stream water quality objectives for the catchment. This issue affects all the users in the catchment and will be tabled at the Rietspruit Catchment Forum meeting in November 2011 for consideration by all the stakeholders.

The SASS5 (South African Scoring System version 5) recorded during the study confirm a steady progressive increase in downstream ecological integrity - without any significant impact of the Kariegaspruit on the Leeuspruit after the confluence of the two streams. As stated in previous reports by Rison Consulting this phenomenon is most likely ascribed to an improved wetland function. This statement is supported by the rapid disappearance of the nitrate between Leeu 3 and 5. It is therefore in the interest of all stakeholders (i.e. the relevant mining houses and farming communities) to protect and conserve the wetlands within these river systems, and ideally to enhance wetland functionality by conducive practices such as:

Reduction in number of roads cutting across wetlands

Page 86 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Improved culvert systems underneath existing roads to allow water to spread over wider areas

Prevention of channel formation in main water courses

Prevention of run-off water and sediment from the haul roads from entering the streams

Establishment of a proper veld fire management programme

Previous SASS results from the aforementioned summer studies are presented in Figure 2:22, while Figure 2:23 represents the IHAS % (Integrated Habitat Assessment System) since 2004.

Figure 2:22 SASS Scores (historic & current) since December 2004 applicable to the Leeuspruit, Kariegaspruit & Loopspruit.

Source: South Deep, Bio Monitoring Report 2009/2010

Page 87 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Figure 2:23 IHAS% Scores (historic & current) since December 2004 applicable to the Leeuspruit, Kariegaspruit & Loopspruit.

Source: South Deep, Bio Monitoring Report 2009/2010

From the figures it is evident that:

Leeu 0: Historically, water originating from underground mine workings at Ezulwini Gold Mine has, on an intermittent basis, been released into the upper Leeuspruit. This water used to flow through the South Deep property. Note that the surface water dried up completely at the time of sampling. It was therefore not possible to assess its impact on the stream through and downstream from, the South Deep Mine.

Leeu 1 (New): Due to the poor habitat quality and possible miss-representation of aquatic life in relation to water quality recorded at Leeu 1 (Old), Leeu 1 (New) was sampled upstream from the original site. The habitat quality is significantly better than the original site, which subsequently reflected higher species diversity and numbers of

Page 88 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR aquatic macro-invertebrates as opposed to the original site. However, it is evident that silt deposits within this river segment are impairing both habitat quality and integrity, which is reflected by relative low SASS & IHAS scores. Comparison with the old site is not possible, due to different habitat quality and integrity. However, it is recommended that this data be considered a benchmark against which other data sets will be compared in future.

Leeu 2: It is clear that due to eutrophication and excessive reed growth, the site‟s integrity had been compromised. This is mainly due to the frequent failure of the South Shaft Sewage Plant, which has resulted in reduced SASS scores since 2004 as well as the excessive nitrate concentration in the water discharged from the South Shaft. Habitat integrity has also deteriorated significantly since 2004.

Leeu 3 (New): Due to the poor habitat quality and possible miss-representation of aquatic life in relation to water quality recorded at Leeu 3 (Old), Leeu 3 (New) was sampled downstream from the original site. The habitat quality is significantly better than the original site, which also reflected higher species diversity and numbers of aquatic macro-invertebrates as opposed to the original site. The IHAS% is also significantly better (i.e. 61% versus 48%).

Leeu 4: This monitoring site showed a decrease in IHAS%, which is most likely attributable to alien riparian vegetation encroachment. The site becomes increasingly more difficult to access as a direct result of fallen trees blocking roads and dense weeds.

Leeu 5: This site had remained fairly constant in terms of its habitat integrity since 2004. However, eutrophication and the resultant bloom in algal growth are increasingly affecting this site negatively. Upstream from this site, intensive crop planting activities are taking place right onto the riparian zone of the stream, which could, to some extent, be contributing to the eutrophication. It is, however, more likely that the excessive nitrates discharged from the South Deep Gold Mine‟s South Shaft is causing this eutrophication. A direct result of eutrophication is the reduced SASS5 scores recorded subsequent to 2004.

Page 89 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Kariega 1: The SASS scores and IHAS% declined drastically since 2004. Road construction activities within the riparian zone and poor chemical water quality are increasingly impacting on the site.

Kariega 2: This monitoring site also showed an increase in habitat integrity since 2004. It is also clear that the SASS5 scores reacted positively to the improved habitat compared to the 2004 results. Wetland function upstream (i.e. between Kariega 1 and Kariega 2) is most likely having a positive impact on reducing impacts.

Loop 1 (New): This is the second time that monitoring was conducted at this site in the summer. Both SASS5 and IHAS% are very similar to the previous summer study that was conducted in March 2009. Both the SASS and IHAS scores at the new site were much better, compared to the scores at the old site.

Loop 2: This site remained fairly constant since monitoring started in 2004 despite relative intensive mining activities just upstream from the site,

2.9.3 Drainage density of disturbed areas

The drainage density of each of the catchments is provided below.

Table 2:25: Drainage density

Catchment Length of water Surface Area Drainage density course (km) (km2) (km/km2)

Leeuspruit (at Kariegaspruit 9.0 27.2 0.332 confluence)

Kariegaspruit 5.6 9.6 0.583

Loopspruit 16.8 40.0 0.420

Source: South Deep 2001 EMP amendment

2.9.4 Surface water use

Of the two mines situated in the Leeuspruit catchment, South Deep Mine and Kloof Gold Mine, neither are using a significant amount of the limited surface water resources for their

Page 90 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR water requirements, leaving domestic and agricultural use as the major abstractions. Agricultural (farming) activities are taking place in the surrounding areas.

Domestic

Informal abstraction of water from the watercourses is taking place. The communities settled along the streams abstract the water for drinking and domestic purposes. This is difficult to control or prevent and domestic use can be considered a potential use of the water sources.

Agricultural

Due to cattle farming in the area, livestock watering is considered a potential use of water sources. The livestock drink from streams on properties where they graze. Water for livestock drinking is supplemented by borehole water.

Water from the streams is used by farmers downstream of the mine, for irrigation of their lands. Extensive irrigation systems have been installed to utilise the water in the streams for irrigation purposes. Flowers, mielies and fruit are grown on the surrounding farms.

Environment

The environment, natural aquatic environment in the Leeuspruit, Kariegaspruit and Loopspruit, is regarded as a legitimate water user.

2.9.5 Water Authority

Department of Water Affairs – Gauteng Region

2.9.6 Wetlands

The mine‟s EMP report (dated April 1999) identified two wetlands on the mine property, one directly south of South Shaft (an artificial wetland area known to the mine as the South Delta), and one west of the new tailings dam in the Kariegaspruit (Figure 2:13). The 2001 EMP amendment also identified these two areas as wetland type areas highlighting that the South Delta supported an extensive reed bed due to the continuous discharge of water from

Page 91 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR the mine. This could be seen during site visits conducted by Metago for the updated EMP report.

NSS did a wetland assessment for South Deep mine in April 2010 which allowed for a broad assessment of the wetlands within the mine area. NSS used the WET – EcoServices tool to assess the ecosystem services supplied by wetlands. This tool has been designed for inland palustrine wetlands, i.e. marshes, floodplains, vleis and seeps, and has been developed to help assess the goods and services that individual wetlands provide in order to allow for more informed planning and decision making (Kotze et al., 2009). Central to the WET tool is the characterisation of hydrogeomorphic (HGM) units, which have been defined based on geomorphic setting (e.g. hillslope or valley-bottom, whether drainage is open or closed), water source (surface water dominated or sub-surface water dominated) and pattern of water flow through the wetland unit (diffusely or channeled) as described and illustrated in Table 2:26. Each HGM unit is assessed individually.

The wetland systems identified at South Deep Mine are indicated on Figure 2:24 and is discussed below.

2.9.6.1 System 1: System 1: Kariega River ---- Un-channeled and Channeled Valley Bottom

The larger portion of System 1 is an un-channeled valley bottom system infested with Typha capensis. Downstream of Loopspruit Lane, the system starts forming a more channeled valley bottom. The system originates 2.2km upstream of the mining activities, runs through the mine (adjacent to the Tailings Storage Facility (TSF)) for approximately 2.3km and then flows for an additional 1.5km until it joins the Leeu.

Page 92 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Table 2:26 Wetland hydro-geomorphic (HGM) types typically supporting inland wetlands in South Africa (Kotze et al., 2009)

Source: NSS, Biodiversity Baseline Assessment Report (2010)

Page 93 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR 2.9.6.2 System 2 - Leeu River and associated wetlands

The majority of the Leeu River is a channeled valley bottom system. Upstream of the mining area flow is intermittent whilst downstream of the mining area there is a fast flowing system. It therefore appears as if the mine is discharging water into this system. The Leeu originates 4.5km upstream of the mining activities, running through the mine and the around the TSF. Downstream of the mine, systems 1, 3, 6 and 7 join the Leeu within a 3km stretch downstream of the TSF. The Leeu is naturally a non-perennial system, however with discharges from the mine it has a more perennial nature. According to the South Deep Addendum to the EMPR (South Deep Mine, 2002) four small, low yielding springs occur beneath the tailings dam complex to the east of the Leeu, the hydrological regime of this system has therefore been severely impacted on.

2.9.6.3 System 3 - Un-channeled Valley Bottom

The un-channeled valley bottom system (System 3) originates just north of the village Modderfontein and runs to the west of the main mining area. Although the system does not run through the main mining area it still runs within the authorised and free hold mining boundary and was therefore included in this study. The system is a non-perennial system.

2.9.6.4 System 4 - Un-channeled Valley Bottom

System 4 is predominantly an un-channeled valley bottom system forming a more channeled system downstream. The system originates approximately 7km upstream of the mine and flows through the authorised mining boundary to the west of the main mining activities.

2.9.6.5 System 5 - Un-channeled Valley Bottom System

System 5 is an un-channeled valley bottom system that is situated to the west of the mine with only a very small portion within the authorized mine boundary.

2.9.6.6 System 6 - Seepage Linked to an Un-channeled Valley Bottom

System 6 starts as a seepage zone linked to an un-channeled valley bottom system. The system originates within the mining boundary and is non-perennial in nature. The wetland Page 94 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR characteristics were mainly evident further downstream before the confluence with the Leeu or in areas where the hydrological regime was altered, for example at the road crossings and dams.

2.9.6.1 System 7 - Seepage Area linked to an Un-channeled valley bottom

System 7 is a seepage area linked to an un-channeled valley bottom system (which is artificially channeled as it passes through the mining area). The system joins the Leeu (System 2) immediately downstream of the TSF. The natural hydrological regime of the wetland has been dramatically altered due to the mining related activities within the area.

2.9.6.2 System 8 - Un-channeled Valley Bottom

System 8 is an un-channeled valley bottom system originating in the ridge system within the mining boundary (Figure 2:24 ). The system drains into quaternary catchment C22H, as opposed to C22J in which all the other SDGM wetland systems drain. There is a number of seepage areas linked to this system.

2.9.6.3 Wetland areas at Doornpoort TSF

During the ecological assessment a wetland area associated with the unnamed tributary of the Leeuspruit was identified for the Doornpoort TSF area (Figure 2.9). The tailings dam complex has been designed and positioned to avoid the wetland area.

The mine‟s bio-monitoring programme includes a monitoring point at the South Delta (S13), a monitoring point immediately south of the South Delta area (S6) and a monitoring point south of the new tailings dam on the Kariegaspruit (S10) (Figure 2:13). Details on the bio- monitoring programme are included in Section 2.9.2 above.

Page 95 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Figure 2:24 Main wetland systems and identified hydromorphic grasslands in South Deep mine area

Source: NSS, Biodiversity Baseline Assessment Report (2010)

Page 96 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR 2.10 GROUNDWATER

Rison Groundwater Consulting is contracted to evaluate the impact of mining operations on the groundwater regime. This is done through sampling and analysis of forty five groundwater-monitoring boreholes, placed strategically across the mine property as well as privately owned boreholes on surrounding farms. The number of sampling points may vary slightly as some boreholes dry up occasionally or are damaged beyond repair.

The monitoring is specifically aimed at quantifying the impact from potential surface contaminant sources, including:

Old and new tailings dams.

Old and new waste rock dumps.

Metallurgical plant and shaft areas.

Domestic waste disposal site.

Most of the groundwater monitoring boreholes are located on the down-gradient side of each of these sources, but where possible, the up-gradient water quality is also monitored. The locations of boreholes are shown on Figure 2.25.

.

Page 97 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Figure 2:25 Groundwater monitoring points at South Deep mine

Source: Rison Consulting Groundwater Monitoring Report, June 2011

Page 98 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Table 2:27: Monitoring boreholes for South Deep

Borehole Description Co-ordinates identification S E

SD 1 Up gradient of old TSF 27º 40‟ 40” 26º 24‟ 28”

SD 2 Down gradient of industrial waste site 27º 40‟ 41” 26º 24‟ 11”

SD 3 Up-gradient of industrial waste site 27º 40‟ 50” 26º 24‟ 2”

SD 4 Up-gradient of South Shaft waste rock dump 27º 41‟ 26” 26º 24‟ 11”

SD 5 Up-gradient of cascade ponds, West of old TSF 27º 40‟ 28” 26º 24‟ 54”

SD 6 Up-gradient of new TSF 27º 39‟ 59” 26º 24‟ 32”

SD 7 West of new TSF 27º 39‟ 56” 26º 24‟ 56”

SD 8 West of new TSF 27º 40‟ 40” 26º 24‟28”

SD 9 Down gradient of old TSF 27º 40‟ 46” 26º 25‟ 18”

SD 10 Down gradient of new TSF 27º 40‟ 34” 26º 25‟ 25”

SD 11 Down gradient of new TSF 27º 40‟ 22” 26º 25‟ 29”

SD 12 Leeuwspruit Wetland 27º 41‟ 5” 26º 24‟ 50”

SD 13 South of South Shaft waste rock dump at 27º 41‟ 21” 26º 24‟2” Leeuwspruit

SD 14 South of South Deep Metallurgical Plant 27º 39‟ 25” 26º 25‟ 20”

SD 15 East of South Deep waste rock dump 27º 38‟ 39” 26º 25‟ 12”

SD 16 West of South Deep waste rock dump 27º 34‟ 48” 26º 25‟ 11”

SD 17 Down gradient of South Deep Mine 27º 40‟ 38” 26º 25‟ 38”

SD 18 Down gradient of South Deep Mine 27º 40‟ 31” 26º 25‟ 44”

SRK 3 Down gradient of new TSF and old RWD 27º 40‟ 17” 26º 25‟ 42”

SRK 4A West of new TSF 27º 40‟ 4” 26º 25‟ 29”

H1 Hand Pump - -

Source: South Deep Water Monitoring Procedure (2008)

Page 99 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR 2.10.1 Depth of watertable(s)

Rest water levels for boreholes monitored by the mine (SD boreholes in Table 2.27) vary from 0 to 24.5 meters below ground level (mbgl). According to Rison (July 2010), water levels in all mine boreholes show an increase in water level since September 2009 which is related to the high rainfall experienced during the season.

Unfortunately all the farm boreholes are fitted with pumping equipment and it is therefore impossible to measure groundwater levels in any of these boreholes (Rison, December 2004). Starting in January 2012, it is planned to repair all the monitoring boreholes (mine and farm). This will commence with the mine boreholes and engagement with different farmers will be done so that in Dec 2012 all monitoring boreholes are in a good condition. This will depend on the engagement with the farmers.

The regional groundwater elevations and general groundwater flow at the mine are illustrated Figure 2.26. Groundwater flow in the vicinity of the mine infrastructure is mainly controlled by the geology of the region, especially the depth of weathering. The groundwater gradient varies from 0° to 5°, although local gradients of up to 14° are measured in the more hilly areas (Rison, November 2000).

Page 100 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Figure 2:26: Interpolated groundwater elevations and general groundwater flow at South Deep mine area

Source: Rison Consulting Groundwater Monitoring Reports, December 2004 and May 200

Cumulative groundwater levels are graphically represented in Figure 2.27 The graphs indicate that static water levels (SWL) have been fairly consistent over time and show a rise across the board that is probably related to the heavy rains experienced this season.

Page 101 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Figure 2:27 Comparison of groundwater levels between 2003 and June 2011

Source: Rison Consulting Groundwater Monitoring Report, June 2011

The relationship between the geology, depth of weathering and groundwater tables is illustrated in Figure 2.28. The groundwater table in the vicinity of the tailings dams and down-gradient from the South Shaft waste rock dump and the old gold plant area is very shallow (B in Figure 2.28) with the exception of SD14 which consists mainly of weathered shale and where groundwater flow is likely to be more fracture controlled. To the north of mine infrastructure and in the vicinity of the South Deep waste rock dump the water table is considerably deeper (A in Figure 2.28). This can be related to the rocky quartzite outcrop in the north being more conducive to fracture flow, whereas in the south the rocks are more extensively weathered and a shallow water table is found in the weathered floodplains of the Leeuspruit and the Kariegaspruit. Due to the shallow water table in these areas significant interaction between the streams and groundwater is expected. Confined and artesian conditions were encountered in several of the boreholes (SD5, SD8, and SD18) in close proximity of the tailings dams.

Page 102 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR This may in part be attributed to the exceptionally high summer rainfall experienced, but it is more likely due to the hydraulic connection and gradient between the tailings dam and the weathered aquifer. A contributing factor would be the underlying geology. South of the tailings dam complex (C in Figure 2.28), the geology consist of weathered shale, Hekpoort lava in the south-west and dolerite sill. It is believed that the Gemsbokfontein No.1 Dyke is in close proximity to SD10. Groundwater flow on the southern side of the tailings dams is controlled by the depth of weathering and restricted to the upper contacts of the lava and dolerite.

Fracturing associated with the Gemsbokfontein No. 1 Dyke will result in preferential flow to the south, in the vicinity of borehole SD10. The groundwater table is fairly shallow in this region. The geology through the centre of the Twin Shaft tailings dam (D in Figure 2.28) consists of weathered shale in the north and shale, lava and dolerite in the south. In SD18 the dolerite sill is significantly deeper. It is possible that the dolerite in SD18 is the Gemsbokfontein dyke, since it was not intersected in SD17. The depth of weathering is significantly shallower towards the south, mainly as a result of the presence of the lava and dolerite. This is also reflected in the very shallow water table in that area.

Page 103 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Figure 2:28 Simplified sections showing relationship between geology, depth of weathering and groundwater tables

Page 104 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR 2.10.2 Presence of water boreholes and springs

Available information on the hydrocensus conducted by ERM in 2009 is provided in Appendix F. ERM has identified the following groups of boreholes in the South Deep mine area during the 2009 hydrocensus:

South Deep mining area: 27 SD boreholes drilled by Gold Fields as part of the South Deep monitoring program investigation.

South Deep Tailings dam No.5 (Doornpoort) project area: Seven (7) RGC & 10307 series boreholes drilled by Golder Associates as part of the hydrogeological investigation and impact assessment during 2007.

The locations of the boreholes in the South Deep mine area are shown on Figure 2.25.

Hydrocensus boreholes at South Deep mine

. Fourteen (14) boreholes identified by Rison during a hydrocensus undertaken in November 2000.

. Thirty eight (38) boreholes identified south of the mine (for 5km adjacent to the Leeuspruit) during a hydrocensus undertaken by Rison in May 2001.

Mine boreholes (part of groundwater monitoring programme)

. Eleven (11) boreholes around the existing tailings dams - these boreholes were drilled by SRK Consulting in 1986. Of the 11 boreholes drilled only 4 are still available for monitoring purposes.

. Eighteen (18) mine boreholes drilled by Rison in November 2000 to extend the monitoring network beyond the tailings dams.

. Two boreholes in the South Deep area.

Page 105 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Farm boreholes (part of groundwater monitoring programme)

. Fourteen farm boreholes identified by Rison for monitoring the mine’s impacts on farm boreholes surrounding the mine (Refer Figure 2:29).

Other boreholes at the mine

. Four boreholes located at South Shaft used to supply about 22 800 m 3 /month from the dolomitic aquifer to the refrigeration plant as condenser make-up water. This water use is included in the mines‟ IWWMP.

. Two old monitoring boreholes located near the hostel but not in use – it is assumed that historically the boreholes were used to abstract water for domestic purposes but are currently no longer used (the boreholes are sealed and fenced off).

According to Rison (2006) most of the mine boreholes are expected to be low yielding (less than 1 000l/hr).

Page 106 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Figure 2:29 Location of farm boreholes

Source: Rison Consulting Groundwater Monitoring Report, June 2011

Doornpoort TSF

In 2007 a hydrogeological assessment was undertaken in order to do numerical modeling of potential impacts from the Doornfontein TSF. The full report is available in the South Deep EMP Amendment Report (2007) and the results of the report are summarised below.

The detailed survey‟s, comprised of the hydrocensus, geophysical, drilling and testing of the exploratory/test/monitoring boreholes confirmed:

. There are 12 existing boreholes identified within the vicinity of the site, which include two pairs of a shallow and deep monitoring boreholes.

. No boreholes have been drilled on the eastern side of the Gemsbokfontein No: 2 dyke.

Page 107 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR . Water level data indicates groundwater levels mimic topography, the higher ground to the N-NE have deeper water levels, but higher piezometric levels than the lower lying ground in the SW.

. No evidence of groundwater seepage throughout the TSF site.

. The site is predominantly underlain by quartzite. Andesite outcrops towards the north of the site.

. The Gemsbokfontein No: 2 dolerite dyke is identified traversing the eastern half of the site, south to north.

. The depth of weathering is between 10 to 20m.

. No significant fracturing was identified within any of the newly drilled boreholes, suggesting the site has a low groundwater development potential.

. Minor quantities of groundwater were intersected, east of the dyke, on the eastern side of the TSF site.

. Water strikes intersected in the weathering profile above the quartzite and /or andesite bedrock have relatively low permeation properties typical of anisotropic aquifers;

. The aquifer transmissivities are all below 0.8m2 /d, except for borehole RGC 03 which returned a transmissivity of approximately 5m2 /d, an order of magnitude higher than the rest of the site boreholes.

. The dolerite dyke contact zone (borehole RGC 03) suggests the aquifer, although relatively poorly developed, is a conduit for the movement of groundwater pollutants.

. The tested borehole yields were all low, less than or equal to 0.6l/s, indicating limited groundwater occurrence within the site.

. Hydraulic barrier boundaries were intersected in tested boreholes 10307-06 and BH O indicative of the limited areal extent and anisotropic nature of the aquifer.

Page 108 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR . The ever increasing drawdown with time in boreholes 10307-01, 10307-03 and RGC 04D, is indicative of a moderately thin aquifer with limited areal extent.

. Water level recovery trends to completion in all but 2 boreholes, suggesting moderate, but low levels of localised aquifer recharge. De-watering occurred in the 2 boreholes with poor recovery, indicating poor groundwater occurrence.

2.10.3 Ground water quality

No pre-mining groundwater quality is available. Prior to August 2000, the mine only monitored groundwater in the vicinity of the tailings dams. Subsequently, 18 additional boreholes have been drilled up gradient and down gradient of mining activities (in both the shallow and deep aquifers) for monitoring purposes. The data indicated that the groundwater impacts were restricted to the tailings dams with little or no impact from other sources at the mine. In addition, it was identified that migration plumes would move towards the Kariegaspruit and Leeuspruit. The shallow groundwater levels found in close proximity to the surface streams suggested an interaction between surface and groundwater. Any contamination however is not expected to cross the streams.

In November 2000, a follow up investigation was undertaken which identified an additional 14 boreholes down gradient of the mine. The investigation coincided with complaints received from farmers down gradient of the tailings dams indicating that their borehole water was contaminated by the mine. The study concluded that the tailings dams at the mine are contributing to groundwater quality deterioration. However both the Leeuspruit and Kariegaspruit have high concentrations of sulphate and due to the interaction between surface streams and groundwater it was suggested that the streams are responsible for the rapid migration of the down gradient contamination.

In May 2001, the mine investigated the extent of the impact of the Leeuspruit on the groundwater regime adjacent to the stream, the reason being that previous groundwater investigations showed that the water quality of the Leeuspruit is affected by mine effluent and that interaction between surface water and groundwater occurs. Analysis of the Leeuspruit surface water quality indicated that mining impacts extend from the mine to the confluence with the Kleinwes Rietspruit. It was shown that beyond this confluence, the elevated Page 109 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR concentrations of a parameter such as sulphate are diluted and negligible. There appeared to be an increase in mine contaminants beyond the confluence with the Loopspruit, suggesting an added impact from a neighbouring mine. The study identified that the groundwater contamination appeared to be restricted to the farms closest to the mine and adjacent to the Leeuspruit. Further downstream it was concluded that the Leeuspruit did not affect the groundwater resources and provided that irrigation did not take place it was unlikely that groundwater contamination would occur. It added that boreholes that are affected could all be associated with irrigation and/or interaction with the Leeuspruit.

Groundwater monitoring at the mine is conducted quarterly and is mainly aimed at quantifying the impact to the shallow perched aquifer. Monitoring boreholes are described in Table 2.27 and illustrated in Figure 2.25.

Monitoring results

Groundwater quality results from the June 2011 regional monitoring report were compared to the DWAF guidelines for domestic use (1996) and South African drinking water standard (SANS 241, 2005).

The two classes defined in the standard are as follows:

Class 1: Recommended limits. Known to be acceptable for lifetime consumption.

Class 2: Maximum permissible. This is the maximum allowable concentration for short-term consumption only.

The following discussion, taken from the July 2011 regional groundwater monitoring report.:

The following areas of concern were identified where the sampled water exceeded the Class 1 limit:

Electrical Conductivity/Total Dissolved Solids: The EC or TDS of most monitoring boreholes falls within the limits for Class I water (<300 mS/m). Should the EC exceed the Class I Standard, the water will have a marked salty taste and would probably not be used on aesthetic grounds if an alternative source is available, while some effects on plumbing such Page 110 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR as corrosion/scaling of pipes/appliances may be expected. Consumption of this water does not appear to cause any health effects in the short term.

Sulphate: Where people drink water containing sulphate concentrations exceeding 400 mg/l, it will cause diarrhoea in most, non-adaptable individuals and it will have a bitter taste. Where the sulphate limit of 600 mg/l is exceeded, the water will have a notably bitter taste and will cause severe diarrhoea in all people drinking such water. Sulphate is the most widely accepted indicator of contamination relating to gold mining activities.

Calcium: Calcium is an important mineral element in the human diet, the total daily dietary intake being in the range of 500 - 1 400 mg/day. Calcium has been reported as exerting a protective action against cardiovascular disease. However, available data purporting to show an inverse relationship between hardness, or the calcium concentration of water, and the occurrence of cardiovascular disease, do not demonstrate an unequivocal causal relationship. There is no conclusive evidence to support claims for the increased incidence of human kidney and urinary tract stones (urolithiasis) resulting from the long-term consumption of water with high concentrations of calcium. Calcium is known to mitigate against the toxicity of certain heavy metals though. Scaling, the principal undesirable effect which occurs in water heating appliances such as kettles, urns, geysers, boilers and certain pipes, results in less efficient use of electrical power and any other fuel used for heating purposes, and the partial obstruction of pipes. High concentrations of calcium impair the lathering of soap by the formation of insoluble calcium salts of long chain fatty acids that precipitate as scums. This results in excessive soap consumption used in personal hygiene and, in rare cases, household cleaning operations. In addition the scums are unaesthetic, leading in the long- term to the marking of enamelled surfaces such as baths and hand basins.

Calcium concentrations exceeding the expected background values, however, do indicate the presence of gold mining contamination in water, especially related to the tailings circuit.

Iron: Iron, like most other metals, will precipitate out of solution under alkaline conditions. The absence of iron in water with a high pH does therefore not necessarily indicate a lack of contamination. The limits in the SABS standard for iron are based on aesthetic, rather than health, aspects. Only in cases where the iron concentration exceeds 10 mg/l would health

Page 111 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR effects come into play. The highest recorded iron concentration for this particular sampling exercise was recorded at SD23S, where the iron concentration was 4.8 mg/L.

Total Hardness: Water hardness was originally described as the soap-destroying power of water, caused by the presence of calcium and magnesium salts and measured by titration against a standard soap solution. The current definition of total hardness is the sum of the calcium and magnesium concentrations, expressed as mg/l calcium carbonate. The values obtained during this sampling exercise were compared with the Dept, Water Affairs and Forestry’s SA Water Quality Guidelines Volume 1 Domestic Use, Second Edition, 1996. The total hardness (as CaCO3) is classified as follows:

0 – 50 Very Soft 50 – 100 Moderately Soft 100 – 150 Slightly Hard 150 – 200 Moderately Hard 200 – 300 Hard >300 Very Hard

Most samples are classified as either “hard” or “very hard”. Hardness in groundwater could be a natural occurrence, but in this instance indicates mine water contamination. The Total Hardness in samples SD7, SD8 and SD11 exceeded 1 000 mg/l. These boreholes are very close to the tailings dam complex and also display high sulphate concentrations which indicates a definite link to contamination from the tailings storage facility.

To identify trends over time, two parameters were selected from between August 2003 and January 2011. The parameters Total Dissolved Solids and Sulphate were selected. Only boreholes where values were available for all the historical sampling periods were used in the comparison, hence the absence of some boreholes. Boreholes showing increasing trends are as follows:

SD7 (sulphate)

SD8 (sulphate)

SD11 (sulphate)

SD12 (sulphate)

Page 112 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR SD18 (sulphate)

SD25 (sulphate and EC)

H1 (sulphate and EC)

The results of these comparisons for the boreholes mentioned above are shown in the graphs below:

Figure 2:30 Trent Graphs for Electrical Conductivity and SO4 at SD7, SD8, SD11, Sd12, SD18SD25 and H1

Page 113 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

Page 114 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

Page 115 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

Source: Rison Consulting Groundwater Monitoring Report, June 2011

Page 116 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Doornpoort TSF

Numerical modeling was undertaken to predict the impacts of the TSF on the groundwater system and to enable remediation systems to be simulated.

With respect to the objectives of the investigation the following can be concluded: Contaminated groundwater emanating from the TSF will potentially impact on the groundwater regime and ultimately on surface water courses downstream of the TSF (summary of simulated impacts below). This impact is very limited due to:

TDS plume migration is limited in spatial extent – the plume will be contained to the west and southwest by the Leeuspruit and its tributary.

Impacts on surface streams are low – it is estimated that only 47 tons of salts will migrate to the surface streams over a period of 100 years at a kinematic porosity of 3%.

Plume water quality will classify as “ideal” to “good” according to the WRC (1998) drinking water standard over much of its spatial extend.

It will only be classified as “marginal” immediately underneath the TSF itself according to the WRC (1998) drinking water standard.

The TDS plume will migrate a maximum distance of about 580m along the contact zones of the Gemsbokfontein No. 2 dyke and then in concentrations that can be classified as “good” according to the WRC (1998) drinking water standard.

For the above reasons no active remediation of the plume is recommended.

Page 117 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR 2.10.4 Ground water use

Groundwater usage in the area is mainly for domestic use, stock watering and irrigation purposes.

2.10.5 Ground water zone

Groundwater occurrences at the mine can be divided into two distinct aquifers, namely a shallow perched aquifer and a deep dolomite aquifer.

Figure 2:31: Aquifers occurring at South Deep mine

Source: South Deep Updated EMP (2006)

A shallow perched aquifer

This aquifer consists of a shallow weathered zone in the Timeball Hill shale, varying from 0 – 30 m and a deeper fractured aquifer system to approximately 70 m. The weathered aquifer has low aquifer parameters (transmissivity and storativity) and groundwater movement is slow. This is due to the nature of the weathered material, which consists mainly of silty sand and clay. This aquifer is nevertheless the most vulnerable to contamination from surface sources. Groundwater monitoring is mainly aimed at quantifying the impact to this aquifer.

Underlying the weathered formations is a zone of fracturing, which may or may not be in hydraulic connection with the upper weathered aquifer. The water table in this aquifer varies between 0m and 56m and is mainly restricted to faults and fractures. Some high-yielding boreholes are associated with this aquifer.

Page 118 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR The boreholes with shallower water tables represent the weathered aquifer, whereas the deeper water table relates to deeper fractures and lithological changes.

Another feature relevant to the geohydrological regime is the presence of a dolerite sill intersected in several of the mine monitoring boreholes. This sill outcrops on the southern side of the tailings dam complex. Due to the impermeable nature of this sill, groundwater accumulates within the weathered formations overlying the sill and results in fairly shallow groundwater conditions. The sill is believed to be in hydraulic continuity with the saturation within the tailings dams and is regarded as an important conduit for groundwater flow. Flow will however be restricted to the sill contacts with virtually no flow through the intrinsic rock mass.

In August 2000, Rison identified that groundwater migration plumes would move towards the Kariegaspruit and Leeuspruit. The shallow groundwater levels found in close proximity to the surface streams suggested an interaction between surface and groundwater. Any contamination however is not expected to cross the streams.

A deep dolomitic aquifer

The shallow aquifer is separated from the underlying dolomitic aquifer by a thick succession of impermeable shale, some 400 m in thickness. The dolomite aquifer is situated in the Malmani Dolomite with an approximate thickness of 1,200 m in the mine area. Prior to the deposition of the overlying Pretoria Group sediments, the dolomites were exposed to weathering of the upper 100 – 200 m, to the extent that significant storage capacity exists within this zone. During the shaft sinking operations at the South Deep Twin Shaft, large quantities of groundwater were intersected. Groundwater from this aquifer has an impact on the mining operations in the sense that groundwater inflow into the mine workings result in nuisance water that has to be sealed and/or pumped out. This aquifer is unaffected by contamination sources on surface, but water flowing into the mine is subjected to acid mine drainage.

The dolomites are divided into different groundwater compartments by the later intrusion of north-south trending dykes. Three dolomitic ground water compartments affect South Deep Mine. To the east, the Gemsbokfontein compartment is being dewatered by First Uranium Page 119 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Ezulwini Mine. South Deep is linked to First Uranium Ezulwini Mine No. 4 Shaft through haulages on Levels 50 and 58. The possibility therefore exists that the inflow of extraneous water into No. 4 Shaft may impact on the mine workings at South Deep Mine. A 30 to 40m mining pillar exists between First Uranium Ezulwini Mine No. 4 Shaft and South Shaft. Five tunnels within the mining pillar were sealed with plugs in 2004. Three are located on Level 58 and two on Level 50. The total thickness of these plugs is 30 m - double the required structure.

To the west, the Venterspost compartment has been dewatered by Kloof Gold Mine. Mining via the South Deep Twin Shaft is mainly in the Venterspost compartment. Due to the fact that there is no linkage to the Kloof mining operations, groundwater inflow from this compartment is unlikely.

A narrow, non-dewatered compartment, the Ventersbok compartment, is situated between the Gemsbokfontein and Venterspost compartments. The South Deep Twin Shaft was sunk into this compartment but mining activities take place 500 m to 1 500 m below the dolomites. Due to the relatively small aerial extent of this compartment, even low dewatering volumes will impact on the groundwater elevation and hence the ground stability within the compartment.

Figure 2:32 present the location of the monitoring boreholes in relation with the underlying geology at South Deep mine area.

Page 120 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Figure 2:32: The location of the monitoring boreholes in relation with the underlying geology at South Deep mine

Source: Provided by South Deep Mine (2010)

2.10.5.1 River diversions

Refer to paragraph 4.1.12.

2.11 AIR QUALITY

The main pollutant of concern is dust. Background information on existing sources of dust pollution in the area and potential receptor sites is provided below. Results from the mine‟s monitoring programme are also included.

Page 121 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR 2.11.1 Existing sources of pollution in the area

The main dust sources in the area are South Deep Mine, other mines, mining-related operations and agricultural activities. The rock dumps, dirt roads, crushing of ore and tailings dams associated with the mining activities could generate dust. Vehicles traveling on gravel roads and ploughed agricultural land in the area are also sources of dust.

Dust fallout monitoring is conducted by the mine on a monthly basis for its current operations. There were originally six single dust buckets (SB on Figure 2:34) and two twin dust buckets at the mine.

These were replaced with multi-directional dust buckets in 2009. In July 2010 an additional dust bucket was added to the monitoring programme at Doornpoort TSF offices because of the construction of the TSF.

The location of the multi-directional dust buckets is presented in the Table 2:28 and Figure 2.33.

Table 2:28: Location of multidirectional dust buckets

Sampling Point GPS Coordinates Waste rock Dump S 26°24‟2.52” E 27°41‟4.74” Twin shaft S 26°24‟9.54” E 27°39‟5.87” Doornpoort S 26°27‟6.07” E 27°38‟1.2” S14 Elvis Farm S 26°26‟2.66” E 27°41‟2.93”

Source: Provided by South Deep (2010)

Dust fallout results for the multi-directional dust buckets are presented Table 2:30. Data was available for the period February 2011 to June 2011.

Page 122 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Figure 2:33 Location of multi-directional dust buckets in the vicinity of South Deep mine

Source: Plotted from coordinates received from South Deep (2010)

.

Page 123 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Figure 2:34: Historical dust monitoring points at South Deep mine

SB1 Thusanang

SB2 Tailings Dam SB6 Smit

SB3 Britz SB8 Near Windmill

SB7 Olen

FIGURE 2.13: CURRENT DUST MONITORING POINTS AT SOUTH DEEP MINE Source: Map provided by Environmental Department at South Deep Mine (2006) (Map provided by Environmental Department at South Deep Mine) FEBRUARY 2006

Page 124 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR The fall-out dust standards from Standards South Africa shown in the table below. SANS 1929:2005 are used as the conformance standard against which the dust fallout results are monitored.

Table 2:29: Dust fall-out standards according to SANS 1929:2005

Dust fall (mg/m2/day) – Permitted frequency of exceeding the Classification averaged over 30 days. levels. Target – long-term 300 Long-term average (Annual) average Three within any year, no two sequential Action – residential 600 months. Three within any year, no two sequential Action – industrial 1200 months. None. First time exceeded, triggers Alert threshold 2400 remediation and reporting to authorities.

Source: SANS 1929:2005

The results collected in this period continue to be well below the industrial action level of 1200_mg/m2/day and are not a concern to Goldfields - South Deep Mine.

Potential receptor sites (depending on wind direction and speed) in the vicinity of the mine include:

. Small holdings scattered in the surrounding areas

. Makhulustore settlement

. Thusanang Agricultural village

. Mapondo farm settlement

. Animal and plant species associated with wetlands (associated with watercourses) and rocky ridges (Section 2.7 and 2.8).

Page 125 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Table 2:30 Latest dust monitoring data

Sampling period DustWatch Full Name 2 February - 4 March 2011 4 March - 31 March 2011 31 March- 1 May 2011 1 May - 1 June 2011 The fallout dust results from The fallout dust results from the The fallout dust results from the The fallout dust results from the theWaste Rock DustWatch unit Waste Rock DustWatch unit Waste Rock DustWatch Waste Rock DustWatch unit were all below 400 mg/m2/day in decreased significantly in this unitcontinued to be very low in were all below 150_mg/m2/day Waste Rock this period with the south bucket period with all of the results this period with all of the results in this period with the south yielding the highest result, 373 being below 100 mg/m2/day. being below 60 mg/m2/day. bucket yielding the highest 2 2 mg/m /day. The highest result was from the result, 145_mg/m /day. south bucket, 77 mg/m2/day The results from the Twin Shaft The results from the Twin Shaft The results from the Twin Shaft The results from the Twin Shaft DustWatch unit continued to be DustWatch unit were also very DustWatch unit were all below DustWatch unit continued to be low in this period with all of the low in this period with all of the 100 mg/m2/day in this period below 100 mg/m2/day in this Twin Shaft results being below 200 results being below 60 with the north bucket yielding the period with the north bucket mg/m2/day. The highest result mg/m2/day. highest result, 74 mg/m2/day. yielding the highest result, 75 was from the east bucket, 154 mg/m2/day. mg/m2/day. The Doornpoort DustWatch unit The Doornpoort DustWatch unit The Doornpoort DustWatch unit The Doornpoort DustWatch unit results were all below 260 results were all below 100 results were low in thisperiod results were all below mg/m2/day in this period with the mg/m2/day in this period. with the west bucket yielding the 100_mg/m2/day in this period Doornpoort 2 north bucket yielding the highest highest result, 103 mg/m /day. with the west bucket continuing result, 255 mg/m2/day. to yield the highest result, 85 mg/m2/day. The S14 Elvis Farm DustWatch The S14 Elvis Farm DustWatch The S14 Elvis Farm DustWatch The S14 Elvis Farm DustWatch unit results were all below 250 unit results were also all below unit results were all below unit results were all below S14 Elvis mg/m2/day in this period with the 100_mg/m2/day in this period 50_mg/m2/day in this period with 100_mg/m2/day in this period. Farm east bucket continuing to yield with the north bucket yielding the the west bucket yielding the the highest result, 236 highest result, 69 mg/m2/day. highest result, 42 mg/m2/day. mg/m2/day. The results from the Doornpoort The results from the Doornpoort The results from the Doornpoort The results from the Doornpoort Doornpoort Offices DustWatch unit Offices DustWatch unit were low Offices DustWatch unit were all Offices DustWatch unit were all Offices continued to be low in this period with the west bucket yielding the below 150 mg/m2/day in this below 150_mg/m2/day with the with all of the results being highest result, 176 mg/m2/day. period with the north bucket west bucket yielding the highest

Page 126 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Sampling period DustWatch Full Name 2 February - 4 March 2011 4 March - 31 March 2011 31 March- 1 May 2011 1 May - 1 June 2011 below 150 mg/m2/day. The yielding the highest result, 113 result, 135_mg/m2/day. highest result was from the west mg/m2/day. bucket, 142 mg/m2/day.

Source: South Deep Dust Monitoring Reports (2011)

Page 127 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR 2.12 NOISE

Existing noise sources in the area include mining-related activities and agricultural operations. It is expected that the noise environment is that of a rural residential area. According to the SANS 10103 (1994) standard, the recommended noise levels for outdoor residential areas should be between 35 and 45 dBA.

No ambient noise monitoring is done by South Deep Mine to confirm this. To date, no complaints regarding noise have been received by the mine. South Deep Mine is in the process of sourcing the services of a company that has a reputation that is in good standing with regard to noise assessment and monitoring. According to the action plan, monitoring will be done quarterly unless if there is any triggering reason to do it more often. Data will therefore only be available at the end of 2011.

2.13 SITES OF ARCHAEOLOGICAL AND CULTURAL INTEREST

The mine‟s EMP report (dated April 1999) states that sites of archaeological interest exist on the property. In 1995 an archaeological survey of the area was conducted however it is not stated who conducted the survey or the size of the study area. A copy of the report was included in the South Deep Updated EMP submitted in 2006. A summary of the findings is provided below in Table 2:31. As no map was provided in the specialist report, the co- ordinates given were used to locate the sites on Figure 2:35. The survey did not comment on the presence of graves in the area. As stated in the 2001 EMP amendment, no significant archaeological or cultural sites were encountered in the South Deep area.

As indicated by mine personnel, there are private graves on the mine property near to the South Shaft waste rock dump, the new return water dam and close to the south eastern corner of the Twin Shaft complex as shown on Figure 2:35 and Appendix H. These graves have been fenced off.

Page 128 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Figure 2:35: Location of heritage resources in the vicinity of South Deep Mine

Page 129 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Table 2:31: Summary of heritage resource sites in the vicinity of the mine

Description Location* Comments Significance

Stone Age

Stone tools In the vicinity of Harmony‟s No comments provided. The Stone Age No4 Shaft in a wetland pan sites are worth area looking at in more 26 20‟ 21”S 27 44‟ 45”E detail.

In the vicinity of Harmony‟s Some of the tools were No. 4 Shaft in an old topsoil identified as being Acheulian quarry hand axes, others belonging to 26 20‟ 15”S 27 44‟ 23”E the Stellenbosch industry (axes and discoids). Some technics like the Victorian West technics were also identified with the occurrence of end and side scrapers.

South of Harmony‟s No. 4 Site showed promise for the Shaft–paleo-sinkhole in possible remains of hominids. Leeuspruit Some stone tools were 26 23‟ 10”S 27 42‟ 5” E discovered here.

Iron Age

Late Iron Large settlement on the farm Settlement type can be Smaller Age Jachtfontein 344JQ classified as belonging to the Z- settlements not as settlements No co-ordinates given type pattern. It could be dated significant as between 1500 to 1800AD and larger settlement is associated with the Southern on Jachtfontein Tswana, the Rolong and 344JQ. If sites on Kubung tribes that are mostly mine are placed in the Northern conserved then the Freestate. site on Jachtfontein Smaller settlements north of These smaller settlements should be South Shaft on the ridge could be linked to the large included. Site 1: 26 24‟ 5”S 27 42‟E settlement on Jachtfontein344JQ but further Site 2: 26 24‟S 27 41‟ 30”E research would necessary to Site 3: 26 23‟ 40”S 27 40‟ 30”E link these be sites. Site 4: 26 23‟ 30”S 27 40‟ 10”E

No map was provided in the specialist report therefore the co-ordinates given were used to locate the sites on Figure 2:35.

Source: South Deep Updated EMP (2006)

Page 130 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Dr Julius Pistorius, a qualified heritage resource consultant surveyed the Doornpoort tailings dam complex site (in November 2005) and pipeline routes (February 2006) for sites of archaeological, cultural and historic interest. Full copies of the specialist reports are included in Appendix G. During the survey of the Doornpoort tailings dam complex area, four sites were identified as outlined in Table 2:32. The identified sites are illustrated in Figure 2:36. No heritage resource sites were found along the associated pipeline routes. Although no graves were identified during the field survey, it is possible that undetected graves exist.

Table 2:32: Heritage resource sites - evidence and conservation value

Age Findings/Evidence Location Specific Conservation Value Site No.

First half of Historical house Within the Doornpoort HH01 No value as house is 20th Century (partly destroyed) TSF complex partly demolished older than 60 years

Late 19th /early Colonial (historical) West of Doornpoort HH02 High significant value 20th century farm homestead older TSF complex – but in peripheral than 60 years area

Colonial (historical) South west of HH03 High significant value farm homestead older Doornpoort TSF – but in peripheral than 60 years complex area

Recent past Farm homestead Within the Doornpoort RRP01 No significance from the recent past TSF complex

Source: South Deep EMP Amendment (2007)

Page 131 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Figure 2:36: Location of heritage resources in the vicinity of Doornpoort TSF

Source: South Deep EMP Amendment (2007)

Page 132 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR 2.14 SENSITIVE LANDSCAPES

The mine‟s EMP report (dated April 1999) identified the rocky ridges and wetland areas (along watercourses) in the mine surrounds as sensitive areas. The guidelines for integrated environmental management (IEM Guidelines – DEA, 1992) define “sensitive landscapes” as a broad term applying to the landscapes listed below. The occurrence of sensitive landscapes at the project site is also given below.

Table 2:33: Sensitive landscape occurrences

Types of sensitive landscapes Occurrence on site

Nature conservation or ecologically sensitive There are wetland areas and rocky ridges in areas (indigenous plant communities (particularly close proximity of the mine (Section 2.7). rare communities and forests), wetlands, rivers, riverbanks, lakes, islands, lagoons, estuaries, reefs, inter-tidal zones, beaches and habitats of rare animal species)

Sensitive physical environments (such as None on site. unstable soils and geo-technically unstable areas)

Important natural resources (river systems, According to GDACE‟s CPlan V2, the Leeuspruit ground water systems, high potential agricultural in the vicinity of the mine can be considered an land) irreplaceable site with regards to the ecological processes it support. The weathered fractured aquifer could classify as a minor aquifer while the deep dolomite aquifer (due to its dolomitic nature) can classify as a major aquifer (Section 2.10.15).

Sites of special scientific interest None.

Sites of social significance (including sites of There are graves located on the mine property as archaeological, historic, cultural, spiritual or outlined in Section 2.13. religious importance and burial sites)

Sites of outstanding natural beauty, panoramic None. views and scenic drives

Green belts or public open space in municipal None. areas

Source: South Deep Updated EMP (2006)

Page 133 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR 2.15 VISUAL ASPECTS

Prior to mining commencing, the area would have been dominated by agricultural activities (including private small holdings) and open wilderness land. The visual character of the surrounding areas is now dominated by mining, mining-related activities and infrastructure as well as agricultural activities (including private small holdings).

The topography of the area is such that the mine is partially visible from the R28 traveling towards Vereeniging but not from any other scenic or tourist routes. From the R28, the shaft headgear and top of the tailings dams can be seen. The mine is visible from public roads and private small holdings directly around the mine.

2.16 REGIONAL SOCIO-ECONOMIC STRUCTURE

People living in the Westonaria Local Municipality area will probably be affected by the mining activities at South Deep.

Mintek conducted a desktop analysis with some fieldwork and site inspections and reviewed recent literature related to the current status and recent development in the Westonaria Local Municipality. The most recent Integrated Development Plans (IDP) of the municipality was utilised for the desktop analyses and literature reviews. Information on health issues was obtained from the municipality. The bulk of the baseline statistical data presented in the Minteks report was taken from the website of the Municipal Demarcation Board (2006), which reflects data relevant to the official 2001 census, and from the Statistics South Africa‟s 2007 Community Survey. This data was updated, where possible, from current sources (i.e. the Municipalities‟ IDPs), in order to compare statistical trends found in 2007, for possible changes with the data of 2001. The following paragraphs were abstracted from Minteks report.

2.16.1 Population density, growth and location

There are slightly more males than females (56% males and 44% females) in the Westonaria local municipality which is likely to be linked to the mining sector previously not accessible to women. Page 134 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR The highest population is in the suburb of where approximately 40 400 people are located, mostly in informal dwellings. Mines and Simunye also contain high populations and are areas where the household incomes are low and population densities are high. Table 2:34 indicates the populations per suburb.

Table 2:34: Population distribution amongst suburbs in Westonaria

Suburb Population

Bekkersdal 40 400

Mines 23 860

Simunye 16 000

Westonaria 7 370

Glen Harvie 4 500

Holdings and Farms 2 300

Hillshaven 1 900

Venterspost 1 300

Waterpan/ Libanon 1 252

Nufcor/ Wagterskop 340

Source: Developed from Mintek Baseline Social Assessment of Gold Fields Mine Proximate Communities, 2009

Population Groups and Language Distribution

The black population represents the largest portion of the population (86%). Whites form 14% of the population and and Indians form less than 0.5% of the population. The Indian community is least presented with 3 females and 69 males recorded.

Age Distribution, Gender and Economically Active Population

There was a 5% increase in children aged 0-19 years old. Youth aged between 20-34 years old showed a 5% decrease. Middle age and elderly showed a slight decrease of 1%. The decrease in the economically active population could be attributed to out-migration as gold mining becomes less prominent in the area.

Education and skills Page 135 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR In terms of education levels, no schooling includes all those that are younger than 5 years old, totaling 20% of the population. The portion of the population that is considered to have a primary level of education is 35% i.e. the largest group in the population. 30% of the population does not have a matric but does have some level of secondary schooling and 9% of the population has a matric. A further 6% has some tertiary education, indicating that the skills level of the population is compromised.

Community Health

The West Rand District Municipality falls into one of the highest socio-economic statistical divisions, where almost all households have access to piped water and the medical aid coverage is above the average for South Africa (18.7%).

Table 2:35: Incidence of Diseases in Westonaria Local Municipality

Disease Status

Tuberculosis (TB) The TB cure rate of 70.6% was the best in Gauteng, but lower than the 80% target. The referral rate of TB patients from the mines in the area has increased. 58% of those tested for TB were HIV positive.

Cancer Cervical cancer is the most common type of cancer and is expected to increase with an increase in HIV infections.

HIV/AIDS Condom distribution is 3 condoms per male per year. Bekkersdal has the highest HIV infection rate. Bekkersdal also has the highest referral rate to Leratong Hospital. The mining community in the area is believed to be contributing to the high levels of zero prevalence, as the mine worker community supports commercial sex work.

Pre and post natal health The still birth rates were the lowest in the province and among the best in the country. Delivery rate decreased but Caesarean rates remained steady at 15.5%. The immunisation rate improved from 53.4% to 86.8%.

Source: Developed from Mintek Baseline Social Assessment of Gold Fields Mine Proximate Communities, 2009

2.16.2 Major economic activities and sources of employment

Mining dominates formal employment at 63%, whereas wholesale and retail follows at 7%. Between 2001 and 2007, manufacturing and financing services became recognisable

Page 136 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR employers in the area. However the construction sector showed no changes during this period.

Annual Household Income

A large number of economically active people have no income at all (10 676). This figure was expected to increase in 2009 as the global recession continued. The largest number of earners in the area are those that earn between R 9,601 – R 76,800.

2.16.3 Unemployment estimate for the area

50% of the population of working age was employed at the time of the 2001 census, with a further 23% classified as unemployed and 27% of the population considered to be not economically active.

2.16.4 Housing - demand, availability

The main types of dwellings in Westonaria are the workers hostels these represent 33.2%. Houses on separate stands represent 19.6% and backyard shacks represent 11.8% of the total dwellings. Flats and town houses represent 1.3% of the total and the resultant dwellings include houses in backyards and shacks not in backyards.

2.16.5 Social infrastructure Waste Disposal, Solid Waste and Liquid Effluent Management

The municipality is able to service 68% of dumps on a weekly basis while 7% of households use communal dumps and 2% still do not have any means of disposal. The resultant 23% use either their own dumps or other municipalities‟. The unmanaged dumping facilities still results in a very high risk to the communities‟ health.

Community Safety and Emergency Services

Of the total crime-related incidences, 60% is comprised of theft. There is no integrated Crime Prevention Strategy to deal with increasing levels of crime and the local municipality has to

Page 137 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR develop its localised strategy aligned to the National and Provincial levels. The Outbreak Response Team is to be restored and will deal with local and National crisis.

Educational Facilities

There are twenty one educational institutions within the Westonaria Local Municipality:

. 7 Crèches (between 10 – 30 pupils per teacher) . 9 Primary Schools (between 28 – 39 pupils per teacher) . 5 Secondary Schools (between 27 – 40 pupils per teacher)

Transportation

The main public transport routes are along the N12 and R28. The Railway line provides transport to Greater Johannesburg area. The municipality plans to develop access routes to development nodes that will give access to a range of land uses such as retail, cultural, residential, employment and recreational facilities. The proposed activity corridor is the R28 to link Westonaria with Randfontein and Mogale City; and the R559 road from this intersection with the N12 to the intersection with the R28. The majority of the population uses public transport services, provided by privately owned mini-taxi buses. Workers that commute outside the municipal area mainly use the train as a means of transport.

Recreational Facilities

Recreational facilities provided in Westonaria include 5 libraries and 3 recreational clubs/sports complexes.

Health & social welfare services

The nearest public hospital is Lerathong Hospital which is outside Westonaria. There is approximately one clinic to every 15 000 people (the accepted level of service standard is one clinic to every 10 000 people).

There are four main clinics, three satellite clinics and one mobile service:

. Main clinics: Page 138 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR – Bekkersdal West Clinic has the only maternity unit in the district – Bekkersdal East Clinic – Westonaria Clinic . Satellite Clinics – Glen Harvie Satellite Clinic operates three days a week – Hillshaven Satellite Clinic operates once a week – Venterspost Satellite Clinic operates three days a week – Zuurbekom Satellite Clinic operates five days a week . Mobile Service – Doornpoort, Orion and Tavlands (once a week); and – Oral Health mobile service (Provincial)

2.16.6 Water supply

The proportion of households that have access to clean water increased from 60% in 1995 to 100% in 2005. For households with access to sanitation the figure increased from 49% to 90% during the period of 1994 to 2006, with the current backlog at 14 400 households without access to sanitation (they are targeted to be serviced by 2010). The Gauteng Province is on board with the “Meeting the Targets Programme” (MTTP) for a sanitation initiative to assist local municipalities to meet the targets set to eradicate sanitation backlogs by 2010.

2.16.7 Power supply

Of the 51 525 municipal service households, electricity is the most used form of energy (66%), followed by candles (27%) and paraffin (7%) with solar and gas as the least used. In terms of the use of energy for cooking, heating and lighting, there was a decrease in use of paraffin and candles from 2001 to 2007.

2.17 INTERESTED AND AFFECTED PARTIES

The following groups of interested and/or affected parties (IAPs) are usually involved in the EIA or EMP updating processes:

Page 139 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Regulatory Authorities

. Gauteng Department of Agriculture, Conservation and Environment (GDACE) now known as Gauteng Department of Agriculture and Rural Development (GDARD)

. Department of Environment, Agriculture and Tourism (DEAT) now known as Department of Environmental Affairs (DEA)

. Department of Minerals and Energy (DME) now known as Department of Mineral Resources (DMR)

. Department of Water Affairs and Forestry (DWAF) now known as Department of Water Affairs (DWA)

. National Department of Agriculture (NDA)

. South African Heritage Resources Agency (SAHRA)/Provincial Heritage Resource Agency

The following groups represent the IAPs:

. Surrounding landowners and farmers

. Non- landowners

. Non-government organizations and other IAPs

. Local authorities

. Mine employees

. Downstream water users

. Surrounding communities

The mine‟s public involvement database is being updated on an ongoing basis throughout the EIA / EMP amendment processes.

Page 140 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR 3 MOTIVATION OF CURRENT MINING OPERATIONS

3.1 BENEFITS OF THE MINE

3.1.1 Where it is intended that the product(s) will be sold

Currently South Deep sells all their product(s) to Rand Refineries

3.1.2 The expenditure to bring the mine into production

South deep will be in full production in 2014. The current NCE (Notional Cash Expenditure) to bring the mine into full production is estimated at R13.4bill.

3.1.3 The total annual expenditure at full production

The total NCE (Notional Cash Expenditure) when the mine is planned to be in full production in 2014 is estimated to be R4.3bill.

3.1.4 The employee strength at full production

South Deep employee‟s strength will be 4,884 employees (including contractors) in full production in 2014. Procurement policies are in place to enable preference to be granted to locally black owned companies.

3.1.5 The multiplier effect on the local, regional and national economy

In general the South Deep Mine has a positive socio-economic impact on the local, regional and national economy:

Current provision of employment to 4,884 people

Employment of 1 500 contractors

Capital investments and off-shore revenue generation

Local up-liftment in the form of salaries

Local, regional and national taxes and levies.

Page 141 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR 4 DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE MINING OPERATION

The Surface infrastructure layout is presented in Appendix H.

4.1 SURFACE INFRASTRUCTURE

(Insert list of mine surface layout)

The following surface infrastructure is present at the mine. Approximate areas occupied by infrastructure are provided in brackets:

. Surfaced roads, haul roads, pipelines and conveyors (±21ha).

. Main administration offices (including parking facilities) (±3.4ha) and security facilities.

. Two shaft complexes namely South Shaft (±10.7ha) and South Deep Twin Shaft (±40ha):

– the South Shaft complex comprises of a shaft, ventilation shafts, winder houses, Eskom yard, refrigeration plant, workshops and stores, wash bay, salvage yard, change house, ablution facilities, explosives loading shed, canteen, clinic; soil clinic and training centre;

– the South Deep Twin Shaft complex comprises of two twin shafts, ventilation shafts, winder houses, Eskom yard, refrigeration plant, workshops and stores, wash bay, diesel station, salvage yard, offices, change house, ablution facilities, lamp and crush building, explosives loading shed, explosives detonation bay, canteen, soil clinic and diesel powered emergency power generators.

. An old gold plant area at South Shaft, which has been partly demolished – the only remaining infrastructure is thickeners (being used to store mine water) and the backfill plant (±4.3ha).

Page 142 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR . A new gold plant in the South Deep area (±35.2ha) including a substation, compressor house, stores, workshops, wash bay, diesel station, offices, canteen, change house, ablution facilities.

. Transport department including a fuel storage and supply point (±0.7ha).

. Mine residue deposits and stockpiles including:

– South Shaft waste rock dump (±15.2ha) and South Deep waste rock dump (±5.2ha)

– Old tailings dam (±70ha) and Twin Shaft tailings dam (±100ha)

– Doornpoort Tailings dam complex (386.5ha)

. Water management facilities including pollution control facilities, storm water management infrastructure and water storage tanks (±15ha).

. Sewage treatment facilities including French drains, a pump station in the South Shaft area, sewage treatment plant in South Shaft area (±1.4ha) and a pump station (±0.07ha) at Twin Shaft.

. Industrial waste site including domestic waste sorting area and explosives detonation area (±13.5ha).

. Employee facilities including housing, recreational facilities and a taxi rank (±42ha).

4.1.1 Linear Infrastructure 4.1.1.1 Roads

There is a network of roads providing access to South Deep Mine and the surrounding areas (Appendix H). National and provincial roads in the vicinity of the mine include the N12 between Johannesburg and Potchefstroom (approximately 7.5km north), the N1 between Johannesburg and Kroonstad (approximately 17.5km east), the R28 (P88-1) between Krugersdorp and Vereeniging (approximately 1.5km east) and the R54 between Vereeniging and the N12 (approximately 25km south).

Page 143 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR There are several surfaced district roads providing access to South Deep Mine from the main national and provincial roads. These are outlined on Appendix B and include:

. D962 (between the R28 and Fochville) – past South Deep Mine,

. D1114 (linking the R28 and D962),

. D1520 (linking the D1114 and D962) – in between South Deep‟s two existing tailings dams past the entrances to the mine‟s South Deep Twin Shaft complex and South Shaft complex), and

. D671 (linking the N12 to the D962).

There are surfaced access roads with security points providing access to the mining operations (Appendices B and H). Access to the mine and old South Shaft is off the R28 while access to the South Deep area and gold plant is off the D1520.

There is a network of internal haul roads (surfaced and gravel) (Appendices B and H). At the Doornpoort tailings dam site, an all weather gravel road off the D962 will be established to access the site (Appendices B and H). The proposed access road will partially follow an existing unused gravel road. A security gate will be established at the entrance to the tailings dam complex site.

4.1.1.2 Railways

There are no external railway lines servicing the mine. The nearest railway line to the mine is the Westonaria-Johannesburg link, which passes to the north of the property.

There is an internal rail track at South Shaft and South Deep Twin Shaft for transporting materials between the shaft complex and the respective salvage yard. Rail transport is also used underground where conventional mining methods are still in use.

4.1.1.3 Powerlines

Power is supplied by Eskom from its Bernina substation south of the mine (Appendices B and H). A conceptual layout of power supply at the mine is shown below. Power is distributed Page 144 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR throughout the mine by overhead power lines. A 1000kW generator supplies emergency power when required.

Figure 4:1: Conceptual layout of power supply

Source: South Deep Updated EMP(2006)

In 2009 South Deep installed an emergency power generator consisting of eight generator units, which is housed in a warehouse housing with a footprint area of approximately 56m X 16m (a total of 880m2) located at South Deep Twin Shaft. Each of the eight generator units produce 1.4 megawatts of power with a total of 11.2 megawatts for the emergency power generator at the shaft. In order to secure emergency power for a period of 24 hours, the emergency power generator has storage for 68m3 of diesel fuel.

4.1.1.4 Pipelines

There is a network of internal pipelines servicing the mine (Appendices B and H). Pipelines are used to transport potable and process water, tailings and sewage (see transport section below).

There is a Rand Water pipeline supplying potable water to the mine (Appendices B and H).

Pipelines, as outlined below, will be required for the Doornpoort TSF complex. The layout of the proposed routes is illustrated in Figure 4:2.

Tailings delivery pipelines:

. A pipeline/s (2.5km) that conveys tailings from where it ties into the existing tailings delivery line on the northern side of old tailings dams (Point A) to the connection with the tailings delivery line from the gold plant (Point B);

Page 145 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR . A delivery pipeline/s (4.5km) from the tailings concentrator at the gold plant (Point C) to the tailings dam (Point D);

Return water pipeline:

. A return water pipeline (8.3km), which conveys water from the return water pump station (Point E) to the gold plant water storage tank (Point F).

The pipeline routes to Doornpoort TSF will be established adjacent to existing servitudes (such as surfaced public roads) or within existing disturbed areas (adjacent to existing mine pipelines and gravel tracks), as far as possible. The proposed location of the pipeline routes is illustrated in Figure 4:2.

The steel pipelines will be supported on concrete plinths and located between two 0.5m high berm walls to contain any spillages.

4.1.1.5 Conveyer belts

Conveyors are used underground and within the gold plant. There are no other surface conveyors at the mine.

4.1.1.6 Fencing

There is a perimeter fence around the mine property with additional around South Shaft and the Twin Shaft complexes. A perimeter wall was built in 2010 at South Shaft . The old and new tailings facilities were fenced but some of the fence has been stolen. The new tailings facility at Doornpoort has been fenced.

4.1.1.7 Telecommunication lines & masts

Telecommunication lines at South Deep are provided by Telkom via radio waves linked to the receivers on the head gear. From here they are transferred to the PABX. The lines are distributed to the mine offices either via copper (Analog) or via VoIP (Digital) depending on the area and internal maintenance is done by the mine‟s technicians.

Page 146 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Figure 4:2: Pipeline routes associated with the Doornpoort TSF

Page 147 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR 4.1.2 Mine residue disposal sites 4.1.2.1 Waste Rock / Overburden

There are two waste rock dumps at the mine, one at South Deep (Appendices B and H) and one at South Shaft (Appendices B and H). The waste rock dumps were established during the sinking of the various shafts and also from the initial mining at South Shaft. There are no detailed design drawings available for the waste rock dump; both facilities existed when South Deep Mine was established. The South Shaft waste rock dump is no longer being used while the South Deep waste rock dump is still operational.

Table 4:1: Description of waste rock dumps at South Deep mine

Features South Shaft South Deep

History of the dump Disposal of waste rock commenced in Disposal of waste rock commenced in the1950‟s with the sinking of the 1994 with the sinking of the Twin South Shaft. Also contains waste rock Shafts at the South Deep area. from the mining process.

Location East of the old gold plant. South west of the Twin Shaft complex.

Physical Volume – ±3.1 million tonnes of waste Volume – ±1.5 million tonnes of waste dimensions rock rock Footprint – 15.2ha Footprint – 5.2ha Height – ±24m (highest point) Slope – Height – ±6m Slope – open slopes varied due to irregular shape estimated at about 45 0 , these slopes The dump is large and irregular in are currently fairly low. shape and height with no unusual The dump is large and irregular in features. shape and height with no unusual features.

Lining None None

Access and access Access to the dump is via a gravel Access to the dump is via a gravel control road from the main mine access road. road from the shaft complex area.

The dump is located within the mine‟s The dump is not fenced off but is fenced boundary. located within the boundaries of the mine.

Runoff diversion There are currently no storm water management measures at either dump.

Source: South Deep Updated EMP (2006)

Page 148 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR 4.1.2.2 TSFs

There are currently two tailings dams at the mine, namely the old tailings dam and the new tailings dam. Construction on the approved Doornpoort TSF has started and is expected to be completed May 2011

The locations of the tailings dams are shown conceptually on Appendices B and H. Approximately 100 000 tonnes of tailings is produced per month. Currently, 60% of the tailings are disposed of on the new tailings dam while 40% of the tailings is disposed of on the old tailings dam. The tailings dams are nearing the end of their capacity and a third tailings dam (Doornpoort TSF complex) will be used to cater for the mine‟s planned production rates.

As the current dams were established between 25 and 50 years ago, no original design drawings are available. However, ECMP, an engineering company contracted by the mine to manage and operate the tailings dams have produced an as-built drawing of the dams. A copy of the drawing was included in the South Deep Updated EMP submitted in (2006). Available information on the dams is provided in Table 4:2.

Table 4:2: Description of the tailings dams at South Deep mine

Features Old tailings dam Twin Shaft tailings dam

History of the Design of the dam is unknown - it is Design of the dam - Fraser Alexander in dams possible that the dam was designed in- about1980s. Operated and managed by house by mine personnel in about ECMP since about 1990. 1950s. Operated and managed by ECMP since about 1990.

Safety No formal classification has been No formal classification has been done. classification done. Expected to be high hazard due Expected to be high hazard due to to number of people downstream and proximity of Twin shaft and gold plant value of third party property. downstream and value of third party property.

Upgrades to the In 1994, the return water system was revised and upgraded. tailings dams In 2001, the tailings dam was In 2001, the tailings dam was upgraded upgraded by reconstructing the toe by reconstructing the toe paddocks, paddocks, rock cladding the side establishing two new penstocks and rock slopes, establishing underdrains and cladding the side slopes. redistributing the pipeline feed.

Page 149 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

Features Old tailings dam Twin Shaft tailings dam

Physical One tailings dam with two paddocks One tailings dam with three paddocks dimensions Total volume of tailings – 30 million originally converted to two paddocks tonnes Total volume of tailings – 30 million Footprint – ± 70 ha Height – ± 25 m tonnes Footprint – ± 100 ha Height – ± 25 m

Lining None. None.

Runoff diversion Clean storm water is diverted around the dams using cut off trenches. Potentially contaminated water is collected in the toe paddocks and reports to the cascade ponds.

Drainage The drainage system comprises toe The drainage system comprises toe and system and elevator underdrains around the blanket underdrains around the base of base of the tailings dam as well as toe the tailings dam as well as toe paddocks paddocks around the perimeter of the around the perimeter of the tailings dam. dam. Seepage from the underdrains is Seepage from the underdrains is released into a trench system which collected in the return water dams feeds into the cascade ponds. Runoff from where it is pumped to the cascade from the tailings dam is collected in toe ponds. Runoff from the tailings dam is paddocks from where it gravitates to collected in toe paddocks and gravitates the cascade ponds. to the cascade ponds.

Return water The return water system comprises an old return water dam (south of new tailings system dam), cascade ponds and a new return water dam (south of old tailings dam).

Access and Waste rock road (4m wide) around the perimeter of the dam access control Fencing around the perimeter of the tailings dam.

Source: South Deep Updated EMP (2006)

Doornpoort TSF

The Doornpoort TSF will be developed as a two paddock system in two phases. Tailings will be deposited using a spigotted day wall system. This system is commonly used in the gold tailings industry and is suited to the anticipated tailings characteristics, climatic conditions and topography. The day wall method is also the method currently used at the existing South Deep Mine tailings dams. Given the deposition method, the tailings dam requires a compacted starter wall. The starter wall is required until the rate of rise is 2.5m per year or less and self-building of the tailings dam can occur. The required elevation of the starter wall is 1 560m amsl (15m maximum height) for both paddocks. The starter wall will have a minimum height of 1 m at the higher ground elevation areas.

Page 150 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Due to the low rates of rise the tailings dam will be able to accommodate short term increases in the rate of deposition, subject to the approval of the design engineer.

The design criteria specified by the mine and the conceptual design of the tailings dam is presented in Table 4:3. The preliminary design details for the tailings dam were included in the approved South Deep EMP Amendment (2007).

Table 4:3: Conceptual design of the Doornpoort TSF

Features Doornpoort Tailings dam

Design criteria specified Tailings production rate – average 233 000 tonnes/month by mine Percentage of tailings to be used as backfill – 30% Life of the tailings dam – 50 years Capacity of the tailings dam – 200 million tonnes (148 million m3 ) In-situ dry density of tailings – 1.35 tons/m 3

Physical dimensions Total volume of tailings – 200 million tonnes (148 million m3 ) Footprint – about 386.5ha (including perimeter service area) Height – 45m (maximum height of 75m at southern boundary due to slope of ground) Side slope gradient – 1(v):4(h)

Lining 0.5m residual andesitic material

Walls Compacted residual andesitic starter (embankment) wall. Maximum height of 15m with crest of 1560m amsl and 1(v):2.5(h) side slopes Constructed from clay and/or silty sand from the basin on the dam. Containment bund wall around the perimeter of the dam. Height of 1.5m with variable crest and 1(v):1.5(h) side slopes. Compacted in-situ material.

Runoff diversion Storm water cut-off trench around the top of the tailings dam that directs clean surface runoff away from the tailings dam complex. A containment bund wall/berm around the perimeter of the tailings dam to direct external surface runoff away from the tailings dam and to contain any spillage caused by pipe bursts.

Drainage system An underdrainage system comprising of: . toe drains (an effective) 5m wide constructed on inside edge of starter wall; . inner blanket drains (an effective) 15m wide constructed on top of compacted earth platform varying between 0.5 and 0.2 m above ground level with 5m slots every 100m to allow tailings and water to migrate to the inside of the tailings dam basin; . inner blanket drain will run parallel to the toe drains, 150 m from the toe, towards the centre of the dam; . drain outlets (trench); Page 151 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

Features Doornpoort Tailings dam . decanted via feeder pipes (160mm NB flexible high density polyethylene (HDPE)) into collection pipes (160mm NB flexible HDPE) that discharge into a dosing pond

Penstock decant system: . one decant system per paddock; . buried concrete spigot and socket outfall pipeline with a number of temporary intakes and a final intake; . side inlets at the intermediate intake structures; . side inlet feeder trenches which divert water to side inlets (if necessary); . penstock outlet pipeline discharging to concrete lined solution trench which conveys water into concrete lined silt trap; . energy dissipater at the exit from each penstock pipeline.

A concrete lined solution trench around the perimeter of the tailings dam which receives seepage water from the catchment paddocks and penstock discharge. Scavenger wells and a seepage cutoff curtain drain downgradient of the tailings dam to collect any seepage.

Access and Waste rock road (4m wide) around the perimeter of the dam and towards access control the tarred district road (D962). Barbed wire perimeter fence with gates around the perimeter of the tailings dam complex and around the perimeter of the return water sump and associated infrastructure.

Source: South Deep EMP Amendment (2007)

4.1.3 Solid waste management facilities 4.1.3.1 Domestic waste disposal

In brief, domestic waste at the mine is collected in dedicated bins located throughout the mine property. From the bins, the waste is transported for temporary storage (±1 week) to containers located at the mine‟s industrial waste site. Here recyclable waste is sorted by a local SMME contractor. The sorted waste is then removed by the Westonaria Local Council to a permitted general landfill site in Westonaria.

Page 152 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR 4.1.3.2 Industrial waste disposal - industrial waste site at the mine

Industrial waste is transported to the respective salvage yard at South Deep shaft where it is sorted by a private contractor. Recyclable waste is either sold or returned to the mining process while unusable waste is removed by hazardous waste contactors and disposed at off site at approved waste disposal sites. The industrial waste site has been operational for approximately 30 years but is no longer being used. Details on the mine‟s industrial waste site are provided in Table 4:23. The table sources information from a hydrogeological investigation undertaken by Groundwater Consulting Services (GCS) as part of the 2003 EMP amendment as well as a waste management plan drafted by Kwezi V3 Engineers in April 2005. A layout of the site is presented in Appendix H. There are no design drawings available for the site.

In 2003 the mine applied to the Gauteng Department of Agriculture, Conservation and Environment (GDACE) for environmental authorization of the industrial waste site in terms of the Environment Conservation Act, 73 of 1989. Due to the location of a dyke, GDACE declined authorization for the site and requested that the site be closed. The mine is planning to remove the site. The waste has been analysed and results indicate that there are high levels of radiation. As a result, the waste will be removed according to the procedures authorized by the National Nuclear Regulator.

4.1.4 Water management facilities 4.1.4.1 Sewage facilities

There are three operational French drains located on the mine property. The location of the drains is illustrated in Appendix H. The Westonaria local municipality maintains the facilities and disposes of the sludge every two weeks.

There is currently one sewage treatment plant at the mine, situated at South Shaft and a pump station in the South Shaft area (shown conceptually on Appendix H).

A pump station has been established at Twin Shaft and was commissioned in 2008. The pump station is fully operational.

Page 153 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR The upgraded facilities are detailed below and illustrated in Appendix H (South Shaft sewage treatment plant and pump station).

The pump station has two pumps, one on stand-by and one operating. Auto level control takes place to stop and start pumps.

Sewage facilities at South Shaft

An overview of the pump station and treatment plant at South Shaft is provided below:

Table 4:4: Description of sewage treatment plant at South Shaft

Aspect South Shaft sewage treatment plant (upgraded) New pump station

Design capacity Average daily flow of 2 76 3/day 2 x pumps (one Maximum daily flow of 8 304 m3/day operating, one on stand-by) People: 9 700 (at full operating capacity)

Treatment process

Type and design Activated sludge plant that can do biological nutrient None removal. The plant is divided into two identical modules operating in parallel, both in the UCT configuration. The UCT system is a biological nutrient removal activated sludge system. Plant comprises intake works, aerators, secondary clarifiers, drying beds, chlorine disinfection).

Staff Number and skills

Fraser Alexander 1 classified operator and 5 general (shift) workers Same contractor: 1 (sewage plant classified operator & 5 contractor) general workers

Source: Provided by South Deep (2010)

4.1.4.2 Underground facilities

Underground facilities comprise settling ponds and mine water reservoirs located on most levels underground. Fissure water (groundwater leaking into the underground mine workings) and recycled underground water is pumped to the underground settling ponds. Settled water from the ponds is pumped to the mine water dams on surface (see following

Page 154 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR section) (Appendix H). Silt/mud from the maintenance of the facilities is pumped to surface and reprocessed through the gold plant. The mine water reservoirs are used to store cooled water from the refrigeration plant used for cooling air underground.

The water balance for South Deep Mine takes into account backfill sent underground and water recycled back to surface. Flow meters are installed where possible to determine U/G volumes.

4.1.4.3 Mine water storage facilities

Mine water storage facilities are located on surface in the South Shaft area (Appendix H). These facilities form part of the mine water circuit and is included in the mine‟s IWULA. A summary of the facilities is provided in the table below.

Excess backwash water (from the cleaning of the refrigeration plant filters) is stored in thickeners in the old gold plant area. From the thickeners water is pumped to two mine water dams operated in series. Settled water pumped from underground (temperature of 29°C) is also pumped to the mine water dams. The first dam is used as a settler while the second is used for additional storage capacity. Sludge from the maintenance of the mine water dams is pumped to evaporation dams from where the sludge is reprocessed through the gold plant.

Water from the mine water dams is either pumped to the gold plant or to a hot water dam, which forms part of the refrigeration plant circuit at South Shaft. Water from the hot water dam is then pumped to two pre-cooling towers where the water temperature is reduced from 29°C to 20°C. The water is then discharged into a cold water dam which is the supply reservoir for the refrigeration plant. A condensor dam, located at the refrigeration plant, is used to store make-up water for the refrigeration plant. Make-up water is sourced from boreholes in the South Shaft area (SS1 to SS4 on

Page 155 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Figure 2:25) and is used to replace water lost through evaporation. The use of clean water reduces the need for de-silting and reduces the maintenance of the facilities. Should there be a problem with the boreholes Rand Water is then used as make-up water.

Chilled water (5°C) from the refrigeration plant is stored in three chilled water dams, which feed cooled water underground via a series of underground cascades. Details on the refrigeration plant are provided in the following section.

Table 4:5: Description of mine water storage facilities

Part of refrigeration circuit at South Shaft

Thickeners at old Mine water Hot Cool Condensor Chilled gold plant dams water water dam dams water dam dam

Facilities 5 x 3.5Ml dams 2 x 2.2Ml 1 x 2.7Ml 1 x 2.7Ml 1 x 200m 3 3 x 2.7Ml reservoirs (in reservoir reservoir reservoir reservoirs series) 2 x (Dam A to evaporation C) dams

Spillages/ Any spills spill into the trench. Sealed Sealed Sealed unit. Sealed unit. leakages Groundwater monitoring is done bi- unit. unit. annually/annually ( Figure 2:25). In-stream monitoring in Leeuspruit is done weekly and bio- monitoring is done annually (Figure 2:13).

Monitoring Backwash and Yes - weekly Yes - No No No of process Leeuspruit water weekly water monitored before it is stored in the thickeners

Source: South Deep Updated EMP (2006)

4.1.4.4 Polluted water holding facilities

The mill circuit storage tank (collects recycled water from the thickeners for use in the mill circuit), Knelson concentrator storage tank (dedicated supply of mill water to the Knelson concentrator) and gland service tank (stores process water used in the gold plant to cool the

Page 156 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR pumps) are all located within the gold plant (Appendix H). The water is used in the gold recovery process. All water is recycled in the process.

The gold plant settling ponds located within the gold plant area are used to collect dirty water runoff from the gold plant area. Silt from the maintenance of the ponds is reprocessed through the gold plant. Water is recycled through the gold plant.

The Twin Shaft retention pond collects dirty storm water runoff from the shaft complex and gold plant terraces (terraces are the areas outside the bunded areas). Settling ponds (Dams A and B), located in the vicinity of the Twin Shaft retention pond, are used to store water before it is pumped underground.

Table 4:6: Description of polluted water holding facilities

In the gold plant

Mill Knelson Gland Settling Twin Shaft Settling circuit concentrator service ponds retention pond ponds storage storage tank tank tank

Facilities 1 tank 1 tank 1 tank 2 settling 1 pond (3 2 concrete ponds compartments dams (Dams A and B)

Capacity 650m 3 200m 3 300m 3 3 000m 3 62 400m 3 650m 3 each each

Spillages/ Sealed units. Located Located within Groundwater monitoring is done leakages within bunded area of gold bunded area of gold bi-annually/annually ( plant. All spillages are plant. All spillages Figure 2:25). In-stream recycled. are recycled. monitoring in Kariegaspruit is done weekly and bio-monitoring is done annually (Figure 2:13).

Monitoring No No No No No No of process water

Source: South Deep Updated EMP (2006)

Page 157 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR 4.1.4.5 Return water system

The current return water system is illustrated conceptually in Figure 4:3 with the location of facilities shown in Appendix H. Penstock decant water from the old tailings dam flows directly into the new return water dam located down gradient of the old tailings dam. Penstock decant from the new tailings dam gravitates to the cascade ponds located on the western side of the old tailings dams. Seepage from the underdrains at the old tailings dam flows into a solution trench located around the perimeter of the dam, which feeds into the cascade ponds. Seepage water from the underdrains at the new tailings dam is collected in the old return water dam located down gradient of the new tailings dam and pumped to the cascade ponds. The cascade ponds are used for cyanide degradation. From the cascade ponds the water flows (gravitates) to the new return water dam. The return water dam is also used to collect storm water from the South Shaft area via the informal trench. Water from the return water dam is recycled back to the plant water circuit.

Page 158 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Figure 4:3: Conceptual flow diagram of the operations at South Deep mine

Source: South Deep Updated EMP (2006)

Page 159 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Table 4:7: A summary of the return water holding facilities at South Deep mine

Old return water dam at Cascade ponds New return water dam at new tailings dam (Twin old tailings dam (South Shaft) Shaft)

Facilities 1 x earth dam1 x sump 16 ponds in series 1 x earth dam1 x sump (pump house) (pump house)

Location* South of new tailings dam West of old tailings dam South of old tailings dam

Footprint ±2.3ha ±1.7ha ±5.3ha

Capacity 15 000m 3 3 000 m 3 52 487m 3

Lining None. Earth dam The first 12 ponds are None. Earth dam unlined and the last 4 are plastic-lined.

Spillages/ If return water dam spills, Spillage drain immediately If return water dam spills, leakages it spills into the adjacent to toe of cascade it spills into the Leeuspruit Kariegaspruit. No dam walls in order to stream diversion. No leakage detection is in collect any spillage that leakage detection is in place. may occur in an place. emergency. Drain runs full length of cascade complex and discharges into the new return water dam.

Monitoring Groundwater monitoring is done bi-annually/annually ( Figure 2:25). In-stream monitoring in the Kariegaspruit & Leeuspruit is done weekly and bio-monitoring is done annually (Figure 2:13).

Source: South Deep Updated EMP (2006)

Doornpoort return water system

The return water system of the Doornpoort TSF complex is illustrated in Figure 4:4 and will comprise of:

. A solution trench collecting dirty water from the catchment paddocks

. A dosing pond receiving seepage water from the underdrainage system (toe and blanket drains) and scavenger wells – the dosing pond will receive a neutralising agent (e.g. lime)

Page 160 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Figure 4:4 Conceptual flow diagram of the operations at Doornpoort TSF

Source: Adapted from South Deep EMP Amendment (2007)

Page 161 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR . A silt trap receiving water from the solution trench – the silt trap will act as a settling facility,

. A concrete line solution trench conveying water from the silt trap and dosing pond to the return water dams,

. Two lined return water dams,

. A return water pumping station; and

. A return water pipeline.

The conceptual design of these facilities is detailed in Table 4:8. The return water dams will be sized and operated according to the specifications in Regulation 704 of the National Water Act, 36 of 1998 – it will be sized so that it does not spill into any clean water system more than once in 50 years and has a minimum freeboard of 0.8 meters above full supply level.

Water collected in the return water dam will be pumped back to the return water sump via the pump station at the return water dam should water be required. The return water dam will need to be managed such that the dam has capacity to absorb the 1:50 year storm event at all times. In the event that the design capacity of the return water dam is exceeded, excess water will be released via a lined spillway.

Table 4:8: Conceptual design of the Doornpoort return water system

Features Doornpoort return water system

Physical dimensions Footprint – about 26.5ha Depth of excavation – averaging 6m Upstream height of dam wall – 0m Downstream height of dam wall – between 5 and 7m

Capacity 1 000 000 m 3 Freeboard allowance– 0.8m Water depth at full supply level (FSL) – 5.25m Designed to not spill more than once in every 50 years (R704 of NWA 1998)

Lining Composite liner to both compartments comprising: . in-situ layer ripped and compacted covered by, . 100mm filter sand liner covered by,

Page 162 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

Features Doornpoort return water system . leakage detection system to intercept leak in plastic liner, . covered by 1500µm HDPE liner covered by, . hyson cells (plastic grid with concrete).

Leakage detection Trench along the toe of the dam wall connected to system of manholes downstream of dam. Leakage detected through use of dipmeter.

Monitoring and Daily monitoring to include: maintenance . water levels; . operation of pumps and pump motor control system.

Monthly monitoring to include: . dipping of leak detectors to determine water level and electrical conductivity; . pump line flow rates; . physical inspection for damage to liner from animals etc.

Quarterly monitoring includes upstream and downstream borehole monitoring as per tailings dam borehole monitoring as well as monitoring of manholes downstream of the return water dam. Pump line flow monitoring (m3/month) on a quarterly basis.

Source: South Deep EMP Amendment (2007)

4.1.5 Potable water plant

A summary of the mine‟s potable water requirements are provided below.

Table 4:9: Potable water requirements

Aspect Mine Area Doornpoort TSF area

Source Rand Water Rand Water from the mine supplied via tanker

Quantity 163 463m3/31 day month (based on high 1.5m 3 /day (0.1m 3 /day) level water balance done by Metago – paragraph 4.1.11) 294 500 m3/month (based on financial year 2010 Rand Water consumption)

Use Domestic use Drinking

Source: Combined from South Deep - Updated EMP (2006), - EMP amendment (2007) & - Water Balance (2010))

Page 163 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR There are potable water storage tanks linked to the Rand Water supply pipeline to the South Shaft area (Appendix H). A summary of the Rand Water storage tanks is provided below.

Facilities: 1 x 2.8Ml tank (35m by 3m deep) and 2 x 2Ml tanks (25m by 4m deep).

Location: North of South Shaft on the ridge behind the mine, within a fenced area.

Note that the Westonaria council has since January 2009 played a role as the primary Water Service Provider.

4.1.6 Process water supply system

A summary of the mine‟s process water requirements are provided below.

Table 4:10: Process water requirements

Aspect Mine Area Doornpoort TSF area

Source Abstraction from boreholes Process water from the mine supplied via tanker

Quantity Total of 627 006m3 /31 day month 0 to 25m3/week (based on high level water balance done by Metago).

Use Solution water in the gold plant Dust suppression Make-up water in South Shaft refrigeration plant (when borehole water is not available) Underground (drilling, dust suppression, air cooling, conveyance of sludge) Dust suppression; Gold plant; Backfill plant; Fire system; Refrigeration plant (South Shaft)

Source: Combined from South Deep - Updated EMP (2006), - EMP amendment (2007) & - Water Balance (2010))

Water treatment at the mine involves cyanide management, refrigeration plants (including chlorine plants - for cooling air and water used underground), and sewage treatment facilities. Apart from treated sewage effluent, which is discharged into the stream, all polluted water is recycled back into the process.

Page 164 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR 4.1.6.1 Cyanide management

Before the tailings is pumped to the batching plant Ferrous Sulphate is added to treat the cyanide concentrations.

According to the 2001 EMP amendment, the water present on the tailings dam dilutes the concentration of sodium cyanide from 100-200 ppm to 40-50 ppm. The decant from the tailings dams then flows through a series of cascade dams. The cascade system was established by the mine in 1992/1993 to manage pollutant levels (cyanide) by degrading the cyanide into non-toxic components [sodium (Na) salt, carbon (C), carbon monoxide (CO) and carbon dioxide (CO2) (gas), nitrate (N), ammonium (NH3 )] using ultra-violet light. The dams have been designed to ensure that there is sufficient retention time to allow for the degradation process. This process reduces the cyanide concentration to 0.5 ppm [as specified by the Chamber of Mines South African Guideline on Cyanide Management for Gold Mining (2001)]. The mine monitors the quality of the process water entering the first pond and exiting the last pond.

Once the tailings dams reach their full capacity and a new tailings disposal facility is required, the mine will readdress the issue of cyanide management by investigating alternative options.

4.1.6.2 Refrigeration plants

There is one surface refrigeration plant located at South Shaft and one surface refrigeration plant located at Twin Shaft. The location of the refrigeration plants on surface is shown in Appendix H. Linked to each refrigeration plant is a chlorine plant. There is also a smaller refrigeration plant located underground at Twin Shaft for the distribution of cooled air and water underground. The underground plant comprises of water reservoirs and fans. The refrigeration plant at South Shaft is used to cool air and water used underground while the plant at Twin Shaft is only used to cool air used underground.

South Shaft refrigeration plant

The South Shaft plant on surface comprises of evaporators and cooling towers and a series of water storage tanks. Details on the water storage tanks are provided in Section 4.1.5.

Page 165 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Water from underground (containing high concentrations of dissolved solids) and excess backwash water (both stored in the thickeners at the old gold plant) is pumped through a series of mine water dams before being pumped to the refrigeration plant. Refrigerant gas, after being heated in the evaporators with water from the cool water dam, is compressed and in this process is heated. This heated gas is then moved through a condenser where the warm refrigerant in gas form, is cooled with water in a closed cooling circuit. The gas then becomes liquid. The water in the closed circuit is pumped to a series of three cooling towers, where its temperature is lowered. The water that is lost through this cooling process is made up with abstracted groundwater (from boreholes SD01 to SD04 located near to South Shaft – Appendix H) stored in a condensor dam on the hill behind the mine site.

From the condenser, the compressed liquid refrigerant is pumped through an evaporator valve where the pressure is rapidly lowered and the liquid refrigerant returns to the gaseous phase while instantly losing an amount of heat equivalent to the amount lost through the condenser of the cooling water. These phase changes occur in the evaporator.

Relatively warm water from the cool water is pumped through the evaporators where the heat from the water is transferred to the refrigerant gas. This process cools the water to around 5°C. This chilled water is then stored in the chilled water dams from where it is cascaded to the underground workings as required.

Twin Shaft refrigeration plant

The Twin Shaft plant on surface comprises of compressors and cooling towers. This plant works on a closed water circuit comprising of a hot water system (condensor circuit) and cool water system (bulk air cooling system). There are no dams linked to this refrigeration plant. Fans are used to transport cooled air underground.

4.1.6.3 Chlorine plants

There are two chlorine plants, one for each surface refrigeration plant. The chlorine plants produce a 1% sodium hypo-chlorite solution through electrolyses of a sodium chloride solution. Bromine is also added to this stream in the form of sodium bromide. This chlorine/bromine solution is then injected into the stream of water going underground, for Page 166 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR disinfection purposes. The chlorine/bromine mixture has been proven to have far superior disinfectant properties over chlorine alone, especially in mine water where the pH may vary greatly and where large amounts of ammonia or nitrates may be present in the water. It also eliminates the danger of chlorine gassing occurring underground as, unlike a conventional gas chlorination system, the concentration of chlorine cannot exceed 1% in the water stream it is injected into.

4.1.7 Mineral processing plant(s) 4.1.7.1 Gold Plant

Historically, there was one gold plant located at South Shaft, established when the mine started operating in the 1950s (Appendix H). The plant had a design capacity of 135 000 tons/month. As the mine grew, additional capacity was required and the option of upgrading the existing plant or building a new plant was considered during the 2001 EMP amendment. Following detailed investigations, it was decided to build an additional plant with a design capacity of 220 000 tons/month. The additional gold plant, commissioned in June 2002, is located in the South Deep area (Appendix H). Each component of the plant is described in Table 4:11 and illustrated in Figure 4:3.

Table 4:11: Mineral processing operations at the additional gold plant

Features Details Waste/ emissions

Stockpile of ore Ore from South Shaft and Twin Shaft is stored in a 22 Runoff 000 tonne live capacity cone-type open stockpile situated south of the gold plant. The stockpile is located within a bunded area.

Storage of raw A chemical off-loading area and lime storage area is Empty containers materials/ located outside the gold plant area. The following main Spillages chemicals chemicals are stored in the gold plant: hydrochloric acid, (contained) lime, caustic soda and sodium cyanide. Other raw materials needed in the process include: flocculant, salt, fluxes and carbon. The chemical off-loading, storage and process facilities cater for containment in the form of bunding to 110% of the largest possible volume spill in the area with adequate sump and pump systems. In addition all materials are stored in closed vessels or bags.

Milling The milling plant consists of a SAG mill and a ball mill. Spillages (recycled) The entire area under the milling plant is sumped and Woodchip/ trash Page 167 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

Features Details Waste/ emissions spillage is recycled to the SAG mill. Mill liners

Concentrating Concentrate from the Knelson concentrators is fed to a Process water storage tank in the smelt house. Water is recycled back (recycled) into the process.

Thickening The HRT feed is dosed with flocculant to agglomerate Process water solid particles (recycled)

Leaching Pulp from the HRT is pumped to the leach section where Spillages (recycled) it is treated in mechanically agitated tanks to dissolve the gold. The entire area under the leach tanks is sumped and spillage is recycled to the leach tanks.

Carbon-in- The pulp from the leach section is pumped to the CIP Spillages (recycled) pulp(CIP) tanks. The CIP circuit used is a Kemix pump cell system and consists of 8 mechanically agitated tanks. The system is based on a carousel arrangement which means the feed tanks and tails tank change/rotate on a daily basis.

Carbon The process of regeneration is used to rid the stripped Process water regeneration carbon of organics and other impurities (recycled) Carbon sludge (sold)

Smelt house Concentrate from the Knelson concentrators is upgraded Gasses and fines using a Gemini (vibrating) table from where it is calcined Scrubbing liquid and smelted. A minimum amount of gasses and fines are (recycled) Spillages generated from the furnace. All gasses during the (recycled) smelting and calcining process are scrubbed clean by means of a venturi scrubber operated inside the smelt house. The cleaned gas is emitted to atmosphere via a stack. The saturated scrubbing liquid is recycled back to the leach circuit. Due to the gold content all spillage in the section is recycled.

Source: South Deep Updated EMP (2006)

South Deep is now investigating the upgrade/expansion of the metallurgical plant from 220 ktpm milling and treatment to 330 ktpm milling and 450 ktpm treatment. The additional 110 ktpm of material to be milled will be from the South Deep Twin Shaft system. An additional 120 ktpm will be pumped from the South Shaft milling and thickening plant to the leach feed tank at the South Deep Metallurgical Plant increasing the tonnage treated to 450 ktpm. Only certain plant areas will be affected by the upgrade. A full description of the upgrade and process flow/operating philosophy is given in Appendix H-1.

Page 168 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR 4.1.7.2 Backfill plant

There are currently two backfill plants at South Deep: one existing, and one under construction (to be commissioned in June 2011. Upon commissioning of the new Full Plant Tailings (FPT) Backfill Plant, the current backfill plant (a Cycloned Classified Tailings – CCT Plant) will be decommissioned. The general purpose of backfill plant is to provide material for underground support. In the current CCT backfill plant, located near to the South Shaft complex and adjacent to the old gold plant area (Appendix B and Appendix H) tailings is pumped to a cyclone feed box where it is diluted with process water to achieve a relative density of 1.35. The diluted tailings are then pumped to two cyclone clusters. From the cyclone clusters, overflow is thickened to a minimum relative density of 1.42 in Ultracep thickeners. Each cyclone cluster has a dedicated thickener. Overflow thickened material is pumped to a tailings tank from where it is pumped to the tailings dams.

Cyclone underflow discharges continuously into a holding tank at a relative density of 1.8 from where it is transferred to a batching plant at South Shaft. Prior to being transferred a flocculant is added to settle out the excess water while Ferrous Sulphate is added to remove cyanide. All spillages and excess water in the backfill plant are recycled to the tailings tank.

The FTP backfill plant will replace the CCT backfill plant by June 2011. The FTP backfill plant has been designed to incorporate a range of water consumption, energy efficiency and safety considerations. The new FTP backfill plant comprises four (4) tailings storage tanks, a backfill preparation plant, a tailings receiving tank, a thickener distribution box, three (3) 22m- diameter High Compression Thickeners, a vendor-supplied flocculant plant (with a flocculant dosing rate of 40g/t), a 60m3 Thickener Overflow Tank, two (2) 350m3 backfill transfer tanks, six (6) 15m3 cone-bottomed shaft heard tanks, a Temporary Spillage Containment (TSC) facility, a binder plant and an overarching, integrated SCADA control system. The FTP Plant operating philosophy is fully described in Appendix H-2. The final mill product (tailings) will be taken and processed to supply a support media for mined out areas underground at South Deep Gold Mine. The support media is a combination of thickened tailings and binder.

The final mill product has approx. 80g/t U3O8 (Uranium Oxide). Addition of binder to the final mill product will reduce uranium levels by about 10%.

Page 169 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR 4.1.7.3 Batching plant

Approximately 10 to 30% of the tailings from the backfill plant is pumped to the batching plant (Appendix H). At the batching plant, the material is stored in tanks where a binder (conbex) is added to the backfill material before it is pumped underground to storage dams. From the storage dams, depending on requirements, backfill is pumped into backfill bags which are transported to the relevant areas or it is pumped directly into a cavity. The cavity is closed with a type of material to allow water to drain. Backfill bags are made from the same type of material to allow drainage. As water drains from the mixture so it hardens. Drained water reports to the mine‟s water circuit.

The purpose of the backfill is to provide support underground.

4.1.7.4 Air Quality Management

The only air pollution equipment at the mine is associated with the smelting operation at the additional gold plant. All gasses during the smelting and calcining process are scrubbed clean by means of a venturi scrubber operated inside the smelt house. The scrubbing liquid reports to a separator where it is separated from the gas stream. The cleaned gas is emitted to atmosphere via a ducted 2 m stack and fan (flow rate of ±1.57m3/s). The saturated scrubbing liquid is recycled back to the leach circuit. According to mine management, the content of the scrubbed air vented to atmosphere is expected to be clean.

4.1.8 Workshops, administration and other facilities

The following support services and facilities are required for the mine:

Administration offices

There is a main administration building at South Shaft. There are offices at South Deep Twin Shaft and the additional gold plant.

Page 170 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Change houses and ablution facilities

There are change houses including ablution facilities at each shaft complex and at the new gold plant. Ablution facilities are also provided at all the offices and on-site mine housing.

Workshops

There are workshops for servicing and maintaining equipment and vehicles at each shaft complex.

Stores

There are several stores at the mine located at the shaft complexes and old plant.

Salvage yards

There are two salvage yards, one at each shaft complex. The salvage yard at South Shaft is no longer used and all hazardous waste from the mine is temporarily stored at the Twin Shaft salvage yard.

Transport Department

There is a transport department located near South Shaft. The transport department is responsible for servicing and maintaining mine vehicles and equipment.

Wash bays

There are several wash bays. These are located at the South Shaft complex, South Deep Shaft complex, new gold plant and salvage yards. The wash bays will be bunded and adequate oil separation facilities will be installed.

Canteen

There are three canteens on site – one at each shaft complex and one at the new gold plant. These are operated by black-owned SME‟s contracted from the surrounding area.

Page 171 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Medical clinic

There is one clinic on site at South Shaft. The clinic serves mine employees.

Soil clinic

There is a soil clinic (two concrete lined paddocks) located within the boundaries of South Deep Shaft near to the security entrance. Because of water accessibility problems this soil clinic has been relocated to South Shaft. Plans are in place to demolish the soil clinic at Twin Shaft. All polluted soils that cannot be treated in-situ are brought to the soil clinic for treatment.

Taxi rank

There is one taxi rank at the mine near to the Emoyeni hostel. About 45 micro-businesses located in stalls near to the taxi rank provide a range of services and goods to employees, including food, clothing and hairdressing.

Security

Security control points are located at each access point to the mine, shafts and gold plant. Mine employees are used.

The location of infrastructure is illustrated in Appendix H (South Shaft area) and (South Deep area) respectively. The disposal of waste is discussed in Section 4.1.3.

4.1.9 Housing, recreation and other employee facilities

The mine employs approximately 4 525 people (including contractors) from the surrounding areas.

Page 172 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Table 4:12: The skills profile of employees

Group Percentage of workforce

Management 4%

Skilled workers 39%

Semi-skilled workers 22%

Unskilled workers 35%

Source: South Deep Social and Labour Plan (2010)

Mine employees are either housed on site in facilities provided for by the mine, in the mine village (Hillshaven) or live in their own houses in the surrounding areas (Westonaria town, Bekkersdal town - formal and informal housing, Modderfontein/Jachtfontein, surrounding farms, and Poortjie).

Housing on site is provided for at the Emoyeni hostel, Enduleni living units, Ethembeni married quarters and Sifikile married quarters (Appendix B and Appendix H).

Table 4:13: Details on current housing facilities

Housing Capacity Facilities available

Emoyeni hostel 890 residents Kitchen, ablution facilities, dining area, bar, entertainment area, canteen and sporting activities

Enduleni living units 86 flats Two bedroom units

Sifikile married quarters 24 houses 2 bedroom houses

Ethembeni married quarters 56 houses 3 to 4 bedroom houses

Guest units for visiting wives 65 guest units

Source: South Deep Gold Fields Property Division (2010

Page 173 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR 4.1.10 Hazardous substances storage

Fuel storage and supply

There is one operating fuel storage and supply point at South Shaft at the transport department, one diesel station at Twin Shaft, one diesel station at the gold plant and diesel storage for the generators at Twin Shaft. Installation of a diesel storage tank with a capacity of 86 m3 is planned at Twin Shaft. A basic assessment has been conducted and an application submitted to the Department of Gauteng and Rural Development in June 2010.

Storage of raw materials/ chemicals

A chemical off-loading area and lime storage area is located outside the gold plant area. The following main chemicals are stored in the gold plant: hydrochloric acid, lime, caustic soda and sodium cyanide. Other raw materials needed in the process include: flocculant, salt, fluxes and carbon. The chemical off-loading, storage and process facilities cater for containment in the form of bunding to 110% of the largest possible volume spill in the area with adequate sump and pump systems. In addition all materials are stored in closed vessels or bags.

Handling of explosives

There are two explosives loading sheds on site – one at each shaft complex. There are two explosives detonation areas – one at South Deep Twin Shaft complex and one at the industrial waste site. The mine uses approximately 62 tonnes of explosives per year.

4.1.11 Water balance diagram

Metago has prepared an analysis of the future South Deep site wide water balance, likely to be achieved from 2011 onwards, after commissioning of the planned new Doornpoort TSF (Appendix J). The water balance took cognisance of a number of other proposed changes to the current operation, due to be implemented and commissioned over the next three to five years including:

The construction of a new ice plant at Twin shafts. Page 174 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR The commissioning of an underground refrigeration plant

The construction of a proposed pollution control dam for the south shaft complex.

On commissioning of the Doornpoort TSF and return water dam, the current operational tailings dams will be taken out of service indefinitely, anticipating re-processing at some stage in future. Their use will be restricted to emergency use in future. At that stage, the return water dam and cascade dams will receive only rainfall runoff and seepage. The Doornpoort TSF will receive all tailings that is not used as backfill.

Completion of construction of the new Doornpoort tailings complex will be a significant step towards bringing the South Deep Gold Mine‟s operations into compliance with R704, while at the same time reducing the tailings dam failure risk and allowing for increased production.

Water is used/ lost at the following locations:

Twin Shafts Metallurgical Plant, where process water is used predominantly for reagent mixing, slurry makeup to the mills, gland seal and cleaning;

The Backfill Plant, where water is used to adjust the slurry density, for gland seal, reagent mixing and for cleaning;

The new Doonrpoort TSF where water is lost through interstitial lockup, evaporation and some seepage to the foundations.

The return water dam where water is lost to evaporation. The dam is lined with a 1500um HDPE membrane to minimise seepage losses. It has been designed as a relatively deep structure (maximum depth 8m) to minimise evaporation.

The old tailings disposal complexes and their associated sumps, catchment paddocks, cascade dams and return water dam.

Rainfall intercepted by these structures will largely be evaporated.

The Refrigeration Plants, where water is lost predominantly to evaporation from the heat exchange systems. Page 175 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR The underground workings, where water that enters the mine is lost predominantly thorough evaporation and removed from the mine as exhaust air.

The proposed ice plant, which will lose water to evaporation through the cooling systems.

The compressor plant, where water is lost to evaporation.

Water is also used by the crusher plant and for dust suppression.

In addition to the above, domestic water is used in the hostel complexes, underground workings, accommodation, offices, workshops etc.

Metago (2009b) indicated the future water balance has been planned to satisfy a water re- use protocol that requires that “dirty” water is used as a highest priority followed by the clean sources of water. In practice, the level of contamination of the various sources of water varies. In general, the key characteristics of the water quality at each source are as shown in Table 4:14. The strategy which is to be implemented to maximise re-use of contaminated water is also described in Table 4:14.

For the purpose of the balance, storage capacity in the plants and reservoirs is ignored. Hence Inflow = outflow. Storage is only considered for the following facilities:

Doornpoort RWD

Proposed South Deep PCD

Old RWD

Twin shafts PCD.

Each element of the water balance is depicted as a rectangular box as shown in Figure 4:5. Storage facilities are shade light blue. Environmental losses (seepage, evaporation and spillage) are shaded green. Water sources to the mine are shaded dark blue. To the extent practical, sources of water are shown on the left and sinks or losses on the right.

Page 176 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Table 4:14: Water source quality characteristics and re-use strategy

Source General water quality Strategy to maximise re-use Doornpoort TSF underdrains Very poor quality, potentially high Treat and re-use: Water treatment plant provided to dissolved metals, high TDS, low pH (2 to neutralise potentially acid water and settle precipitates. 6). Elevated CN. Treated water discharged to the RWD for use as process make up water. Doornpoort TSF penstock Moderately high TDS, elevated pH (9 to Treat and re-use: Treatment to reduce TSS only via decant 10.5), elevated CN. settling facility. Decant to RWD, primary source of process water makeup. Doornpoort TSF side slope Quality expected to be between runoff Treat and discharge as “clean” water: Treatment and catchment paddock runoff quality from disturbed agricultural land includes removal of >75um particles in the catchment water and undisturbed natural lands. Only paddocks and attenuation of the flow released to the minimal fertilizer expected to be used in stormwater canal. Side slope runoff expected to be the cover and re-vegetation process. suitable for discharge to natural streams. Alternatively, it may be used as makeup to the process water circuit by discharging to the RWD, in which case it will also improve the quality of process water. Doornpoort RWD water Quality expected to be suitable for Passive CN Treatment and re-use: Treatment limited to mineralogical process water passive volatilisation of CN as HCN due to the neutral pH in requirements and associated gland seal the dam. Water used as makeup to the metallurgical requirements. Not suitable for 1) process water circuit via pump-lines which supply water to domestic use 2) ice plant, 3) condenser the twin shafts plant and the backfill plant‟s “concrete circuit and 4) compressor plant thickeners”. Water indirectly be supplied to the condenser make up tank. Fissure Water intercepted in Quality of fissure water is good to Contamination prevention, treatment and re-use: underground workings moderate. All fissure water is suitable for Treatment initially limited to underground settlers which use as metallurgical process water and control TSS. Various interventions to reduce the for use in the refrigeration plant. Not deterioration in the quality of fissure water once inside the suitable for domestic use without mining void are being implemented to improve the quality of treatment. water brought to surface. Fissure water is pumped from underground to the Fridge plant reservoir. From the fridge plant reservoir it is used primarily in the refrigeration plant but can also be used as make up to the twin shafts Gold plant. Some of the fissure water intercepted underground will be used directly in the new ice plant. In the long term, Page 177 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Source General water quality Strategy to maximise re-use subject to the outcome of a feasibility study, some of the fissure water may be treated to a higher standard, (potable) and used to substitute Rand Water or sold. South Shaft Boreholes The quality of water abstracted from the Minimise Use: Suitable for use as makeup to the existing boreholes in the vicinity of South condensers. Not tested for suitability for domestic use. shaft is good, but not necessarily suitable for domestic use. (low TDS, neutral pH) Old Return Water Dam water Very poor quality, low pH, very high TDS, Neutralise and re-use or Evaporate: On high dissolved metals, moderate CN. On decommissioning of the current TSF‟s inflows to the old cessation of deposition of tailings on the RWD will be limited to seepage and rainfall runoff. existing TSF‟s, the water quality may Residual water to be used as make-up to the Twin shafts deteriorate and become unsuitable as process water stream provided that it does not result in process water makeup due to the low deterioration of the quality of the process water stream to pH. Will require neutralisation to ensure the extent that it is no longer fit for use, or result in suitability as metallurgical process water corrosion problems. Alternatively, water will be evaporated make up. Note: CN content expected to using the top surface of the TSF‟s, catchment paddocks become negligible soon after cessation and old RWD to prevent spillage to the Leeuspruit. of deposition as the CN will break down with time. Twin Shafts Pollution Control Quality expected to be similar to that of Re-use: Used as makeup to the metallurgical process Dam the new Doornpoort RWD water quality. water circuit. Proposed New South Shaft Quality expected to be similar to the Re-use: Used as makeup to the metallurgical process Catchment Pollution Control proposed new Doornpoort RWD water water circuit via the backfill plant‟s “concrete thickeners”. Dam quality. Rand Water Good. Minimise use: Used only where necessary to satisfy quality constraints or where other sources fail to provide adequate quantities in times of drought.

Source: South Deep Future Site Wide Water Balance (2009)

Page 178 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Figure 4:5 Water balance notation

Source: South Deep Future Site Wide Water Balance (2009)

The overall balance indicates that the South Deep Gold Mine has a net positive water balance, i.e. the mine is a net producer of water (see Figure 4:6). Substitution of a portion of the Rand Water (3.9Ml/day) and the borehole water (0.2Ml/day) could offset this positive balance (1.3 Ml/day) making the mine water neutral on average. The effect of a positive water balance will be to cause the pollution control dams and return water dam to operate at levels that must ultimately result in spillage, and cannot comply with the requirements of Regulation 704. The most likely candidates for substitution with treated fissure water include:

The Condensor make up from the south shaft boreholes (~0.2 Ml/day)

Rand water make up to twin shafts process plant (~0.12 Ml/day)

Compressor plant make up from Rand Water (~0.2 Ml/day)

The above would reduce the positive water balance from 1.3 Ml/day to ~0.78Ml/day. Further reduction would require treatment of the fissure water to a potable standard to substitute the supply to domestic users. Failure to treat the fissure water to a potable standard would require that water is discharged from the mine. The water source that provides the lowest risk to the environment to discharge directly, is expected to be the fissure water.

Page 179 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Figure 4:6 Water balance situation at South Deep Mine after Doornpoort commissioning

Page 180 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR 4.1.12 Disturbances of water courses

Streams in the vicinity of the mine have been disturbed as outlined below:

A flow meter has been installed in the Kariegaspruit in 2002 downstream of the new tailings dam return water dam. Due to cable theft the flow meter is not working. Suitable meters will be installed in 2010. It is estimated that the contribution of mean annual runoff normally entering the river over the affected section and the total mean annual runoff entering upstream of the proposed diversion will be the same.

During a review undertaken by SRK Consulting Engineers in October 1994 of the existing tailings dam complex and return water system, it was identified by SRK that a new return water dam was required. As a result a stream diversion of the Leeuspruit around the return water dam complex was needed. The stream diversion included the installation of a flow meter in the diversion channel. The stream diversion was designed by a professional engineer at SRK to cater for the 1:100 year storm event with a 0.5m minimum freeboard (SRK Report No. 154484/4 - a copy of the design report was included in the South Deep Updated EMP which was submitted in 2006). It has been indicated by the mine that a permit was granted for the diversion by DWAF in June 1997. The diversion of Leeuspruit and flow meter installation is included in the mines IWULA.

It was identified by SRK that the stream diversion will not have a significant impact on downstream water users as it will not reduce or alter the natural MAR. In addition, SRK identified that by channeling the flow, the stream would be contained in a lesser area thereby reducing the loss to groundwater seepage within the diversion channel. It was highlighted that this would not impact on the near surface groundwater in any way.

4.1.12.1 Stream crossings

The mine access road crosses the Leeuspruit. A culvert system was established at the crossing. It is assumed that this access road and culvert system was established approximately 50 years ago when mining began in the area and it is unlikely that the design of the bridge was regulated.

Page 181 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR The mine‟s haul road crosses the Kariegaspruit south of the new tailings dam. During the 2003 EMP amendment, work was carried out by Metago regarding the sizing of the culvert required at the crossing. The expected peak flow rate in the stream for a recurrence interval of 1 in 50 years was calculated. A conceptual design of a proposed culvert arrangement for the stream crossing was done to ensure that build up of water against the haul road is minimized. At the point at which the proposed haul road crosses the Kariegaspruit, the stream has a catchment of approximately 7.25km2 excluding the tailings dam and plant areas within the catchment, which are considered to be self-contained. At an average runoff coefficient of 0.45 this translates into a peak flow for a 1 in 50 year event of 56.6m3 /s. After consideration of various configurations of storm water culvert it has been determined that provision be made for the installation of 3 rectangular portal culverts of 3.6 x 2.4 m in size. Note that the haul road and flow installation crossing at the Kariegaspruit are included in the mines IWULA.

Pipelines (tailings, mine water and return water) cross the Kariegaspruit north of the new tailings dam. These pipelines were established for the South Deep area (Twin Shafts and new gold plant) as part of the 2001 EMP amendment. No specific details were provided about the actual crossing. A pipeline from the South Deep sewage pump station to the South Shaft pump station crosses the Kariegaspruit. This was established as part of the 2003 EMP amendment. The pipeline crossing is also included in the mines IWULA.

4.1.12.2 Location of infrastructure within floodlines

For the Leeuspruit:

There is no 1:100 year floodline available for the Leeuspruit however the 1:50 year floodline has been calculated by African Environmental Development. No infrastructure is located within the 1:50 year floodline however some mine infrastructure is located within the 100m offset from the centre of the drainage line. Based on this, the mine has applied for exemption from Regulation 704.

Page 182 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR For the Kariegaspruit:

Provided the 1:100 year floodline calculated by SRK Consulting for the Kariegaspruit is accurate and although there is mine infrastructure located within the 100m offset from the centre of the watercourse no mine infrastructure (apart from the flow meter and stream crossings) is located within the 1:100 year floodlines (Appendix H). Based on this, the mine will apply for exemption from Regulation 704 as part of the water use license application.

The mine has submitted a water use license application for its operations addressing the above.

4.1.13 Storm water

An outline of storm water management infrastructure in the various areas of the mine is given in Table 4:15. The location of existing facilities is illustrated on Appendix H (South Shaft area) and (South Deep area) respectively. In 2004, Hatch Africa undertook a review of Murray and Roberts‟ original storm water designs for the South Deep Twin Shaft complex and new gold plant area.

Details from the study are included in Table 4:15.

Table 4:15: Clean-water diversion facilities and dirty-water collection facilities

Area Clean runoff diversions Dirty runoff collection

South No facilities are currently in place A trench has been established to collect all Shaft area Clean runoff will be diverted around dirty storm water runoff from the shaft and old the potentially polluted mine gold plant area – the trench does not comply infrastructure sites. As part of the with Regulation 704. Dirty runoff from mine‟s water use license appropriate potentially polluted mine infrastructure sites will measures will be identified and be contained. As part of the mine‟s water use implemented in consultation with license appropriate measures will be identified DWAF. and implemented in consultation with DWAF.

South All storm water from areas upslope Run-off from the terraces is channeled via Deep Shaft from the shaft complex is diverted berms into a retention pond designed for 1:50 complex around the area. All process areas year storm event. These berms will also serve are properly bunded. as a flood protection barrier.

Additional Storm water upslope of the plant is Dirty runoff from the plant area is collected in gold plant diverted around the plant area by two concrete settling ponds designed for 1:50 means of a pipe culvert. year storm event. Runoff from the terraces is

Page 183 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

Area Clean runoff diversions Dirty runoff collection channeled into the Twin Shaft retention pond by means of a berm

South No facilities are currently in place. As part of the mine‟s water use license appropriate Shaft measures will be identified and implemented in consultation with DWAF. waste rock dump

South Deep waste rock dump

Tailings Clean storm water is diverted around Toe paddocks located around the perimeter of dam the dams using cut off trenches. the tailings dams collect potentially complex contaminated runoff.

Industrial No facilities are currently in place and no facilities are planned as it is proposed that the waste site waste site is removed and the area rehabilitated.

Sewage No facilities are currently in place. No facilities are currently in place. treatment facilities

Pipelines No facilities are currently in place. No facilities are currently in place.

Source: South Deep Updated EMP (2006)

The lack of storm water management measures especially in the South Shaft area is of concern. As part of the mine‟s integrated water use license application (IWULA), alternative management options have been identified. Preferred management options as included in the mine‟s water use license application are provided below.

. Dirty runoff from the hostel areas will be collected and channeled into a dirty water collection system.

. In the South Shaft area:

– Potentially polluted areas (shaft complex, workshops, backfill plant, mine dams) will be provided with clean diversion facilities and dirty runoff will either be contained in a new storm water collection facility or an upgraded return water dam.

Page 184 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR – For the administration areas, refrigeration plant and parking areas the mine is applying for exemption from Regulation 704 based on the grounds that they are clean areas - should this be found not to be the case, relevant areas will be included as part of the dirty water system.

. As the waste rock dump at South Shaft will be completely re-mined by September 2010 and the area rehabilitated, the mine is applying for exemption from Regulation 704.

. At the South Deep waste rock dump either:

– The existing dump will be in compliance with Regulation 704 in that clean and dirty water diversion measures will be implemented; or

– The mine will first apply for exemption from Regulation 704 for the existing dump based on the grounds that a) it is non polluting and b) will be required for the construction of the new future tailings dam and second will establish a separate dump (within the boundaries of the existing area) compliant with Regulation 704;

. The industrial waste site will be removed within the next two years and a Waste Licence may be required.

. The trench in the South Shaft area will be upgraded to a pipeline with sufficient capacity to pump mine water overflow stored in the thickeners at the old gold plant to the new return water dam (when required). The return water dam will be lined and compartmentalised to ensure safe and adequate storage capacity.

The conceptual design and implementation of these measures will be based on DWA‟s review and acceptance of these management measures included as part of the mine‟s IWULA. Should DWA identify alternative measures, the alternative measures will be implemented by the mine. Where necessary, relevant approvals in terms of environmental legislation will be obtained prior to the establishment of facilities.

Page 185 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR In general, the mine will ensure that it complies with Government Notice Regulation 704 of 4 June 1999 in that measures have been implemented to ensure that clean runoff from areas upstream of infrastructure sites is prevented from coming in contact with dirty water. In addition, the mine will ensure that facilities are operated so that they will not spill more than once in 50 years.

4.1.13.1 Doornpoort TSF complex

An outline of the planned clean water diversion facilities and dirty water collection facilities in the various areas of the operation is given in Table 4:16. The conceptual location of the facilities is illustrated on Figure 4:7 (tailings dam complex) and Figure 4:2 (proposed pipeline routes).

Page 186 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Figure 4:7 Conceptual drawing of the Doornpoort TSF

Page 187 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Dirty areas will be reduced to a minimum to reduce the quantity of dirty water that has to be collected and treated within the mine water circuit. Storm water management infrastructure will be established at the beginning of the construction phase to prevent suspended solids and other pollutants from the construction sites entering nearby watercourses.

Erosion protection and appropriate energy dissipation structures will be provided at any discharge points. Good housekeeping will be practiced to reduce the pollution potential to a minimum.

Table 4:16: Clean-water-diversion and dirty-water collection facilities at Doornpoort tailings dam complex

Area Clean runoff diversions Dirty runoff collection

Tailings dam* Storm water runoff from upstream of Catchment paddocks, established the dam will be diverted around the around the perimeter of the tailings top of the facility in a storm water cut- dam, will be used to collect any runoff off trench. A containment bund wall from the side slopes of the tailings will be established to divert any clean dam. A containment bund wall will be runoff from entering the dirty water established on the outside edge of the system. tailings dam service area. Rain falling on the top of the dam, decant water and seepage from the dam will be collected in the return water system.

Return water dam Storm water berm upstream of the Rain falling into the dam will be return water dam to divert clean water collected in the return water system. around the dam and return water infrastructure.

Contractor‟s yard Temporary storm water berm Temporary dirty water collection upstream of the contractor‟s yard to facilities (berm/canal) will be divert clean water around the established downstream of the infrastructure. contractor‟s yard.

Pipelines Berm walls (0.5m) will be established either side of the pipeline to prevent clean water entering a potentially polluted area and to contain any spillages.

* Tailings dam complex includes the tailings dam, service area (solution trench, effluent collection pipe servitude, tailings delivery pipe servitude and access road).

Source: South Deep, EMP Amendment (2007)

Page 188 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR 4.2 CONSTRUCTION PHASE

As the mine already exists, this phase is not applicable. The construction of the Doornpoort TSF complex has been addressed in the approved South Deep EMP Amendment (2007).

4.3 OPERATIONAL PHASE

4.3.1 Underground mining

South Deep Mine is an underground gold mine comprising of the South Shaft complex and the South Deep Twin Shaft complex (Appendix B). South Deep Mine uses conventional and trackless mining methods. Mining methods comprise drilling, blasting, crushing, loading and hauling of ore and waste rock. Maintenance of facilities takes place underground.

The current mining operations are described in Table 4:17 and illustrated conceptually in Figure 4:3.

Table 4:17: Details on the underground mining operations

Description of the mine

Mineral deposit Gold reefs of the Elsburg and Venterspost Formations (part of the Southern Limb of the West Rand Goldfield). Economically extractable auriferous conglomerates – Ventersdorp Contact Reef(VCR) (Venterspost Formation) and the Waterpan Member Conglomerates (Upper Elsburg) (Elsburg Formation).

Mine plan

Estimated reserves 29.5 million ounces (as declared in June 2009)

Production rate Maximum production of 220 000 tonnes of ore per month in this financial year. The mine is currently in build up, with production now circa 140,000 tons of reef a month, and 30,000 tons of waste. In the interim, all waste is being treated at the metallurgical plant.

Future plans The mine workings are currently at an average depth of 2 693 m below surface. It is envisaged that mining will continue to a depth of approximately 3 270 m. The development for Phase 1 of the New Mine project is currently underway, and reef production will be increased to 330,000 tons of ore per month in 2014.

Life of mine Approximately 40 to 50 years (dependent on strategic mine planning)

Access to the workings (Figure 4.4)

Page 189 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

Description of the mine

South Shaft Main vertical shaft and sub-vertical shafts (SV1, 2 and 3). Main shaft can service mining to Level 50 (1 303 m below surface). The two sub- vertical shafts adjacent to the main shaft on Level 50 can service Level 70 (1 938 m below surface) and Level 95 (2 692 m below surface) respectively. SV2 is dedicated to hoisting rock while SV3 is for persons and material conveyance.

South Deep Twin Shaft Main vertical shaft (four-compartment shaft for rock, men and materials) and a ventilation shaft. Main shaft can service Level 90 (2 590 m below surface) to Level 110 (2 890 m below surface). The Ventilation Shaft is being deepened and equipped at present to 110 level.

Mining method

Type Conventional and trackless mining methods are used. Conventional mining (more labour intensive and requires the use of rail infrastructure) is used to extract VCRs and for destress-stoping. Trackless mining methods involves mechanised bulk mining (makes use of machinery) and takes place in the massives (ore body). The main operating levels of the mine are Level 90 and 95, with Level 87 as an inter-level between Level 85 and 90.

Mining operations

Drilling and blasting Drilling and blasting on the different levels takes place according a predefined schedule.

Crushing Only waste rock used underground for building rail tracks is crushed underground. Broken ore and other waste rock is transported directly to surface.

Loading and hauling of ore Tramming on the main levels is by means of electric rail locomotives and waste and 14 ton hoppers. All broken rock reports to Level 90 or 95 for tramming and either to Level 95A for skip loading and vertical conveyance to surface via the SV2 and the main shaft at South Shaft or Level 110A for skip loading and vertical conveyance at South Deep main shaft. Ore from South Shaft is then transported by truck along the haul road to the gold plant.

Source: South Deep Mine (2010)

As this is a deep underground mine, between 1 and 3 km below surface, it is highly unlikely that any structures on surface are affected by blasting vibrations. In addition, surface subsidence, as a result of undermining, is not expected to occur.

Page 190 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR 4.3.2 Mineral processing 4.3.2.1 Ore stockpiling

Ore is transported from South Shaft by trucks to the stockpile at the gold plant and front-end loaders are used to load the ore into the bins.

4.3.2.2 Storage of plant reagents

Plant reagents are stored in closed containers within bunded areas.

4.3.2.3 Gold recovery process

The gold recovery process comprises milling (wet process), concentrating, thickening, leaching, and carbon-in-pulp section.

As material in the gold plant is potentially gold bearing, all spillages are recycled.

Milling

The milling plant consists of a SAG mill and a ball mill. Ore from the stockpile is conveyed to the SAG mill where it is ground using large (100mm) steel balls. The ground material is screened. Oversized material is recycled back to the SAG mill via the ore stockpile while undersized material is fed to a cyclone cluster for classification. The cyclone overflow gravitates to one of three linear screens for woodchip/trash removal. The final milled pulp gravitates into a high rate thickener (HRT). The underflow from four cyclones is fed to the ball mill for further grinding using smaller (50mm) steel balls. The ground material from the ball mill is screened. Oversized material is recycled back to the SAG mill while undersized material is fed to a discharge box. Lime is added to the discharge box. From the discharge box, the material is pumped to the cyclone cluster for classification. The cyclone overflow gravitates to one of three linear screens for woodchip/trash removal. The final milled pulp gravitates into a high rate thickener (HRT).

Inputs: Large volumes of process water and lime

Page 191 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Concentrating

The underflow from three or four cyclones on the cluster is fed to the Knelson vibrating screen. The oversize is recycled back to the ball mill while the undersize is sent to the Knelson concentrators for the recovery of free gold. Concentrate from the concentrators is fed to a storage tank in the smelt house.

Inputs: Reagents

Thickening

The HRT feed is dosed with flocculant to agglomerate solid particles as they settle to produce pulp. Lime is added, (at the SAG mill discharge box) to regulate the pH. Clear water overflows to the mill circuit water tank while the underflow (pulp) is thickened and pumped to the leach tanks.

Inputs: Flocculants

Leaching

Pulp from the HRT is pumped to the leach section where it is treated in mechanically agitated tanks with sodium cyanide to dissolve the gold. Air is injected to provide the oxygen needed during the leaching process. Lime is added to regulate the pH.

Inputs: Sodium cyanide, Air and Lime

Carbon-in-pulp process

The CIP circuit consists of 8 mechanically agitated tanks. Carbon (which is porous) is added to each tank to absorb the dissolved gold. Samples are taken in each tank to see the carbon profile and to see how much gold the carbon has absorbed. The loaded carbon is pumped to a screen where it is washed. The underflow is recycled back to the CIP tanks while the overflow is dropped into an elution column. The elution process involves firstly the acid treatment of the carbon to remove impurities before stripping the gold into a solution by the use of a hot cyanide/caustic solution. The resulting eluate is pumped to a tank at the smelt

Page 192 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR house area where it is stored until the carbon stripping process is complete. The stripped carbon is then transferred to a screen where the undersize reports to carbon fines circuit. Oversize is fed into a rotary kiln for regeneration. The tails from the CIP tails tank is fed to a screen where the underflow is pumped to the backfill plant. The overflow is pumped to the carbon sizing screen as it contains carbon.

Inputs: Carbon, Water, Diluted acid and Caustic soda

Carbon regeneration

Used carbon is regenerated for use in the carbon-in-pulp section of the gold recovery process. The process of regeneration is used to rid the stripped carbon of organics and other impurities, which decrease the activity of the carbon that is to be used in the CIP process. This is achieved by raising the temperature of the carbon in an electrically fired rotary kiln to 750ºC. The steam created during the regeneration process creates a negative atmospheric pressure which prevents the combustion of the carbon. The regenerated carbon is quenched to cool down and then transferred hydraulically, with water, to the carbon sizing screen. Fine carbon is distributed to two settlers from where the settled fines (carbon sludge) are recovered in 1-ton bulk bags and sold to a contractor/recycler who will recover the fine gold caught in the fine carbon. The sized carbon is collected in a transfer vessel. Approximately 7 tons of carbon is collected in the transfer vessel before it is returned to the adsorption circuit (CIP circuit). Being a wet process, the kiln feed hopper is fitted with a wire screen in order to drain excess water and some fines (if present). Excess water gravitates to a water tank for re-use.

Smelting

Concentrate from the Knelson concentrators is upgraded using a Gemini (vibrating) table from where it is calcined and smelted. The eluate from the CIP section is pumped to holding tanks and circulated through automatic electrowinning reactors until most of the gold is recovered to a sludge. The reactors are backwashed on a daily basis and the sludge is discharged into holding tanks inside the smelt house. The gold sludge is filtered and dried in the smelt house. The spent electrolyte is recycled back to the leach circuit. Dried sludge is smelted with fluxes in an induction furnace to produce gold bullion and slag. Page 193 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Gold bullion is sent by helicopter to the Rand Refinery in (Gauteng) for further processing. Slag is recycled back to the SAG mill. Due to the gold content all spillage in the section is recycled.

Inputs: Fluxes

4.3.3 Transportation

Transportation to and from the mine is via vehicles on surfaced roads. Transportation on the mine site is via surfaced roads, gravel haul roads, pipelines, rail (underground and between shaft complexes and salvage yards) and conveyors (underground and at the gold plant). There is a transport department at the mine responsible for maintaining and servicing mine vehicles.

There is one taxi rank at the mine comprising facilities for parking taxis as well as stalls for small businesses which provide a range of services and goods to employees.

Transport at the mine is run by a contractor located at the Transport Department (Appendix H). The contractor manages the trucks and equipment used internally by the mine. An outline of the transport mechanisms used by the mine and an estimate of the number of trips are given in Table 4:18.

Table 4:18: Transport mechanism used by the mine

Items transported Transport Estimate of Route used mechanism trips Group Specific

Staff Skilled and semi- Private 400 cars/day Surfaced roads, gravel skilled vehicles access road and internal gravel haul roads. Semi-skilled and Buses/taxis 2 private buses unskilled (30-seater) per National, provincial and week district roads in the surrounding areas 3 mine buses/day100 taxis/day

Raw Explosives Trucks 1 trip/day materials and Mine consumables Trucks 1 trip/month

Page 194 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

Items transported Transport Estimate of Route used mechanism trips Group Specific waste Chemicals for gold Trucks 1 trip/week plant

Other process raw Trucks 1 trip/month materials (flocculant and fluxes)

Other consumables Trucks 1 trip/month

Domestic waste Trucks 1 trip/week collection

Collection of Trucks 1 trip/week recyclable industrial waste by contractors/ suppliers

Within the Ore from South Shaft Trucks Within the mine Internal haul road from mine boundaries South Shaft to gold plant. Then underground conveyor from South Shaft to Twin Shaft

Ore from South Deep Conveyor Internal haul road to gold Twin Shaft plant

Waste rock 20-ton trucks Internal haul road to waste rock dump and gold plant

Tailings Pipelines Existing pipeline network

Process water Pipelines Network associated with Doornpoort TSF complex Potable water Pipelines

Sewage Pipelines

Waste materials Internal rail Shaft complexes to carts/truck respective salvage yard Salvage yards to industrial waste site (currently on- site but in future off site)

Product Gold bullion Helicopter 2 trips/week To Rand Refinery in Germiston

Source: South Deep Updated EMP (2006)

Page 195 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR 4.3.4 Mine residue disposal sites

A description of the operation and management at the mine residue disposal sites are provided below.

Table 4:19: Operation and management of TSFs

Features Old tailings dam (South Shaft) New tailings dam (Twin Shaft)

Life of dams Operational for about 50 years. Operational for about 25 years. Nearing Nearing its full capacity. its full capacity. Decommissioning Decommissioning planned within two planned within two years years.

Tailings delivery Under normal operating conditions - via pipeline from backfill plant. Under abnormal conditions - all the tailings is pumped to the tailings dams. There is one tailings pipeline feeding the tailings dams. Once at the tailings dams, the tailings is distributed based on the feed material.

Tailings Day wall/ring dyke disposal. Day wall/ring dyke disposal. deposition

Rehabilitation The tailings dam side slopes are The tailings dam side slopes are partially and dust control partially (70%) rock cladded. Exposed (50%) rock cladded. Exposed areas of areas of dams are chemically sprayed dams are chemical sprayed on a monthly on a monthly basis. basis.

Monitoring and The monitoring of the tailings dam includes: surveillance . Dam safety aspects including the location of the phreatic surface, slope stability, adequacy of freeboard, presence of seepage, functioning of underdrains. (Quarterly reports and annual audits) . Groundwater pollution aspects including monitoring of boreholes established around the perimeter of the tailings dam - details on the groundwater monitoring programme are included in section 2.10. . Dust generation - refer to dust monitoring programme in Section 2.11. (Annual report) • erosion damage and general condition of catchment paddocks, erosion gullies, penstocks and catwalks etc.

Source: South Deep Updated EMP (2006)

The operational and management measures recommended for the Doornpoort TSF complex are presented below.

Page 196 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Table 4:20: Operational and management measures at Doornpoort TSF

Features Doornpoort Tailings dam

Tailings deposition Deposition of tailings will be carried out using an open ended pipe network and paddocked day wall system. Deposition will commence at the lowest points of both paddocks of the dam directly against the starter wall and rise up as the level of the tailings in the basin rises with time. Once the tailings have reached the elevation of the starter wall the deposition will cycle around the dam to allow the formation of the day walls for the continual raising of the spigot pipeline.

Tailings delivery Tailings delivery pipelines (4 x 350 NB steel pipe, 8mm wall thickness, unlined) A double ring main pipeline (2 x 350 NB steel pipe, 8mm wall thickness, unlined) around the tailings dam complex. Two outlet pipes (2 of 350 NB steel pipe, 8mm wall thickness, unlined) around the tailings dam that convey the tailings from the ring main to the day wall and basin area respectively.

Rehabilitation and dust . Rehabilitation will be ongoing throughout the operational phase of the control tailings dam. . Addition of 50 kg/tonne limestone to the top 0.4m of tailings side slopes by ploughing to achieve short term neutral conditions until placement of the cover/barrier. . Possible covering of the side slope with a low permeability cover/barrier and a 300mm wide protective layer of sand/slag. . Installation of Drainex pipes within the protective layer to provide of drainage of water down the slope. . Rock cladding of the tailings dam side slopes as the level of the tailings increases with a 1.0m layer of well graded waste rock. It is envisaged that the cladding would take place as a project for the operators or the mine on an annual or two yearly basis . Vegetation of the waste rock clad tailings side slopes with shrubs and grasses that will provide additional long term erosion resilience. . Although the dam is designed without step-ins on the side slopes, for practical reasons, temporary access ramps will have to cut into the slopes (probably with a dozer). As the older ramps become redundant, material from the newly cut access ramps would be used to fill the voids left by the redundant ramps below.

Monitoring and The monitoring of the tailings dam will include: surveillance . Dam safety aspects including the location of the phreatic surface, slope stability adequacy of freeboard, presence of seepage, functioning of underdrains, incidence of layering etc. (Quarterly reports and annual audits). . Groundwater pollution aspects including monitoring of 6 boreholes located on the perimeter of the tailings dam if necessary, . Following the initial groundwater monitoring results, certain parameters may be removed from the monitoring programme in Page 197 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

Features Doornpoort Tailings dam consultation with appropriately qualified people; . Dust generation - refer to dust monitoring programme in Section 2.11. (Annual report) . Erosion damage and general condition of catchment paddocks, solution trench, erosion gullies, penstocks and catwalks etc. (Quarterly report)

Drainage system An underdrainage system comprising of: . toe drains (an effective) 5m wide constructed on inside edge of starter wall; . inner blanket drains (an effective) 15m wide constructed on top of compacted earth platform varying between 0.5 and 0.2 m above ground level with 5m slots every 100m to allow tailings and water to migrate to the inside of the tailings dam basin; . inner blanket drain will run parallel to the toe drains, 150 m from the toe, towards the centre of the dam; . drain outlets (trench); . decanted via feeder pipes (160mm NB flexible high density polyethylene (HDPE)) into collection pipes (160mm NB flexible HDPE) that discharge into a dosing pond

Penstock decant system: . one decant system per paddock; . buried concrete spigot and socket outfall pipeline with a number of temporary intakes and a final intake; . side inlets at the intermediate intake structures; . side inlet feeder trenches which divert water to side inlets (if necessary); . penstock outlet pipeline discharging to concrete lined solution trench which conveys water into concrete lined silt trap; . energy dissipater at the exit from each penstock pipeline.

A concrete lined solution trench around the perimeter of the tailings dam which receives seepage water from the catchment paddocks and penstock discharge. Scavenger wells and a seepage cutoff curtain drain downgradient of the tailings dam to collect any seepage.

Source: South Deep, EMP Amendment (2007)

Operational and management measures of the waste rock dumps are presented in Table 4:21.

Page 198 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Table 4:21: Waste Rock dumps operational and management measures

Features South Shaft South Deep

Current use Not operational - in the process of Still operational - waste rock was being reclaimed by the mine deposited on the dump during the development phase of the shaft and will continue during the operational phase of the shaft. It is estimated that an average of 40 000 to45 000 tonnes of waste rock will be generated per month.

Contents of dumps Coarse grained quartzite, black Coarse grained quartzite, black reef, quartzite, black reef, Ventersdorp UE3, second phase quartzite grit, contact reef, other lava, dolomites, black lava, green lava, phenocryst volcanic, fines (from weathering). The lava, dolomite, shale The waste rock waste rock is mostly angular and is mostly fresh angular rock larger generally graded from about 300 mm than 50 mm. The nearly horizontal to 30 mm with some oversize surfaces contain considerable fines. fractions.

Stability of dump The lack of debris at the toe of the No information available. northern slopes would indicate that these slopes are stable. At the southern side, near the excavations, the slopes are significantly steeper but are naturally stabilising to a sustainable long term natural angle.

Assumed gold Tonnage million – 3.1 Tonnage million – 1.5 content of dumps Ore tonnage million – 2.7 Average Ore tonnage million – 0.7 Average grade of ore g/t – 0.85 Total gold – grade of ore g/t – 0.35 Total gold – 2.33 0.24

Acid generating ± 75% of the dump has strong to Significant neutralising material is potential moderate potential to generate acidic present, only7% of the waste rock has metal-sulphate rich water. a strong to moderate potential for acid generation. The dump is still be used to dump waste rock from the South Deep Shaft. The acid generating potential of the dump could change.

[The acid, sulphate and metal leaching potential of the waste rock was characterised by SRK in 2002. The conclusion reached was that the difference in the acid generation potential of the two waste rock dumps could be attributed to the ineffectiveness of historical mining methods. This resulted in reef being dumped on the South Shaft waste rock dump (1950‟s), whereas at the South Deep Shaft waste rock dump (1994) only waste rock was dumped.]

Seepage control There are currently no seepage There are currently no seepage control measures in place. The waste control measures in place. rock dump is currently being re-

Page 199 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

Features South Shaft South Deep mined. Re-mining is expected to be The following measures are proposed: complete by September 2010. The . collect and analyse samples of toe mine is planning to apply for seepage from the existing waste rock exemption from Regulation 704 for the dump during the next wet season to waste rock dump. confirm the claim that it is not acid generating and that runoff and toe seepage can be regarded as clean; . determine the footprint area required for future disposal of acid generating waste rock; . apply for an exemption from Regulation 704 for the dolomite waste rock on grounds that it is a) non polluting and b) will be required for rock cladding; and . prepare a separate area (within the current location) to accept future waste rock in line with the requirements of Regulation 704.

Monitoring and Boreholes SD4 (up-gradient) and Boreholes SD14, SD15 and SD16 are surveillance SD13 (down- gradient) are used to used to monitor groundwater in the monitor the vicinity of the waste rock vicinity of the waste rock dump. dump. Details on the groundwater monitoring Details on the groundwater monitoring programme are included in Section programme are included in Section 2.10. 2.10.

Monitoring of the Leeuspruit is Monitoring of the Loopspruit is undertaken by the mine and a undertaken by the mine and a specialist consultant specialist consultant. Details on the surface water Details on the surface water monitoring and bio-monitoring monitoring and bio-monitoring programmes are included in Section programmes are included in Section 2.9. 2.9.

Details on the dust monitoring Details on the dust monitoring programme are included in Section programme are included in Section 2.11. 2.11.

Stability of the dumps is not Stability of the dumps is not monitored. monitored.

Rehabilitation/ It is planned to mine the whole waste At this stage the dump is still future plans rock dump. Re-mining is expected to operational. It is expected that the be complete by September 2010. All dump will be in operation for the life of material will be removed from the mine and not until 2002 as originally dump site (either processed or sold). planned. In the 2001 EMP Once mining of the dump is complete, amendment it was stated that the Page 200 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

Features South Shaft South Deep the mine will conduct studies on the dump would be covered with topsoil exposed footprint to determine and rehabilitated. contamination and appropriate Current future plans for the dump rehabilitation work. however could include the reclaiming/mining of the waste rock dump in a similar manner to that being undertaken for the South Shaft dump. Once the waste rock dump is removed, studies will be conducted on the exposed footprint to determine contamination and appropriate rehabilitation work.

Source: South Deep Updated EMP (2006)

4.3.5 Waste Management

An outline of the types of domestic and industrial solid wastes generated by the mine is provided in Table 4:22. An estimate of the amount of each waste produced is provided in the table. Please note that this is an estimate - the mine is in the process of quantifying its waste streams. Steps currently being undertaken by the mine are written in normal font. Additional measures/steps included in the table are written in bold font. Where steps are to be replaced, existing steps are striked through (e.g. disposal at waste site).

An integrated waste management plan is being developed and the mine will assess their waste sites and apply for waste licenses if required.

Page 201 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

Table 4:22: Types of domestic and industrial wastes produced by the mine

Legend to table:

Normal font – steps currently being undertaken by the mine Bold font – new steps to be introduced at the mine Striked through font – steps to be replaced Wastes Weekly Handling Storage Applicability of the integrated waste management steps produced quantity Avoid Use Minimise Disposal General waste Domestic waste 2.5 tons at designated Storage bins, - Recycling by Sorting of Recyclable and (including office waste site bins throughout removed local SMME waste and Non-recyclable waste and 50 x 85L the mine weekly to a compaction waste-by local organic matter) drums Waste temporary of similar municipality to separation at storage area. wastes general waste site source recycling where on a weekly basis. station at the possible Recyclable waste mine‟s sold to recycling industrial companies. waste site Recyclable material to be stored temporarily at a waste transfer station Garden waste 1 ton Collected in Stored in - Composting - Unusable material plastic bags demarcated for re-use in collected – by skip at gardens local municipality industrial to general waste waste site site on a weekly

Page 202 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

Wastes Weekly Handling Storage Applicability of the integrated waste management steps produced quantity Avoid Use Minimise Disposal basis Building rubble Unknown Transported to Disposed of at Avoid - - Normally in a industrial waste industrial contamination general waste site collected in waste site. with other site specifically Stored at waste At a municipal demarcated salvage yards waste site containers It is taken to salvage yard for proper disposal by contractor Potentially hazardous waste Cleaning agents Unknown Dustbins at Dedicated - Some of the Sorting of Disposed at hostels, offices storage bins, containers of waste and mine industrial and workshops removed the cleaning compaction of waste site weekly to a agents are similar wastes appropriately temporary reused as where permitted waste storage area. water possible disposal site at the mine‟s containers industrial Only use waste site safe containers for drinking water. Medical waste 3 bins Collected in In medical - - - Removed by (sharps) 4 specially station in Steiner Services boxes designed containers, for incineration (general) medical waste removed To be send to

Page 203 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

Wastes Weekly Handling Storage Applicability of the integrated waste management steps produced quantity Avoid Use Minimise Disposal 250 out bins weekly or daily Leslie Williams patients (contaminated Hospital to be (linen) linen) incinerated Expired medicines Sewage sludge 110kg/day From sewage Stockpiled at Investigate Dependent on (dry sludge) plants – dried in South Shaft possibility of classification – drying beds sewage utilizing as possible treatment plant soil disposal on conditioner. tailings dams Unknown From French None Disposal by local drains – drains municipality on maintained by needs basis. local municipality Screenings and 1 black bag Collected in Transported to grit from sewage black bag. Kloof for plants/pump incineration. stations Plastic 2 tons Collected in Removed Containers Encourage Supplier or containers specifically weekly to could be buying in hazardous waste (chemicals and demarcated salvage yards returned to bulk. site oils) containers – stored in suppliers. At Empty demarcated metallurgical hazardous bins/areas plant, plastic substances underlain by drums are containers impermeable sold to will be rinsed substrate suppliers. and then

Page 204 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

Wastes Weekly Handling Storage Applicability of the integrated waste management steps produced quantity Avoid Use Minimise Disposal crushed so that they are rendered useless. Old oil, grease 11 x 210L Collected in Remove Can be Sold to used-oil and oil rags drums specifically weekly to cleaned and contractor for demarcated salvage yards reused recycling (usually drums within a – stored in Sold to Oilkol and oil bunded area demarcated recycling separation Erect notice on bins/areas contractor solutions) procedure for underlain by waste oil impermeable discharge and substrate collection Electronic Unknown Collected in Removed Computer Computer parts Waste Specifically weekly to parts can be are taken bag to demarcated salvage yards recycled IT department containers – stored in demarcated bins/areas Used materials 2-3 210L Collected into Clean material Avoid Sold to public Sorting of Disposal at mine from shafts and drums 33 specifically stored at contamination waste and industrial waste gold plant tons (1750 demarcated salvage yards with other compaction site appropriately (Fluorescent tons/yr) containers and stored in waste of similar permitted waste lights, asbestos, screened for demarcated wastes where disposal site plastics, radioactivity bins/areas possible electrical cable, underlain by batteries, tyres, impermeable wire mesh, substrate

Page 205 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

Wastes Weekly Handling Storage Applicability of the integrated waste management steps produced quantity Avoid Use Minimise Disposal trapping wire, Radioactive Avoid Recycled for To be collected wood and cable, material sand contamination internal use or by contractor scrap metal) blasted and with sold to stored at radioactive recycling salvage yards waste contractor stored in demarcated Sediments To be collected bins/areas reprocessed by supplier underlain by in gold plant impermeable substrate Used explosives Unknown Collected on Taken to Detonation to To be collected boxes daily basis at industrial render safe by supplier shaft complexes waste site daily Taken to planned detonation by near Twin Shaft daily Contaminated variable In-situ if Stored at soil Engineering Returned to Treat to To be determined soils possible clinic controls and the area render by classification otherwise good house- where it was inflammable collected in keeping dug out or specifically other areas as demarcated required. container Spills of Unknown Drained into Reprocessed Recycled - - materials in gold sump back into the

Page 206 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

Wastes Weekly Handling Storage Applicability of the integrated waste management steps produced quantity Avoid Use Minimise Disposal plant process Sediments from Unknown Scoop up Reprocessed Good house- Sediments No disposal dirty water mechanically or keeping reprocessed collected manually in gold plant facilities

Source: Provided by South Deep mine (2010)

Page 207 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

4.3.5.1 Industrial waste disposal - industrial waste site at the mine

Industrial waste is transported to the respective salvage yard at South Deep shaft where it is sorted by a private contractor. Recyclable waste is either sold or returned to the mining process while unusable waste is disposed of at the mine‟s industrial waste site (Appendices B and H). The industrial waste site has been operational for approximately 30 years until 2009. Details on the mine‟s industrial waste site are provided in Table 4:23. The table sources information from a hydrogeological investigation undertaken by Groundwater Consulting Services (GCS) as part of the 2003 EMP amendment as well as a waste management plan drafted by Kwezi V3 Engineers in April 2005. A layout of the site is presented in Appendix H. There are no design drawings available for the site. An integrated waste management plan is being developed and the mine will assess their waste sites and apply for waste licenses if required.

In 2003 the mine applied to the Gauteng Department of Agriculture, Conservation and Environment (GDACE) for environmental authorization of the industrial waste site in terms of the Environment Conservation Act, 73 of 1989. Due to the location of a dyke GDACE declined authorization for the site and requested that the site be closed. The mine is planning to remove the site and the site is no longer used. An analysis of the waste indicated high levels of radiation. The mine is planning to remove the waste according to the National Nuclear Regulator approved procedures.

Table 4:23: Industrial waste site at South Deep mine

Aspect Details

Location On mine property (Appendix H).

Licensing

Classification of site GSB waste site – (this implies that the waste site consists of general waste (G), is a small (S) landfill without the potential for leachate generation.

Disposal rate Approximately 20t/day but this practice has been stopped.

Permit No - The mine is planning to remove the waste according to the National Nuclear Regulator approved procedures.

Page 208 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

Aspect Details

Operations

Type of operation End tip and push over edge – The site is no longer in operation

Estimated size of site About 1ha dumping (13ha fenced)

Life of site Site has been operational for about 30 years

Equipment used None

Operating hours Working hours

Site facilities None

Hydro- geology (Boreholes SD2 and SD3 were used by GCS to determine geological and hydrological information)

Underlying geology The site is underlain by Quartzite, Shale and Siltstone of the Timeball Hill formation of the Pretoria Group. Topsoil varies between 0 to 9m followed by a succession of sandstones and shale of varying degrees of weathering. Dolerite was identified below the site. The dolerite is expected to correspond with the position of the Gemsbokfontein No. 1 dyke (Figure 4.1).

Water level data Water levels in SD2 ranges between 8.3m and 12m below ground level (mbgl) depending on the season while water levels in SD3 range from 10m to 15mbgl depending on the season.

Underlying aquifer system Minor Aquifer System (according to Parsons, 1995)

Suitability of site for waste disposal Marginal for waste disposal - additional studies required to confirm suitability/non-suitability

Existing management measures

Storm water controls None.

Groundwater monitoring Yes - Boreholes SD2 and SD3 ( Figure 2:25)

Is cover material available? Yes but covering of waste is not taking place

Is there a sufficient buffer zone? No. Mine hostels are located within 200m from site.

Access control Situated within the mining security area. No access control at the entrance to the site.

Fenced Yes

Page 209 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

Source: South Deep Updated EMP (2006)

4.3.5.2 Disposal of wastes from the sewage facilities

Wastes produced by the sewage facilities (sewage treatment plants, pump stations and French drains) at the mine include:

. Screenings (paper, plastic, rags)

. Grit (small stones and sand)

. Sludge

Screenings and grit are collected and transported to Kloof for incineration. Kloof mine has a permit from the Chief Air Pollution Control Officer (CAPCO). There are plans to assess the air emissions licensing and ensure compliance with the new air quality legislation.

Sludge resulting from the french drains at the mine is disposed of by the Westonaria local municipality when necessary.

Sludge resulting from the maintenance (every six months) of the septic tanks at the South Deep sewage treatment plant is transported to the South Shaft sewage treatment plant. At the plant it is dried together with the sludge produced by the South Shaft plant in drying beds. From the beds, the sludge is stockpiled on site. The volume of sludge produced per day is expected to be about 110kg. The stockpiling of sludge on site is a temporary measure. The mine is investigating disposing of the sludge on the tailings dams as a soil conditioner.

Subsequently the sludge from the plant needed to be classified according to DWA‟s permissible utilisation and disposal of sewage sludge guideline (WRC Report TT85/97, August 1997). In this regard, in 2005, the mine contracted AL Abbott and Associates to undertake an initial classification of the sludge (a copy of the report was attached in Section 10 of the South Deep Updated EMP submitted in 2006). The sludge from the plant was classified as probably being a Type C sludge (stable with insignificant odour and fly nuisance potential - containing insignificant numbers of pathogenic organisms) with composting required to ensure reduced pathogen levels are maintained. However the disposal of the

Page 210 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR sludge needs to be certified by the Department of Agriculture otherwise it is considered a Type B sludge. Type B and C sludge can be used to stabilise mine dumps but there are two restrictions.

. First, all sludge must be mixed or covered with soil

. Second the soil pH and slope requirements could be relaxed on condition that no contaminated runoff and seepage water will pollute any surface or underground water.

The disposal of sludge on the tailings dams is being addressed as part of the mine‟s water use license application.

4.3.6 Water Management

Inlet works

The raw sewage is pumped via the pump station to the inlet works at the treatment plant. Flow is measured with an ultra sonic flow meter and data can be obtained from the data logger.

Anoxic reactor

Raw sewage gravitates from the inlet works into the anoxic reactor. Two 4kW vertical mixers put enough energy into the reactor to lift all the sludge from the floor and keep it in suspension, without letting any oxygen in.

Denitrification takes place in this reactor. Return activated sludge (RAS) from the clarifiers as well as recycling from the aerator reactor is discharged into the anoxic reactor.

Aerobic reactor and diversion box

A 450NB uPVC pipe, allows the denitrificated water to flow from the anoxic reactor to the aerobic reactor, thus keeping the two reactor water levels the same.

Page 211 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

Three 22kW vertical aerators put oxygen into the system and keep the sludge in suspension. An ultrasonic device, measures the water depth of this reactor.

The mixed liquid is pumped using two Cornell pumps from the aerobic reactor to a diversion box. The pumps are controlled with the ultrasonic measuring device in the aerobic reactor. Two variable speed drives (VSD) regulate the pump flow. Inside the diversion box, the flow is regulated with a control sluice, allowing water to be recycled back to the anoxic reactor as well as enter both clarifiers.

Clarifier

The mixed liquid from the aerobic reactor is pumped directly into the two clarifiers where sludge settles on the floor of the clarifier. The sludge is scraped from the floor and then pumped into launders where it recycles back to the anoxic reactor.

Final effluent water flows over the v-notches via a launder to a chlorination tank.

Scum collection and sludge wastage (WAS)

Sludge and scum is drawn manually from the aerobic reactor with an overflow sluice. The sludge is pumped to a sludge thickener tank where it is thickened before it gravitates to the sludge dry beds. From the dry beds the supernatant water is pumped back to the aerobic reactor.

Chlorination

Final effluent flows over the v-notches to the chlorine contact tank. Chlorine dosing takes place by using water from the irrigation pipeline, dosing it with chlorine and pumping it back to the chlorine tank where it gravitates to the natural streams and the Leeuspruit. Details on the quality of the discharged effluent are provided in Section 2.9.2. No effluent is discharged into the Kariegaspruit.

A description of the pump station and sewerage treatment works at South Deep Twin Shaft and South Shaft is presented in Table 4:24 and Table 4:25 respectively.

Page 212 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

Table 4:24: Pump station at South Deep Twin Shaft

Aspect New pump station

Inputs

Raw sewage Gravity flow from ablution facilities at the shaft complex and gold plant.

Ferro- chlorine None.

Outputs

Treated effluent None

Wastes Sewage to pump station in South Shaft area

Current use Estimated Average daily flow of 12 m3 /day Maximum daily flow of 92 m3 /day

Source: South Deep Updated EMP (2006)

Table 4:25: Sewage treatment works at South Shaft

Aspect South Shaft sewage treatment plant New pump station (upgraded)

Inputs

Raw sewage Pumped from pump station in South The pump station receives sewage Shaft area. from the South Deep area, ablution facilities at mine housing, South Shaft complex and offices.

Chlorine Chlorine dosing will done using a gas None. chlorinator (dosing of 600g/hr). Storage and handling of chlorine on site will comply with SANS 10298:1999 Code of Practice.

Outputs

Treated effluent A maximum of 1.4Ml/day treated None effluent discharged to Leeuspruit. Details on effluent quality included in Section 2.9.3.

Wastes Sludge Rags(Section 4.3.6)

Page 213 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

Aspect South Shaft sewage treatment plant New pump station (upgraded) On average, approximately 110kg/day of dried sludge is produced (dried in drying beds). Dried sludge is stockpiled on site. The sludge is expected to be Type C sludge. Waste management is discussed in detail in Section 4.3.6. Screenings and grit Screenings consist of paper, plastic and rags. Approximately 1 black bag per week. These are incinerated at Kloof Gold Mine. Grit comprises small stones and sand. Waste management is discussed in detail in Section 4.3.6.

Current use Average daily flow of 1 357 m 3 /day Same as plant. Maximum daily flow of 1 598 m 3 /day People: 2 930

Source: South Deep Updated EMP (2006)

4.3.7 Site Services

The following site facilities and services are needed for the mine:

. Parking of vehicles

. Presence of offices and security facilities

. Storage of materials including mine, office, plant consumables

. Maintenance of equipment and machinery including wash bays

. Fuel storage and supply

. Change houses and ablution facilities

. Operating a medical clinic

Page 214 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

. Operating the canteens

. On-site employee housing and recreational facilities

. Power and water supply facilities (Paragraph 4.1.1)

4.3.8 Site Management

Managing the mine site and contractors involves the following:

. Monitoring

. Inspection and maintenance of facilities

. Soil management (the mine has an on-site soil clinic)

. Ongoing rehabilitation of facilities/disturbed areas (where possible)

. Implementing and maintaining management programmes

4.3.9 Disturbance of water courses

Refer paragraph 4.1.12.

Page 215 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

5 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

The mine‟s EMP report (dated April 1999) and EMP amendments (dated June 2001, December 2001 and June 2003 respectively) (Section 1.2.2) identified impacts relating to the mine‟s operations. As part of updating the mine‟s EMP report in 2006, Metago reviewed the previously identified impacts (including the assessment of their significance if available) and where necessary updated based on the mine‟s current operations. Additional impacts were identified in consultation with I&APs and regulatory authorities, specialist consultants and mine management.

In an effort to standarise the EMP documents for all three of Gold Fields‟ mines in the Far West Rand (i.e. South Deep mine, Kloof mine and Driefontein mine) the impacts listed in all the EMP documentation were reviewed and sources (aspects) common to all documents were identified and listed. Table 5:1 presents a comparison between the issues identified in South Deep‟s updated EMP (2006) and the first Amendment to the updated EMP (2007) and the common sources identified during the standarisation exercise. All issues identified in previous documentation are addressed.

Table 5:1: Comparison between issues identified in previous EMP documentation and common sources

South Deep Updated EMP (2006) & EMP This Document Amendment (2007) Section & Subject Issue / Impact Environmental Source / Aspect element Geology Geology Understand geological - substrate Sterilisation of mineral No impact expected resources Mining induced seismicity Management of ground and related blasting hazards movement Possibility of sinkhole Management of ground formation movement Potential for acid rock/mine Potential for acid rock/mine drainage drainage Surface water Surface water quality

Page 216 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

South Deep Updated EMP (2006) & EMP This Document Amendment (2007) Section & Subject Issue / Impact Environmental Source / Aspect element Groundwater Groundwater quality Surface water Stormwater management Topography Hazardous excavations Topography Construct or remove Residue stockpiles / deposits Cross reference to issues Manage standing water pertaining to alteration of drainage patterns) and visual impacts

Soils Loss of soil resources Soil Manage soil resource Erosion Manage soil resource Soil contamination (waste Soil contamination management) - Soil rehabilitation Land capability Loss of agricultural land / Land capability Change of land capability change of land capability Failure of residue deposits Geology Slope stability of residue stockpiles or deposits Land use on the Change in land use Land capability Change of land capability site Need to relocate people from Land use Land use transformation the site Construction-phase blasting Noise Noise pollution hazards Disturbance of roads and I & AP I & AP engagement mine-related traffic Surrounding land Disturbance of roads and I & AP I & AP engagement use mine-related traffic Construction phase blasting Noise Noise pollution hazards Failure of residue deposit Geology Slope stability of residue stockpiles or deposits Natural vegetation Loss of biodiversity through Natural Vegetation management destruction of natural and/or vegetation sensitive habitats Loss/fragmentation of open Vegetation management space

Page 217 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

South Deep Updated EMP (2006) & EMP This Document Amendment (2007) Section & Subject Issue / Impact Environmental Source / Aspect element Potential loss of Red Data Vegetation management and Protected species Proliferation of alien/invasive Vegetation management species - Vegetation rehabilitation

Animal life Loss of biodiversity through Animal life Faunal Management destruction of natural and/or sensitive habitats Loss of faunal migratory Faunal Management corridors Surface water Alteration of drainage Surface water Stormwater contamination patterns Stormwater management

Surface water management

Pollution of surface water Surface water quality

Abstraction of surface water Surface water quantity from the Leeuspruit Groundwater Decrease in availability of Groundwater Groundwater quantity water to other users - based on current operations Deterioration of groundwater Groundwater quality quality due to mine facilities Inflows to mine workings De-watering or re-watering during the operational and decommissioning phases Decant of underground De-watering or re-watering water when mining stops The use of hydrocarbons Groundwater quality underground affecting groundwater resources Air quality Gaseous emissions Air quality Emissions & odour control Dust generation Dust control Odour Emissions & odour control Noise Disturbing noise Noise Noise pollution Radiation Public exposure to radiation Radiation Exposure to radiation

Page 218 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

South Deep Updated EMP (2006) & EMP This Document Amendment (2007) Section & Subject Issue / Impact Environmental Source / Aspect element Visual Negative visual impacts Visual Visual disturbances Heritage resources Disturbance of Sites of Management of heritage archaeological, cultural and archaeological resources historical sites Disturbance and cultural of graves interest Socio-economic Positive socio-economic Socio-economic Social & economic impacts impacts Negative socio-economic Social & economic impacts impacts Impact on the value of third I & AP I & AP engagement party property

5.1 METHODOLOGY USED FOR ASSESSING IMPACTS

In order to determine the significance of an activity each activity was rated. The following parameters were used (refer to Table 5:2):

Consequence

. Severity – how severe is the impact that the activity has on the environment? . Spatial Scale – over what area does the activity impact? . Duration – for how long does the activity have a continuous impact? Likelihood

. Occurrence of activity – what is the probability for the activity to occur? . Certainty of the Impact – how often does the activity impact on the environment?

Mitigatory potential

. Mitigation measures – what mitigation measures are in place to prevent the impact from occurring?

Page 219 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

Acceptability of the impact

. How acceptable is the impact?

Each parameter is rated from 1 (Lowest risk) to 5 (Highest risk).

The factor of the Severity x Spatial Scale x Duration = the Consequence.

The factor of the Occurrence of Activity x Certainty of Impact = the Likelihood.

Consequence x Likelihood = Impact

Impact x Mitigatory Potential = Controlled Impact Rating.

The controlled impact rating is evaluated against the acceptability criteria to determine whether the impact is acceptable or not.

Table 5:2: Rating Table

CONSEQUENCE: Table 1, Table 2 and Table 3 TABLE 1 – SEVERITY How severe does the activity impact on the environment? Disturbance of degraded areas, which have little conservation value. 1 Minor change in species occurrence or variety. (Low) Inactive, benign area. Very deep water tables (>50 meters). Plentiful and available renewable 2 resources. Disturbance of areas that have potential conservation value or are of use as resources. Complete 3 change in species occurrence or variety. (Medium) Sensitive. Threatened, protected and or endangered areas not in immediate proximity, but not far away. Close proximity of large water courses (within 1: 50 year flood line), very high water tables 4 (<1 meter). Limited non-renewable resources. Disturbance of pristine areas that have important conservation value. Destruction of rare or 5 endangered species (High) TABLE 2 – SPATIAL SCALE How big is the area that the activity is impacting on? Immediate area 1 Only the site controlled by the organisation is affected. Within site boundary. (Low). 2 Beyond site boundary. Local area. Neighbours and surrounding properties are affected. 3 (Medium). Local/Regional. Impact of the substance is noticeable in the surrounding community or municipal 4

Page 220 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR region. Widespread. Far beyond site boundary. National to global (High). 5 TABLE 3 – DURATION How long does the activity impact on the environment? < Few days, no measurable sign of pollutant or its effects. Within one day there is no observable 1 or detectable sign of the pollutant. The substance is no longer impacting on the environment. Up to 1 month. Substance has dissipated or disappeared within a month of release. Minimal loss 2 of resource, species, habitat. Quickly reversible. Less than the project lifespan. Short term (0 – 5 years). 3 Reversible over time. Lifespan of the project. Medium term (5 – 15 years). 4 Permanent. Beyond decommissioning. Long term (> 15 years). 5 LIKELIHOOD: Table 4 and Table 5 TABLE 4 – OCCURRENCE What is the probability for the activity to occur? Negligible. Less than 1:20 chance of occurrence (P<0.05). 1 Occasionally. Less than 1:30 chance of occurrence 2 Low Likelihood. Less than or equal to a 50:50 chance, but at least a 1:30 chance of occurrence 3 (P<0.5, but >1:30). High likelihood > 50:50 chance of occurrence (P>0.5). 4 100% chance of occurring. 5 TABLE 5 - CERTAINTY OF IMPACTS How often does the activity impact on the environment? Unsure. Less than 40 % sure of a particular fact or the likelihood of an impact occurring. Rare 1 (could happen but unlikely) Possible. Only over 40 % sure of a particular fact or of the likelihood of an impact occurring. 2 Unlikely (has occurred somewhere). Probable. Over 70 % sure of a particular fact or of the likelihood of that impact occurring. Likely 3 (known to occur). Almost certain (occurs often). 4 Definite. More than 90 % sure of a particular fact. Substantial supportive data exists to verify the 5 assessment. Inevitable (Expected to happen often). MITIGATORY POTENTIAL: Table 6 TABLE 6 - MITIGATORY POTENTIAL What mitigation measures are in place to prevent the impact from occurring? Excellent. Controls are always effective and equivalent to best practice in the industry. 1 Adequate. Controls are highly effective and exceed regulatory minimum standards. Personnel 2 are confident in these controls. Good. Controls are currently sufficient to prevent the incident or reduce the impact of the incident 3 to an acceptable level. Meets regulatory minimum standards. Poor. There are some controls in place but they are likely to be out of date and ineffective, may 4 have some minor mitigating effect on the incident.

Page 221 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

There is nothing in place to prevent the incident from occurring. Non existent. 5 CALCULATIONS Table 1 X Table 2 X Table 3 = Consequence Table 4 X Table 5 = Likelihood Consequence X Likelihood = Impact Impact X Table 6 = Controlled Impact Rating TABLE 7 - ACCEPTABILITY OF IMPACTS Controlled Impact How acceptable is the impact? Rating Low (Acceptable). No risk to public health; environment. 1 – 5 000 Medium (Manageable). With regulatory controls. With project proponent‟s 5 001 – 10 000 commitments. High (Unacceptable). Redesign project to remove or avoid impact. > 10 000 Abandon project if no mitigation is possible

Developed from a combination of sources, including DEAT (2008) Guideline, professional capacity

Impacts of the various project activities are described in terms of Operation and Decommissioning.

5.2 CONSTRUCTION PHASE

The construction phase will be addressed via mine the works program that will change annually. If any activity triggers an EIA requirement the mine will ensure that the EMP is updated.

5.3 OPERATIONAL & DECOMMISSIONING PHASES

The impacts from the mine are discussed under headings of the resource impacted on. The discussion and impact assessment for each sub-section covers the operational and decommissioning and closure phases where relevant. This is indicated in the table at the beginning of each sub-section. Included in the table is a list of mining activities that could result in the relevant impact and the controlled impact rating (i.e. the rating after impact mitigation). Management measures to address the identified impacts are given in the different tables and in Chapter 6. Where relevant existing management measures have been

Page 222 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR incorporated into this chapter. These management measures have been taken into account in the assessment of the significance of the impacts.

Regional Mine Closure Strategy

A draft Regional Mine Closure Strategy for the Far West Rand (FWR) was developed by the DMR and is mainly related to the geology and geohydrology of the area. In the 1960’s a Government decision made the dewatering of the dolomitic compartments compulsory for all mines in the FWR. Subsequent to the dewatering, ground instability and sinkhole formation occurred over the dewatered dolomitic compartments. It is proposed that upon rewatering a renewed phase of sinkhole formation will occur should water be allowed to rise into the dolomitic units.

The draft RMCS for the Far west Rand include the mining communities within Westonaria, Randfontein, Merafong, , Fochville, Wedela and the western portion of Gatsrand and is therefore applicable to the Kloof, Driefontein and South Deep Gold Mines.

The difference between the regional mine closure strategy and a mine closure plan is that the regional strategy considers various issues that are relevant to mine closure on a broader integrated level and must be developed in consultation with the relevant authorities, relevant mining industry and the interested and affected parties.

Note that South Deep Mine is participating in DMR forums to ensure that the RMCS for the Far West Rand is incorporated in their operating and closure planning.

Page 223 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

5.3.1 Geology

Table 5:3 Assessment of impacts related to Geology

Rating: Low Medium High (Manageable) (Unacceptable)

Phase Description Description Description of Mitigation Measures Controlled Impact of Activity of Aspect Impact Rating

(C, O, Sinking shaft; Understand Cross-cutting 1) Detail geological and 1 440 D, P) Mining area geological rocks/intrusive geophysical mapping development; substrate rocks/faults can showing rock types Construct and be a conduit related to underground manage TSFs that can take mining activities groundwater into mining areas (C, O, Underground Management Dolomitic 1) Monitor seismic activity 360 D, P) Mining & of ground substrate could 2) Identify potential blasting movement result in sinkhole areas activities instability or 3) Investigate areas of failure movement 4) Determine cause in consultation with suitably qualified person 5) Submit reports to STC & Far West Rand Dolomitic Water Association 6) Implement agreed remedial action (mine, STC, FWRDWA) (O, D, Construct and Potential for The minerals 1) Determine the source 6 000 P) manage TSFs; acid rock/mine contained in underneath footprints of Mine rock drainage the mined ore mine residue stockpiles dumps; could result in or deposits once Temporary surface water removed stockpiles effluent with a 2) Implement agreed low pH remedial action (mine, qualified consultants, DWA & DMR) (C, O) Construct and Slope stability The physical 1) Adhere to Code of 5 120 manage TSFs; of residue characteristics Practice for construction Mine rock stockpiles or of the mined of residue stockpiles or dumps; deposits ore and the deposits Temporary treatment of the 2) Design paddock dams, stockpile ore contribute toe cut-off trenches, to the stability siltation dam, return of slopes. water systems with Catastrophic adequate capacity failure of TSF 3) Optimise slope length due to and gradient to reduce inadequate erosion effect based

Page 224 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

Phase Description Description Description of Mitigation Measures Controlled Impact of Activity of Aspect Impact Rating

design / exceeding storage capacity

5.3.1.1 Understand geological substrate

Incomplete knowledge of the geographical substrate leading to inflow of groundwater into mining areas was rated as low before and after impact mitigation.

In order for the mine to operate effectively and safely it is of utmost importance that the mine understands the geological substrate in which they operate. The mine has been operating for approximately 50 years and geological mapping of the underground works is done routinely. The geologic map graphically displays information on the distribution, nature, orientation, and age relationships of rock and surficial units and the occurrence of structural features such as faults and folds.

5.3.1.2 Management of ground movement

Ground instability and sinkhole formation have not been identified as a high risk for South Deep as the mine is not located on dolomite and the impact has been rated as low (before and after impact mitigation). Refer paragraph 2.1.1.

It should be noted that various concerns have been raised in the past by the public regarding the affect blasting has on private structures. Seismic events („bumps‟) can be caused by mining through major faults and rockbursts. The resulting ground vibrations can damage structures. The resulting damage can be both aesthetically displeasing and a safety hazard. The vibrations can also be considered a nuisance to those in the vicinity of the mine. In most cases the damage is superficial (minor cracks) but in some cases where the tremor is greater than 4 on the Richter scale, damage may become of a structural nature.

The above situations may give rise to instances where potential property owners may not be able to obtain bonds from financial institutions. Property owners may also have difficulties in

Page 225 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR insuring their properties if they are not bonded. Finally, properties in areas prone to tremors may not be able to be sold at their market value.

When surface blasting is carried out there is a potential of shock blasting to nearby infrastructure. However, surface blasting on the mine is very rare and only associated with demolition of surface infrastructure should the need arise.

In view of the variability of the intensity of tremors and the unpredictability of their frequency and location it is difficult to describe the magnitude of the impact. Damage to structures decreases with increasing distance from the origin of the tremor. Damage may vary from hairline cracks in walls to severe structural damage.

The area affected by tremors is dependent on the intensity and may extend several kilometers from the origin of the tremors. Tremors of low intensities may occur regularly (daily, weekly) while tremors that may have caused structural damage, that is greater than say 4 or 4,5 on the Richter scale may occur infrequently (approximately once a year).

The actual duration of a tremor may be measured in tenths of seconds. Tremors appear to be directly related to deep mining and their frequency and intensity are likely to stop altogether within a very short period (6 months to a year) following cessation of mining.

Due to the type of mining (namely underground) and depth of the mining operations (between 1 and 3km below surface) it is not expected that blasting from mining will affect any surface structures within the vicinity of the mine. The mine does however monitor its seismic activity on a daily basis.

Even though the significance of the impact is expected to be low in an unmanaged scenario, the mine will continue to monitor seismic events and where necessary, implement the measures suggested.

Doornpoort TSF: Based on available databases at GDACE, the department identified the presence of dolomites in the area and raised a concern about the possibility of sinkhole formations on the Doornpoort site. During the various geotechnical investigations for the

Page 226 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR project no dolomite was identified on site and therefore no impacts are expected (paragraph 2.1.2).

5.3.1.3 Potential for acid rock/mine drainage

The potential for acid mine drainage at South Deep has been rated as high before impact mitigation and medium after impact mitigation.

The potential for acid rock/mine drainage from the two waste rock dumps at the mine was confirmed by SRK in 2002 using acid base accounting and leachate tests. It was concluded that the South Shaft waste rock dump has the potential to generate acid (Table 4:21). The report for SRK was included in the mines ‟Updated EMP submitted (2006). The mine is currently re-mining/reclaiming this waste rock dump as it contains low grades of gold. The plan is to re-mine the complete dump and then rehabilitate the footprint area. The dump at South Shaft was completely re-mined by October 2010. . According to the SRK Report the South Deep waste rock dump only has a small (7%) percentage of acid. Neither of the waste rock dumps have seepage nor runoff control measures in place. The mine indicated that a rehabilitation plan will be developed once the rock dump at South Shaft has been removed and that test will be done to ascertain the level of contamination prior to the design and development of rehabilitation measures.

The tailings dams located at South Deep also have the potential to generate acid (Table 4:21). The acid generating potential of the tailings was confirmed through acid base accounting and leachate tests done by Metago in 2005 during the assessments done to determine the design for the Doornport TSF. The full report was included in the mines‟ Updated EMP submitted in 2006 and the approved EMP Amendment. (2007). The results showed that the tailings material has a medium to high potential to generate acid. Tailings used as backfill underground is however treated with ferrous sulphate to remove any traces of cyanide before being mixed with a concrete type mixture and pumped underground. There is still the possibility that once the backfill material comes into contact with water, it will be acid generating (but only as the mine voids are flooded).

Page 227 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

As the mine is situated in the Witwatersrand Basin, underground water seeping in from the fissures could be contaminated by acid generating material. This was identified in the 2001 EMP amendment as well as the groundwater monitoring reports (paragraph 2.10.3). This water is contained in the mine water circuit.

Doornpoort TSF: Acid Base Accounting tests were undertaken as part of the geochemical investigations for the project (as mentioned the report was included in the mines‟ approved EMP Amendment - 2007). Based on the tests, tailings from South Deep‟s mining operations is acid generating and is expected to release low pH water, characterised by a high total dissolved solids (TDS) and high dissolved metals content if placed in an oxidising environment.

Two geochemically distinct zones have been characterised for the Doornpoort tailings dam, namely an outer acid zone where active sulphide oxidation is occurring and inner neutral/less acidic zone where the environment is not suitable for rapid sulphide oxidation. Both zones exist throughout the life of the facility but change in size depending on the geochemical environment within the tailings dam. The acid generating potential of these zones has been taken into account in the engineering design of the facility. Specific measures that have been included in the design of the facility to effectively limit the generation of acid are outlined in Table 4:3. These measures are critical in managing this impact.

Related impacts are discussed under the relevant sections – soil pollution (paragraph 5.3.3.2) and groundwater pollution (paragraph 5.3.9).

5.3.1.4 Slope stability of residue stockpiles or deposits

Failure of residue stockpiles or deposits has been rated as high before impact mitigation and as medium after impact mitigation.

No formal hazard classification has been undertaken for the existing tailings dams (Table 4:2). It is expected that the tailings dams will be high hazard facilities due to the number of people/workers downstream and the value of third party property. In addition, the old tailings dam was possibly designed and established by mine personnel approximately 50 years ago.

Page 228 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

In the event of a slope failure of the existing tailings dams, tailings would flow downstream into the Leeuspruit and Kariegaspruit. Should the existing new tailings dam fail, the tailings could flow into the Twin Shaft complex and gold plant area. The extent of the area that could be affected by a flow slide is unknown. The tailings dams are operated and managed by professional engineers who undertake regular periodic monitoring of the stability of the tailings dams (Table 4:19). The mine updates their Mandatory Code of Practice for Mine Residue Deposits annually and the TSFs are monitored as per the requirements of the Code of Practice.

As the tailings dams are reaching their full capacity, the decommissioning of the dams will possibly take place within two years. As part of the decommissioning study, the mine will identify means to stabilise the dumps to limit the potential for future failure of the dams.

Doornpoort TSF: The tailings dam has been identified as a medium hazard safety risk due to the number of residents and value of third party property surrounding the site (South Deep EMP Amendment, 2007). However, it is highly unlikely that the dam will fail because it has been sited, designed, and will be operated, decommissioned and closed in terms of the relevant SANS 10286 Code of Practice for Mine Residue Deposits and the Mineral and Petroleum Resources regulations. The proposed tailings dam will be registered (in time) as a safety risk with the Department of Water Affairs and Forestry.

In the event of a slope failure of the tailings dam, tailings would flow downstream into the unnamed tributary of the Leeuspruit towards the confluence with the Leeuspruit. Professional engineers will undertake regular periodic monitoring of the stability of the mine residue deposits (Table 4:20).

Page 229 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

5.3.2 Topography

Table 5:4 Assessment of impacts related to Topography

Rating: Low Medium High (Manageable) (Unacceptable)

Phase Description of Description Description of Mitigation Measures Controlled Activity of Aspect Impact Impact Rating (C, O, TSFs, Pipelines, Manage Placement of water / 1) Limit activities that could D, P) Bunded areas standing effluent storage result in standing water on 1 350 water could cause dolomitic areas (Effective site standing water on drainage, disposal of surface dolomitic areas this water off site, no water could result in features/duck ponds) subsidence or 2) Monitor wet services collapse (irrigation, repair leaks) (C, O, Plant Construct / Mine infrastructure 1) Retreat or backfill residue D, P) infrastructure; remove mine impacts on visual stockpiles/deposits and mine 6 000 Shaft infrastructure aspects rock dumps where possible infrastructure 2) Rehabilitate the footprints of sites, ensure effective drainage and vegetation cover 3) Ensure effective visual screening of residual impacts (C, O, Construct / Construct or Change in drainage 1) Identify areas where D, P) manage / remove patterns, stormwater topographical changes had 6 000 remove TSFs; Residue run-off, erosion occurred Mine rock stockpiles / 2) Assess potential impacts of dumps; deposits change (change in drainage Temporary patterns, stormwater run-off, stockpiles erosion, visual impacts, vegetation cover) 3) Adhere to requirements of relevant management plans

5.3.2.1 Manage standing water

The impact of subsistence due to standing water was rated as low before and after impact mitigation. This is mainly due to the fact that South Deep mine is not located on dolomitie (refer paragraph 2.1.1).

Doornpoort TSF: During the various geotechnical investigations for the project no dolomite was identified on site and therefore no impacts are expected (paragraph 2.1.2).

Page 230 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

5.3.2.2 Construct or remove mine infrastructure /residue stockpiles

The impact of mine infrastructure and residue stock piles on topography has been rated as high before impact mitigation and medium after impact mitigation.

The topography of the area has been altered by mine infrastructure. Mine infrastructure has been present for approximately 50 years. The topography of the area is such that the mine is partially visible from the R28 traveling towards Vereeniging. From the R28, the shaft headgear and top of the tailings dams can be seen. The mine is visible from public roads and private small holdings directly around the mine.

Gold Fields is currently investigating the re-mining of the two TSF at South Deep mine. Visually, these tailings storage facilities are considered unappealing to surrounding areas. Initial feasibility studies indicate that the re-mining is expected to take 2-5 yrs to complete. South Deep mine is re-mining the South Shaft waste rock dump as it contains low grades of gold The dump at South Shaft was completely re-mined by October 2010.

Doornpoort TSF: The authorised tailings dam will cover an area of approximately 350ha and will vary in height from 45m (in the northern parts) to 75m (in the southern part) due to the natural slope of the land (Table 4:3). The tailings dam will be visible from areas surrounding the site. The presence of the tailings dam will permanently alter the topography of the area and will transform the existing open space.

Page 231 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

5.3.3 Soil

Table 5:5 Assessment of impacts related to Soil

Rating: Low Medium High (Manageable) (Unacceptable)

Phase Description of Description Description of Mitigation Measures Controlled Activity of Aspect Impact Impact Rating (C,O,D,P) Roads, Manage soil Soil provides the 1) Conduct soil survey in Infrastructure, resource growth medium for areas identified for new 3 000 Borrow pits, vegetation, once mining activities by suitably Maintenance the soil is disturbed qualified person activities, Soil (compacted, 2) Compile soil management management covered, plan according to specialist activities, contaminated) it recommendations (stripping, Waste will have an impact stockpiling, vegetation of management on the vegetation. stockpiles, erosion activities Topsoil degrades management, rehabilitation) during long-term 3) Implement and monitor stockpiling. agreed soil management plan (mine, qualified consultants) 4) Ensure that relevant environmental aspects are addressed in personnel training & awareness (C,O,D,P) Potential Soil Contaminated soils 1) Investigate potential incidents of contamination act as a store of impacts on soil to identify 6 000 Hazardous potential pollution highest risks Chemical that can be 2) Identify control and/or Substances, released into the remediation options in TSFs, Waste environment consultation with a suitably Rock, affecting Storm qualified person Contaminated Water / Surface 3) Implement agreed control Rivers, Water and and/or remedial action Maintenance Groundwater (mine, qualified consultant) activities, 4) Ensure contaminated soil Waste are not used for construction management purposes activities, 5) Manage the water run-off Collection and from sites in order to prevent storage of pollution effluent water, 6) Report and manage Soil incidents according to the management EMS procedure practices, 7) Manage and implement Transportation, maintenance programme Underground 8) Ensure that relevant mining, Mineral environmental aspects are processing addressed in personnel activities, training & awareness Demolition and

Page 232 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

Phase Description of Description Description of Mitigation Measures Controlled Activity of Aspect Impact Impact Rating removal of infrastructure

(O, D, P) Potential Soil Footprints of 1) Identify areas where the incidents of rehabilitation residue soil was impacted 4 500 Hazardous deposits/stockpiles, 2) Identify control and/or Chemical waste rock dumps remediation options in Substances, has been consultation with a suitably TSFs, Waste compacted and qualified person Rock, might be 3) Rehabilitate borrow-pits to Contaminated contaminated, it is prevent secondary impacts Rivers, Soil possible that it 4) Ensure adequate draining management contain precipitates and doming of rehabilitated practices, that could have areas to prevent pooling of Demolition and radiation elements water on dolomitic areas removal of infrastructure

5.3.3.1 Manage soil resource

The impact related to the degradation of topsoil has been rated medium before impact mitigation and low after impact mitigation.

Due to the age of the mine (approximately 50 years old) no topsoil was conserved from the South Shaft area during the establishment of the mine. Facilities in the vicinity of South Shaft cover an area of approximately 235ha (Section 4.1). Although no soils study was undertaken during the compilation of the mine‟s EMP report (dated April 1999), the land type map for the area indicates that most of the soils could have been deep soils with little to no mechanical limitations to agriculture (Table 2:3). However the state (fertility) of the soils prior to being disturbed is unknown.

The only topsoil conserved at the mine was done during the development of the Twin Shaft complex and the new gold plant in the South Deep area. A large portion of the South Deep waste rock dump existed prior to the development of the shaft complex therefore no topsoil could be conserved from this area. The majority of the area had undergone some degree of disturbance from existing infrastructure, varying from largely undisturbed (haul road route and waste rock dump) to moderately or severely disturbed (gold plant and shaft area). As indicated by the soils study conducted in the South Deep area, the agricultural potential of

Page 233 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR soils ranged from arable through grazing and wetland to wilderness (Table 2:4). The location of topsoil stockpiles in the South Deep area are shown in Appendix H. As noted in the 2001 EMP amendment, the shaft complex area was already significantly disturbed prior to the establishment of the complex.

In the South Deep area, stockpiled topsoil will be managed as outlined in the mine‟s soil conservation procedure. In addition, when stripping and stockpiling of soils is undertaken at the mine, the proposed mitigation measures as outlined in Chapter 6 will be followed.

Doornpoort TSF: The Doornpoort TSF complex will increase the overall area disturbed by the mine. If unmanaged, this could significantly add to the cumulative impact of the mine on soil resources in the area. In the approved Amendment of South Deeps‟ EMP (2007) a soil conservation procedure for the management of topsoil at the Doornpoort complex was described. The principles are briefly as follows:

Stripping will only occur where soils are to be disturbed and an end-use for the stripped soil has been identified.

When areas to be pre-stripped have been identified, suitable stockpiling areas will be identified, preferably in the vicinity.

Stockpiles will be established within the bounds of storm water management infrastructure

The areas set aside for soil stockpiles will be calculated on the basis of the expected soil volume.

Soil stockpiles will be clearly identified as such.

The top 300 mm of soil („topsoil‟) will be stripped first and put aside, together with any vegetation cover present (only large bushes and specified plants to be removed prior to stripping).

If subsoil is removed, topsoil will be stockpiled separately from subsoil.

Page 234 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

Rapid growth of vegetation on the topsoil stockpiles will be promoted (e.g. by means of watering or fertilisation) to encourage vegetation growth on soil stockpiles and to combat erosion by water and wind.

No garbage or waste material will be placed on the soil stockpiles.

Equipment movement on top of the soil stockpiles will be limited to avoid topsoil compaction and subsequent damage to the soils and seedbank.

At least 300mm of topsoil will be placed over sites to be rehabilitated.

A few samples of stripped soils will be analysed to determine the soil‟s nutrient status. From the analysis, fertilisers will be applied, if necessary.

A soil conservation works will be constructed and maintained in order to prevent soil erosion during the soil storage process. Erosion control measures will be implemented to ensure that the topsoil is not washed away and erosion gulleys do not develop in the arable land.

5.3.3.2 Soil contamination

The contamination of soil has been rated as high before impact mitigation and low after impact mitigation.

At South Deep mine soils could be contaminated by spills of the following materials:

. Spills of materials/chemicals at the gold plant

. Sewage from inadequate sanitary facilities

. Indiscriminate waste handling and disposal

. Maintenance materials such as cement and paint

. Spills of fuel and oil from vehicles, workshops and fuelling stations

Page 235 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

. Spills and runoff from wash bays

. Spills from the tailings and process water delivery pipelines

. Seepage and runoff from the waste disposal areas

. Seepage and runoff from TSFs and waste rock dumps

. Spills from polluted water holding facilities

The areas with highest risk in terms of soil pollution are the salvage yard located at South Deep Shaft where waste is separated for re-use or recycling purposes (paragraph 4.1.3.2) and the sewerage treatment plant (Table 4:4). Oils from the operational areas are also taken to the salvage yard. It should be noted that recent changes in legislation requires the licencing of salvage yards and sewage treatment facilities in terms of the National Environmental Management: Waste Act, 2008. The act makes provision for the identification and remediation of contaminated land. Neither the salvage yard nor the sewerage treatment facility is licenced in terms of the Waste Act.

As identified in the 2001 EMP amendment, the gold extraction process uses a number of hazardous and toxic chemicals (paragraph 4.3.2.3) however the plant has been designed to collect and recycle all spillages, as materials within the plant are potentially gold bearing.

Airborne pollutants generated from the smelting operation are scrubbed or filtered (paragraph 4.1.7.4) keeping the pollutant levels low and therefore the impact on soil contamination insignificant.

The mine has a contaminated soil bioremediation procedure and hydrocarbon management procedure in place as well as a soil clinic located at the Twin Shaft (paragraph 4.1). The mine promotes the prevention of soil contamination during operation. If soil contamination occurs, the soil is rehabilitated the soil at soil clinic. Chemical spills are monitored and cleaned-up and a waste management system is implemented at the mine that will contribute to prevention of soil pollution. The mine also uses the PRAGMA maintenance system for preventative

Page 236 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR maintenance of equipment and machinery to prevent oil leaks that can cause soil contamination.

Doornpoort TSF: Soils could be contaminated by spills of the following materials:

. Construction materials such as cement and paint at construction sites

. Sewage from inadequate sanitary facilities

. Spills of fuel and oil from project-vehicles and workshops

. Indiscriminate waste handling and disposal

. Spills from the tailings and return-water (process water) delivery pipelines

. Seepage and runoff from the tailings dam

. Spills from polluted water holding facilities

5.3.3.3 Soil rehabilitation

The contamination of the footprints of residue deposits/stockpiles and waste rock dumps have been rated as medium before impact mitigation and low after impact mitigation.

South Deep mine is currently re-mining/reclaiming the South Shaft waste rock dump as it contains low grades of gold. The dump at South Shaft was completely re-mined by October 2010. Gold Fields is also investigating the feasibility of re-mining the two TSFs at South Deep mine. The mine indicated that a rehabilitation plan will be developed once the residue deposits/stockpiles have been removed and that tests will be done to ascertain the level of contamination prior to the design and development of rehabilitation measures.

It should be noted that a radiation study conducted in October 2004 indicated that the tailings dams are not a significant source of radiation (based on sampling in boreholes SD9 and SD10). The report was included in the mine‟s Updated EMP submitted in 2006.

Page 237 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

Soil contaminated during the operations at South Deep mine is remediated at the soil clinic situated at Twin Shaft.

Doornpoort TSF: The groundwater modeling conducted during the feasibility assessment for the Doornpoort TSF showed that even without mitigation (for example a drainage system), the contaminant migration is slow and in most instances the plume will not migrate much beyond the site boundary after 50 years. Preferred mitigation measures included scavenger wells located on the perimeter of the tailings dam, the use of thickened tailings disposal and the application of a low air permeability cover/barrier to the side slopes (during operation) and the top surface (during decommissioning) of the tailings dam covered by non ARD generating waste rock. Thus any contaminated soil will be retained within the footprint area. The approved EMP Amendment (2007) included a conceptual closure and rehabilitation plan that comprises of a series of activities both during and after the operational/decommissioning phase.

Additional management options are proposed in Table 5:5.

5.3.4 Land capability

Table 5:6 Assessment of impacts related to Land Capability

Rating: Low Medium High (Manageable) (Unacceptable)

Phase Description of Description Description of Mitigation Measures Controlled Activity of Aspect Impact Impact Rating (C, O, Infrastructure, Change of Biodiversity can be 1) Classify land capability of D, P) Soil land lost. Agricultural alternative areas identified for 6 000 management capability potential can be new mining activities practices, Waste limited due to the 2) Ensure that all legal and management utilisation of the area consultative processes are practices, for other purposes. followed for new mining Rehabilitation Rehabilitated areas activities practices, might not have the 3) Identify land use objectives Demolition and same potential as based on land capability removal of virgin land in the information infrastructure same area. 4) Ensure rehabilitation objectives are aligned to the objectives of the Strategic development framework and the potential land capability

Page 238 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

5) Rehabilitate according to closure plan requirements

5.3.4.1 Change of land capability

The change of land capability due to mining operations has been rated as high before impact mitigation and as medium after impact mitigation.

Most of the land in the South Deep area was agricultural land with grazing potential and arable potential (Table 2:4). However a large area of arable soils (map unit dHu on Figure 2:5) was located along the haul road that was never established and therefore not disturbed. A negligible percentage of the total area had no agricultural potential (either classed as wetland or wilderness) (Table 2:5).

It is expected that for small parts of the mine site (those with arable and wilderness potential), the land capability will be permanently changed as the areas have already been impacted on by the mine. All land except that covered by the tailings dams will be rehabilitated to agricultural land with at least grazing potential at the end of the life of mine. The loss of any agricultural land at the tailings dams will be permanent. There is a possibility that the some parts of the gold plant site waste storage areas would be chemically contaminated and will require special measures to ensure the area can be rehabilitated at closure. Where wetland areas and drainage lines have been disturbed by the mine, the mine will ensure that measures are implemented to restore the land capability of these areas.

Doornpoort TSF: The Doornpoort TSF complex covers a total area of approximately 481ha. Of this land, approximately two thirds is agricultural land with grazing potential and one third agricultural land with arable potential. A negligible percentage of the total area has no agricultural potential (either classed as having wetland potential or undetermined due to the existing disturbed nature of the area). The best soils for cultivation are those in the mHu and Av map units (Table 2:7), although both of these soils could have a depth restriction to the underlying material in places. In many places throughout the proposed tailings dam complex area, stones have been removed from the lands and deposited in piles in order to create

Page 239 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR sufficient depth for cultivation. The loss of agricultural land at the tailings dam site can be assumed to be permanent.

At the end of construction, the contractor‟s yard/s will be removed from site and the land rehabilitated. Only site offices and portable chemical toilets will remain at the tailings dam complex. All land except that covered by the tailings dam will be returned to agricultural land with grazing potential at the end of the life of the project.

5.3.5 Land use

Table 5:7 Assessment of impacts related to Land Use

Rating: Low Medium High (Manageable) (Unacceptable)

Phase Description of Description Description of Mitigation Measures Controlled Activity of Aspect Impact Impact Rating (O, D, Infrastructure, Land use Effective 1) Develop long term land P) Soil transformation rehabilitation of use plan in collaboration with Positive management mining areas can regional and local planning Impact practices, increase potential bodies Waste land use options 2) Implement agreed land management after mine closure. use plan (mine, regional & practices, Creation of local planning authorities) Rehabilitation infrastructure could 3) Rehabilitate according to practices, enable improved land use and closure plan Demolition and development requirements removal of opportunities infrastructure

5.3.5.1 Land use transformation

Land use transformation has been rated as a positive impact as effective rehabilitation measures could actually improve land use options after mine closure and the creation of infrastructure could enable improved development opportunities.

The land use of the mine site would have changed when mine infrastructure was established approximately 50 years ago. However at that stage there was no requirement to formally change the land use of the site from agricultural to mining.

Page 240 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

The 2001 EMP amendment identified that the South Deep project was being established within the existing mine lease area boundary, therefore no change in formal land use was identified. It is expected that the change in land use will be temporary (for the life of mine). When mining is complete, it is planned to rehabilitate the land to agricultural land with at least grazing potential.

Doornpoort TSF: Current land use at the tailings dam complex will be altered by the development of the dam. All land except that covered by the tailings dam will be rehabilitated to agricultural land with grazing potential and therefore the change in land use in this area is expected to be temporary (for the life of the tailings dam).

The tailings dam itself however will result in a permanent change in land use. Although the dam will be rehabilitated, no grazing or agricultural activities can take place on it.

5.3.6 Natural Vegetation/Plant Life

Table 5:8 Assessment of impact associated with the Natural Vegetation

Rating: Low Medium High (Manageable) (Unacceptable)

Phase Description of Description Description of Mitigation Measures Controlled Activity of Aspect Impact Impact Rating (O, D, Infrastructure, Vegetation The choice of 1) Vegetation management P) Soil rehabilitation vegetation for plans needs to consider soil 4 500 management rehabilitation areas condition and land capability practices, Waste must be guided by 2) Identify control and/or management the soil conditions remediation options in practices, consultation with a suitably Rehabilitation qualified person practices, 3) Rehabilitate footprints of Demolition and residue deposits / stockpiles removal of to prevent secondary impacts infrastructure; 4) Include vegetation TSFs; Footprints objectives in end land use of TSFs plan 5) Ensure monitoring of specified indicators

Page 241 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

Phase Description of Description Description of Mitigation Measures Controlled Activity of Aspect Impact Impact Rating (C, O, Infrastructure, Vegetation Loss of biodiversity. 1) Conduct vegetation D, P) Soil management Secondary impacts assessments for new mining 6 000 management from dust or areas by a suitably qualified practices, Waste pollution sources. person management Invasive alien 2) Compile specific vegetation practices, weeds or plants management plans (invader Rehabilitation needs to be species, fire management, practices, controlled to prevent sensitive areas, carrying Demolition and the threat to capacity, collection of fire removal of adjacent areas. wood, erosion control, infrastructure, Wind and water rehabilitation) based on Site erosion of soil can specialist recommendations. Establishment, be prevented by 3) Prevent secondary impacts Accommodation, effective use of by implementing effective Managing mine vegetation. pollution control site and Collection of fire 4) Consolidate development contractors wood. areas by creating infrastructure corridors to prevent scattered populations 5) Ensure migration routes are not disrupted by infrastructure creation. 6) Manage and implement agreed vegetation management plans (mine, qualified consultants) 7) Ensure that relevant environmental aspects are addressed in personnel training & awareness

5.3.6.1 Vegetation rehabilitation

The use of incorrect vegetation for rehabilitation purposes has been rated as low before and after impact mitigation.

South Deep mine is currently re-mining/reclaiming the South Shaft waste rock dump as it contains low grades of gold. The re-mining was completed by October 2010. Gold Fields is investigating the re-mining of the two TSFs, but this is still subject to the outcome of the feasibility studies. Because of water accessibility problems the soil clinic at Twin Shaft has been relocated to South Shaft. Plans are in place to demolish the soil clinic at Twin Shaft.

Page 242 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

The mine will conduct studies on the exposed footprints to determine contamination and appropriate rehabilitation work, including correct vegetation to be used or rehabilitation purposes.

Doorpoort TSF: Concurrent rehabilitation of side slopes will be done during the operational phase of the dam. Timeous rehabilitation of disturbed land is required to reduce the potential for invader species to proliferate on the land. In order to limit habitat disturbance and fragmentation effective rehabilitation measures will be applied. Care will be taken to ensure that species used in rehabilitation programmes are indigenous (specifically to the area) and not invasive.

5.3.6.2 Vegetation management

The change and loss of the natural vegetation due to mining activities were rated as high before impact mitigation and as medium after impact mitigation.

The mine is situated within the grassland biome, specifically the Rocky Highveld Grassland, which is currently poorly conserved (paragraph 2.7). Very little information exists on the type of natural vegetation that was found in the South deep mine area prior to its establishment 50 years ago. It is assumed that most of the natural vegetation in the South Shaft area was transformed prior to mining activities taking place.

Wetlands and rocky ridges can be classed as sensitive ecological environments. To the south west of the South Deep area (approximately 600m outside of the area occupied by mine infrastructure), a relatively undisturbed koppie was identified (Appendix H). No mining activities currently take place near to this koppie. NSS did a wetland assessment for South Deep mine in April 2010 which allowed for a broad assessment of the wetlands within the mine area. Eight wetland systems were identified at South Deep mine Figure 2:24. According to the assessment current activities at the mine that impact on these wetland systems includes:

Alien species

Page 243 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

System infestation with Typha capensis.

Dirty water runoff entering the system from mining associated activities

Infrastructure crossing the wetland (included in WULA)

River diversions/channeling (included in WULA)

Channels draining the wetland

Heavy overgrazing and Kikuyu infestation at crossing points

Extraction of water for drilling purposes

Soil excavation and dumping

Discharge of treated effluent from the mining operations (included in WULA)

Littering

During the vegetation survey undertaken by SRK, as part of the 2001 EMP amendment, no rare or endangered species were found however, the survey was undertaken in mid-winter. Metago (2006) reported that according to the then Directorate of Nature Conservation in the Gauteng Department of Agriculture, Conservation and Environment (GDACE), no Red Data or Near Threatened plant species occur on the farms Modderfontein 345 IQ or Doornpoort 347 IQ, or adjacent/neighbouring farms (this is based on the department‟s database records).

According to the mine‟s EMP report (dated April 1999), some endangered species are expected to occur in the rocky ridges to the north of the mine however no specific details were provided. It is possible that during the establishment of infrastructure at South Shaft, some Red Data plant species were destroyed.

Some intruder/exotic plant species were identified on the mine site as detailed in paragraph 2.7.3). If uncontrolled, the invasion of these species could degrade the future habitat in the surrounding areas and result in the further loss of species diversity.

Page 244 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

It was identified in the 2001 EMP amendment that the most significant impact on biota (plants and animals) is the cumulative effects of developments in the sub-region (Rocky Highveld Grassland). Although 54% of the land area of Gauteng province comprises Rocky Highveld Grassland, 46.7% of the grassland area has already been transformed by urbanisation, industrialisation and mining.

Current activities at the mine that could impact on natural vegetation include uncontrolled off- road driving, uncontrolled fire management and collection of fire wood. The area is prone to veld fires caused by various factors such as lightning and carelessness especially in winter. The mine has a fire management programme in place.

The mine will maintain and where necessary implement measures to prevent further loss of natural vegetation in its vicinity,

Doornpoort TSF: The Doornpoort TSF is also situated within the grassland biome, specifically the Rocky Highveld Grassland. Although a large proportion of the tailings dam complex has been utilized for agricultural purposes (57%), the remaining „natural‟ grassland area is an important connection for species dispersal and migratory movements. The tailings dam will result in the permanent loss of this natural grassland as it covers over 74% of the tailings dam complex and will remain at the end of closure. Uncontrolled off-road driving will also destroy habitats and/or sensitive environments.

Wetlands and rocky ridges can be classed as sensitive ecological environments. The wetland habitat type to the west of the tailings dam complex is significant for conservation and highly sensitive to environmental change. No activities will take place within this wetland area.

Along the associated pipeline routes, two wetland areas were identified, one at the non- perennial Kariegaspruit and one further south (Figure 4:2). The crossing of the Kariegaspruit will take place at an existing road crossing. The final alignment of the associated pipeline routes will take into account sensitive areas such as the wetland system.

Although the Doornpoort TSF is not located within a ridge system identified by Gauteng Department of Agriculture, Conservation and Environment‟s Conservation Plan (Version 2)

Page 245 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

(C-Plan V2), there are two main rocky ridges occurring outside the Doornpoort area (Metago, 2007). The two ridges are situated approximately 2km north east and 1.5km east of the authorised tailings dam complex site, respectively. The project sites associated with the Doornpoort TSF will not be located within or adjacent to any rocky ridges.

During the site visit, no Red Data plant species listed for Gauteng was located on site. However, Eucomis autumnalis (Pineapple Lily) (bulb), on the National Threatened Species Programme (TSP) listed as Data Deficient was identified within a number of habitats on site.

Protected plant species [under Schedule 11 of the Nature Conservation Ordinance of Transvaal (No 12 of 1983)] found on site included Boophane disticha (Gifbol) and Gladiolus crassifolius. These bulb species cannot be removed from site without the required permit. South Deep Mine will obtain the permits from GDACE when necessary.

A small proportion of the plant species found on site were invasive/alien species (±9%). If uncontrolled, the invasion of these species could degrade the future habitat in the surrounding areas and result in the further loss of species diversity.

The impact on biodiversity will be managed to minimise damage to vegetation, species and sensitive habitats.

Page 246 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

5.3.7 Animal Life

Table 5:9 Assessment of impacts related to the Animal Life

Rating: Low Medium High (Manageable) (Unacceptable)

Phase Description of Description Description of Mitigation Measures Controlled Activity of Aspect Impact Impact Rating (C, O, Infrastructure, Faunal Loss of biodiversity. 1) Conduct a faunal scan to D, P) Waste Management Secondary impacts identify threatened, rare or 4 500 management from dust or endangered species by a activities, pollution sources. suitably qualified person Managing mine Habitat destruction. 2) Compile specific site and Noise, traffic management plans (including contractors movement of people habitat monitoring and could scare animals. continuous rehabilitation options) based on recommendations 3) Manage and implement agreed management plan (mine, qualified consultants) 4) Include faunal management objectives in end land use plan 5) Monitor the specific indicators as defined 6) Ensure that relevant environmental aspects are addressed in personnel training & awareness

5.3.7.1 Faunal management

The loss of and disturbance to animal life was rated as low before and after impact mitigation. It is assumed that most of the natural animal life in the South Shaft area was transformed prior to mining activities taking place due to the fact that most of the area was used for agricultural purposes (paragraph 2.5).

The loss of vegetation cover impacts on sensitive environments (paragraph 2.9.6) and will impact directly on the animal species found on site.

Page 247 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

Over the last 5 years, Natural Scientific Services (NSS) has conducted 4 faunal investigations in the vicinity of South Deep mine. The only conservation important mammal species that have been recorded are the following:

Reddish-grey musk shrew (Crocidura cyanea)

Recordings of Leopard

Bushveld gerbil during the assessment on the neighbouring Driefontein Gold Mine (NSS, 2009)

Other conservation important mammal species that are likely to utilize South Deep‟s property for foraging or nesting, although no evidence of presence was observed, are listed in Table 2:13. Other conservation important mammal species that are likely to utilize South Deep‟s property for foraging or nesting, although no evidence of presence was observed, are listed in Table 2:13. The Giant Bullfrog is the only frog species of conservation concern that could potentially occur in the study area. A study conducted by Anthene Ecological (2009) confirmed the existence of the Highveld Blue butterfly (Lepidochrysops praeterita) directly north of the Doornpoort TSF area.

It is highly likely that Red Data animal species were either destroyed or displaced during the establishment of surface infrastructure at the mine.

Uncontrolled (runaway) veld fires in the region, uncontrolled off-road driving and contaminated surface run-off water will also impact on animal life in the surrounding environment. Wildlife monitoring is done continually around dams where water that could contain cyanide occurs.

Measures will also be implemented to minimise damage to vegetation, species and sensitive habitats, and therefore limit any further impacts on the natural animal life.

Doornpoort TSF: A permanent loss of open space will occur as a result of the tailings dam development which could result in a loss of migratory corridors. The construction of roads and pipelines could also impact on existing migratory corridors. Only one access road will

Page 248 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR need to be established for the Doornpoort TSF. Pipeline routes will follow existing servitudes (such as surfaced public roads) and disturbed areas (existing mining pipelines and gravel tracks). Pipelines will not be established on the ground thereby allowing smaller animal species to continue to roam.

The impact on biodiversity will be managed to minimise damage to vegetation, species and sensitive habitats.

5.3.8 Surface water

Table 5:10 Assessment of impacts related to Surface Water

Rating: Low Medium High (Manageable) (Unacceptable)

Phase Description of Description Description of Mitigation Measures Controlled Activity of Aspect Impact Impact Rating (O, D, Underground Surface water Zero effluent 1) Enable water balance P) Mining activities; quantity requirements from calculation by identifying all 2 160 Pumping of National Water Act relevant water quantities water; Managing (Act 36 of 1998) (include water meters where mine site and might have an required) contractors impact on the 2) Monitor and record water downstream water volumes according to WUL users

Page 249 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

Phase Description of Description Description of Mitigation Measures Controlled Activity of Aspect Impact Impact Rating (C, O , Potential Surface water Contaminated water 1) Investigate potential D, P) incidents of quality in pollution control impacts on surface water 6 000 Hazardous dams could be bodies and courses to identify Chemical released to the highest risks Substances, environment in 2) Assess acid leaching TSFs, Waste extreme events. potential of processed Rock, mineral extraction material Contaminated 3) Identify monitoring Rivers, requirements based on Maintenance investigation activities, Waste 4) Identify remediation management options in consultation with activities, suitably qualified person Collection and 5) Monitor and record surface storage of water quality information into effluent water, the monitoring database Soil 6) Implement agreed management remedial action (mine, DWA, practices, qualified consultant) Transportation, 7) Report on surface water Underground quality according to WUL mining, Mineral requirements processing 8) Manage incidents activities, according to EMS procedure Managing mine 9) Manage and implement site and infrastructure maintenance contractors programme 10 Ensure that relevant environmental aspects are addressed in personnel training & awareness (O, D, Rivers, Streams, Surface water Contaminated 1) Manage extreme (wet / P) Drainage lines, management sediments can dry) surface water run-off 3 840 Wetlands release pollutants to events the environment 2) No prospecting, drilling or mining within the 1:50 year floodline of a watercourse. 3) No prospecting, drilling or mining closer than a 100m from watercourse. 4) Report and manage incidents according to the EMS procedure

Page 250 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

Phase Description of Description Description of Mitigation Measures Controlled Activity of Aspect Impact Impact Rating (C, O, Infrastructure, Stormwater Mineral processing, 1) Identify areas where D, P) Maintenance management waste rock, residue control of stormwater 6 000 activities, Waste stockpiles / deposits drainage is needed management or temporary 2) Develop water balance activities, stockpiles calculations for stormwater Rehabilitation generates control to enable accurate practices, contaminated run- assessment of water Demolition and off water. Altered quantities in all parts of the removal of drainage systems system infrastructure; due to changed 3) Identify control measures TSFs; Footprints topography and in accordance with GN704 of TSFs, large impervious 4) Implement agreed control Potential areas. Erosion by measures (mine, DWA, incidents of concentrated run-off qualified consultants) Hazardous can cause 5) Discharge only treated Chemical instability. water meeting legal Substances standards into water courses 6) Manage and implement maintenance programme 7) Ensure that relevant environmental aspects are addressed in personnel training & awareness (C, O, Potential Stormwater Increased erosion, 1) Investigate potential D, P) incidents of contamination dust and hazardous impacts on stormwater to 8 000 Hazardous chemical identify highest risks Chemical substances can 2) Identify control and/or Substances, reduce the water remediation options in TSFs, Waste quality of surface consultation with a suitably Rock, water. Vehicle qualified person Contaminated wash bays and 3) Implement agreed control Rivers, maintenance and/or remedial action (mine, Maintenance facilities increase qualified consultant) activities, Waste the risk of 4) Manage the stormwater management contaminated run- run-off from sites in order to activities, off. Extreme event prevent pollution Collection and discharges might 5) Report and manage storage of have an impact on incidents according to the effluent water, surface water EMS procedure Soil quality. 6) Manage and implement management maintenance programme practices, 7) Ensure that relevant Transportation, environmental aspects are Underground addressed in personnel mining, Mineral training & awareness processing activities, Demolition and removal of infrastructure

Page 251 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

5.3.8.1 Surface water quantity

The impact on surface water quantity has been rated as low before and after impact mitigation. South Deep Mine no longer abstracts surface water from the Leeuspruit for use in the mine water circuit.

It should be noted that the zero effluent requirements from National Water Act (Act 36 of 1998) might have an impact on the downstream water users. The implication is that treated effluent currently released into streams and water courses will be stopped and this could change the flow of water in the system. The following discharge currently takes place at South Deep mine and has been included in the mines‟ WULA:

Discharging of treated sewage effluent into the Leeuspruit (1.4Ml/day )

Doornpoort TSF: It is not expected that the Doornpoort TSF will have an impact on surface water quantity.

The mine has done a site wide water balance, likely to be achieved from 2011 onwards, after commissioning of the planned Doornpoort TSF (Appendix J). The water balance took cognisance of a number of other proposed changes to the current operation, due to be implemented and commissioned over the next three to five years. Water balances were done for wet and dry weather conditions. The future water balance has been planned to satisfy a water re-use protocol that requires that “dirty” water is used as a highest priority followed by the clean sources of water. South Deep now has a probabilistic water balance which can predict potential environmental issues. The strategy which is to be implemented to maximise re-use of contaminated water is described in Table 4:14. Surface water quality

The impact on surface water quality has been rated as high before impact mitigation and medium after impact mitigation.

Page 252 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

Possible contamination sources from the South Deep area are:

. Oils and grease from operations in the mining area (from shaft complex and underground mining)

. Nitrate, bacteria and phosphates from change houses (change houses)

. Chemicals (from storage and loading areas and processing plant)

. Suspended solids (from ore stockpile, processing plant, waste rock dump, settling pond and tailings delivery)

. Diesel (from processing plant and settling pond);

. Cyanide (from leaching at the processing plant);

. Metals (from ore stockpile, processing plant, waste rock dump and settling pond);

. Salts (from the waste rock dump, settling pond and tailings delivery).

. Spills from maintenance materials

. Spills from pipelines crossing drainage lines

. Spills/overflow from polluted water holding facilities (TSFs included)

. Uncontrolled discharges/contaminated runoff from dirty areas (including fuel dispensing areas, oil handling areas, workshops and wash bays) on the mine property

. Discharge of treated sewage effluent (included in WULA)

. Seepage from waste disposal and polluted water holding facilities (TSFs included)

. Accelerated soil erosion in disturbed areas

Spills and contaminated runoff: There is a lack of storm water management measures in the South Shaft area. Potentially contaminated water from the South Shaft complex and old gold plant area (this includes backfill plant runoff, backwash water from the refrigeration plant,

Page 253 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR water from the surface fans, overflow from the mine water dams, overflow from the old thickeners and effluent (grey water) from the hostels) discharges into a trench established by the mine downgradient of the South Shaft area (Table 4:15). This trench is used to channel all collected water to the new return water dam and from there it is recycled back to the process. During the rainy season this water overflows into the Leeuspruit. Specific measures have been identified as part of the mine‟s water use license application (WULA) (paragraph 4.1.13) to address this periodical release.

The 2001 EMP amendment stated that the mine will maximise re-use and recycling of water in the water management system of the site, to prevent or minimise discharges to the receiving watercourses. The water balance study conducted by Metago in 2006 indicated that there is inadequate overall storage volume available on the mine to enable the mine to store „dirty‟ water. The Doornpoort RWD and proposed South Shaft Complex pollution control dam (PCD) will rectify this situation. The 2009 site-wide water balance took cognisance of these proposed changes.

Discharge of treated sewage effluent: The mine discharges treated sewage effluent in the Leeuspruit (paragraph 0). The sewage treatment plant at South Deep Twin Shaft is replaced by the pump station and no treated effluent is discharged into the Kariegaspruit. The mine monitors the effluent discharged to the environment. Based on the monitoring results, the quality of water discharged from the sewage treatment plants is of a higher quality that that found in either the Leeuspruit. An area of concern however is the high counts of.E. Coli found in the discharge water. It was noted during the analysis of 2007 – 2010 results the results vary between 0 and 4200000 cfu/100ml. The reason for the high values has not been determined.

The discharge of treated sewage effluent was governed by an exemption permit issued by DWAF in 1999 which subsequently expired. The mine has applied for an integrated water use license for its operations and the discharge is included in the application. The mine received exemption from the EIA process for the sewage pump station at South Deep Shaft and the sewage pipeline between the pump station and the upgraded sewage plant at South Shaft.

Page 254 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

Seepage from waste disposal and polluted water holding facilities: Due to the proximity of streams to mine facilities such as the tailings dams, the South Shaft waste rock dump and certain pollution control dams (return water dams, Twin Shaft retention pond), there is a possibility that seepage from these facilities could influence the quality of water in the streams (Appendix H). The surface water monitoring programmes (paragraph 2.9.2.1) have identified an issue.

Results for surface water quality at point S6, downstream of the decommissioned South Deep sewage treatment plant and immediately downstream of the old tailings facility and new return water dam, indicates considerable increases in pollution at this point. A slight downward trend for sulphate is however indicated over the first two months of 2010. Surface water quality at S10 on the Kariegaspruit downstream of the Twin Shaft tailings facility indicates erratic water quality at this point and clear evidence if diffuse pollution from the tailings facility. Monitoring point S14 is at the confluence of the Leeuwspruit and the Kariegaspruit and indicates gradual increases in pollution at this point. It appears that the pollution load from the Leeuspruit is greater than that emanating from the Kariegaspruit. This may be attributed to the occasional overflow of the trench at South Shaft. As mentioned mitigation measures in this regard have formulated and are included in the mines WULA.

Water quality at the various sampling points has been classified according to the DWAF/WRC drinking water classification system (Report TT101/98, 1998) (Table 2:23). Based on this, surface water at the mine falls within Class 2 and Class 3 water quality.

When comparing downstream variations in stream water quality (paragraph 2.9.2.2), generally the sulphate concentration (used in the evaluation as a tracer) increases as the Leeuspruit flows through the mine site however sulphate does enter the mine site (SB12) with a concentration that falls within WRC/DWAF‟s Class 2 water quality (marginal water quality/conditionally acceptable - negative effects may occur in some sensitive groups).

There is less surface water monitoring points along the Kariegaspruit than the Leeuspruit. It should be noted that there are no surface water monitoring points in the Kariegaspruit upstream of the mine with which to compare the downstream water quality. However, the

Page 255 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR source of water for the Kariegaspruit is stormwater from South Deep Twin Shaft area. As a result there is no need to monitor this stream at two points. Consideration will be given to the inclusion of a monitoring point at the source of the Kariegaspruit in November 2011.

Doornpoort TSF: Under normal operating conditions there will be no surface water discharge into the environment. In accordance with the requirements of Regulation 704, all facilities have been designed to not spill more than once in 50 years so spillage to the environment can only occur under extreme storm events. The dirty water collection facilities on the site were designed so that they do not spill into any clean water system more than once in 50 years and they have a minimum freeboard of 0.8 meters above full supply level. Spills from a burst pipeline could contaminate the Kariegaspruit and associated wetland system.

5.3.8.2 Storm water management

The alteration of drainage patterns and the separation of clean and dirty water have been rated as medium before impact mitigation and as low after impact mitigation.

An outline of storm water management infrastructure in the various areas of the mine is given in Table 4:15. Existing clean runoff diversion facilities and dirty water collection facilities are highlighted in Appendix H.

It is expected that storm water management measures will temporarily (for the life of mine) alter the drainage patterns on site. The 2001 EMP amendment identified that the volume of clean water runoff would decrease due to the establishment of mine infrastructure. It stated however that downstream of the South Deep area, the impact on the hydrology would be small (immediately downstream of the mine) and negligible downstream of the Kariegaspruit confluence with the Leeuspruit.

With the exception of the “dirty” areas around the South Shaft complex all “dirty” areas are provided with some form of pollution control dam to intercept dirty runoff. The existing pollution control facilities were not necessarily designed in accordance with the requirements of Regulation 704 as most pre-date this regulation. In general, the mine will ensure that it

Page 256 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR complies with Government Notice Regulation 704 of 4 June 1999 in that measures have been implemented to ensure that clean runoff from areas upstream of infrastructure sites is prevented from coming in contact with dirty water. A strategy to maximise re-use of contaminated water was formulated during the calculation of the future site wide water balance (Table 4:14).

Upon closure, it is planned to rehabilitate all land to agricultural land with at least grazing potential unless an alternative end-use is identified as part of the mine‟s detailed closure planning. Where possible, natural drainage patters will be restored during closure.

Doornpoort TSF: Water flow over the tailings dam complex site is mainly towards the unnamed tributary of the Leeuspruit. Clean runoff diversion facilities and dirty water collection facilities are highlighted in Figure 4:7 (tailings dam complex) and Figure 4:2 (proposed pipeline routes). Storm water management infrastructure will be established at the beginning of the construction phase to prevent suspended solids and other pollutants from the construction sites entering nearby watercourses.

5.3.8.3 Storm water contamination

The possible contamination of storm water has been rated as medium before impact mitigation and as low after impact mitigation.

The lack of storm water management measures in the South Shaft area is of concern. As part of the mine‟s water use license application (WULA), alternative management options have been identified (paragraph 4.1.13).

Doornpoort TSF: Erosion protection and appropriate energy dissipation structures will be provided at any discharge points. It is not expected that the clean water diversions and dirty water collection systems will have a significant impact on hydrology in general. Erosion protection and appropriate energy dissipation structures will be provided at any discharge points. Runoff from the side slopes is expected to have a quality similar to runoff from the natural undisturbed grassland and farmland in the region due to the construction of the

Page 257 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR proposed composite cover and concurrent rehabilitation of the TSF side slopes. Good housekeeping will be practiced to reduce the pollution potential to a minimum.

5.3.8.4 Surface water management

Disturbances to surface water courses have been rated as low before and after impact mitigation.

The location of mine infrastructure relative to watercourses and available floodlines is illustrated in Appendix H.

For the Leeuspruit: There is no 1:100 year floodline available for the Leeuspruit however the 1:50 year floodline has been calculated by African Environmental Development. No infrastructure is located within the 1:50 year floodline however some mine infrastructure is located within the 100m offset from the centre of the drainage line. Based on this, the mine applied for exemption from Regulation 704 as part of the water use license application

For the Kariegaspruit: Provided the 1:100 year floodline calculated by SRK Consulting for the Kariegaspruit is accurate (paragraph 4.1.12.2), although there is mine infrastructure located within the 100m offset from the centre of the watercourse no mine infrastructure (apart from the flow meter and stream crossings) is located within the 1:100 year floodlines Based on this, the mine applied for exemption from Regulation 704 as part of the water use license application.

Water flow at the mine is mainly in a southerly direction towards the Leeuspruit and Kariegaspruit . A small part of the South Deep waste rock dump drains towards the Loopspruit. Drainage patterns in the vicinity of the mine have been altered as follows:

. Stream diversion in the Leeuspruit due to the establishment of the new return water dam south of the old tailings dam.

. Flow meters established in the Kariegaspruit down gradient of the new tailings dam and in the Leeuspruit in the stream diversion.

Page 258 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

. Various stream crossings including the haul road and pipelines crossing the Kariegaspruit and the mine‟s access road crossing the Leeuspruit

. Presence of storm water management measures

With regards to the flow meters and stream diversion, no impacts on the stream hydrology are expected. It was identified by SRK that the stream diversion will not have a significant impact on downstream water users as it will not reduce or alter the natural mean annual runoff of the catchment. In addition, SRK identified that by channeling the flow, the stream would be contained in a lesser area thereby reducing the loss to groundwater seepage within the diversion channel. It was highlighted that this would not impact on the near surface groundwater in any way. The stream diversion was designed by a professional engineer.

As the mine access road, crossing the Leeuspruit, was established when mining started approximately 50 years ago it is unlikely that the design of the bridge was regulated. In the absence of water discharges from mines in the area, the Leeuspruit is a non-perennial stream and therefore significant flow should only occur after rainfall events.

The stream crossings on the Kariegaspruit, namely the haul road and pipeline crossings, were addressed during the 2003 (haul road and sewage pipeline) and 2001 EMP amendments (tailings, return water and mine water). A culvert was designed for the haul road crossing to ensure that build up of water against the haul road is minimized (2003 EMP amendment).

Management measures will be implemented to ensure that any stream crossings at the mine do not obstruct the flow of water in the watercourse.

Doornpoort TSF: The mine will not obstruct flows in the watercourses crossed by the pipeline routes associated with the Doornpoort TSF. If necessary, culverts will be designed so that they do not alter flow in the stream.

Page 259 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

5.3.9 Ground water

Table 5:11 Assessment of impacts related to Groundwater

Rating: Low Medium High (Manageable) (Unacceptable)

Phase Description of Description Description of Mitigation Measures Controlled Activity of Aspect Impact Impact Rating (C, O, Abstraction of Groundwater Ingress of fissure 1) Recycle water, backfill and D, P) fissure water; quantity water into seal mined out areas where 4 500 Recirculation of underground mining possible ventilation water facilities. 2) Enable water balance Underground mining calculation by identifying all activates intercept relevant water quantities the natural (include water meters where groundwater flow required) path and divert the 3) Monitor volumes of water flow. Underground pumped from underground mining areas form a 4) Report volumes of water secondary, high pumped from underground volume aquifer, according to WUL (mine when pumping management, DWA) ceases after 5) Implement agreed remedial decommissioning. action (mine, DWA, qualified consultant) (C, O, Potential Groundwater Backfilling with finely 1) Investigate potential D, P) incidents of quality crushed rock impacts on groundwater 8 000 Hazardous creates reservoirs of aquifers to identify highest Chemical potentially risks Substances, contaminated rock 2) Ensure that backfill TSFs, Waste that might react with material will not contribute to Rock, groundwater. pollution of groundwater Contaminated Potential pollution 3) Identify monitoring Rivers, coming from requirements based on Maintenance stormwater or investigation activities, Waste surface water due to 4) Identify remediation management soil pollution. Acid options in consultation with activities, Mine drainage due suitably qualified person Collection and to physical nature of 5) Monitor and record storage of ore. Poor quality groundwater quality effluent water, leachate emanating information into the Soil from Residue monitoring database management stockpiles / deposits 6) Implement agreed remedial practices, / temporary action (mine, DWA, qualified Transportation, stockpiles / waste consultant) Underground rock dumps. 7) Report on groundwater mining, Mineral quality according to WUL processing requirements activities, 8) Report incidents to Managing mine authorities (DWA) according site and to the EMS procedure contractors 9) Manage incidents

Page 260 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

Phase Description of Description Description of Mitigation Measures Controlled Activity of Aspect Impact Impact Rating according to EMS procedure 10) Ensure that relevant environmental aspects are addressed in personnel training & awareness

(O, D, Pumping of De-watering Dolomitic substrate 1) Identify environmental P) water to make or re- could result in critical limit (ECL) according 4 000 mining areas watering instability or failure. to Regional Closure safe; Cooling Guidelines water for 2) Manage abstraction of ventilation water within these limits 3) Backfill voids to reduce groundwater flow 4) Investigation into the requirements for decanting on mine closure (Identify areas that require capping / grouting) 5) Enable controlled flooding through minimum design flood specifications

5.3.9.1 Groundwater quantity

The impact of mining activities on groundwater quantity has been rated as low before and after impact mitigation.

Groundwater usage in the area is mainly for domestic use, stock watering and irrigation.

Although the mine abstracts water from four boreholes located at the South Shaft complex for use in the refrigeration plant (mine water circuit), (Table 4:10) it is expected that water is abstracted from the deep dolomite aquifer. Metago (2006) indicated that it is unlikely that farmers in the vicinity of the mine use the water within this aquifer system due to its depth below surface. The abstraction of water has been included in the mine‟s WULA.

It was identified in the 2001 EMP amendment that water seeping into the Twin Shaft may cause dewatering of the dolomite aquifer within the Ventersbok compartment, and that there could be groundwater users further north of the mine (where the dolomites outcrop near surface) that use water from the deep dolomitic aquifer. It was stated in the EMP amendment however that monitoring of boreholes in Hillshaven and Westonaria has shown no indication Page 261 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR of lowering water tables since the shaft sinking operations at Twin Shaft. In addition, it is believed that the recharge of the dolomites takes place quicker that the seepage rate of water into the workings. The mine will however continue to monitor groundwater levels, where possible, as part of its monitoring program.

As indicated in paragraph 2.10.1, the water table in boreholes owned by the mine has been exceptionally consistent. According to Rison (July 2010), water levels in all mine boreholes show an increase in water level since September 2009 which is related to the high rainfall experienced during the season.

Unfortunately all the farm boreholes are fitted with pumping equipment and it is therefore impossible to measure groundwater levels in any of these boreholes (Rison, December 2004). Starting in January 2012, it is planned to repair all the monitoring boreholes (mine and farm). This will commence with the mine boreholes and engagement with different farmers will be done so that in Dec 2012 all monitoring boreholes are in a good condition. This will depend on the engagement with the farmers.

As no dewatering is currently taking place at the mine and fissure water leaking into the underground workings (used in the mine water circuit) is expected to be from the deeper dolomite aquifer within the narrow Ventersbok compartment (as outlined above), it is not expected that the mine will have an impact on the availability of groundwater to other users in the vicinity of the mine.

Doornpoort TSF: The proposed tailings dam complex is approximately 450m from the closest private borehole. Based on the groundwater investigations the proposed project is not expected to have an impact on the availability of groundwater to other users.

5.3.9.2 Groundwater quality

The impact of mining activities at South Deep mine on groundwater quality has been rated as high before impact mitigation and as medium after impact mitigation.

Page 262 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

The groundwater data indicated that the groundwater impacts were restricted to the tailings dams with little or no impact from other sources at the mine. In addition, it was identified that migration plumes would move towards the Kariegaspruit and Leeuspruit. The shallow groundwater levels found in close proximity to the surface streams suggested an interaction between surface and groundwater. Any contamination however is not expected to cross the stream which will act as contaminant conduits on the mine property.

An analysis of the Leeuspruit surface water quality in 2001 indicated that mining impacts extend from the mine to the confluence with the Kleinwes Rietspruit. The study identified that the groundwater contamination appeared to be restricted to the farms closest to the mine and adjacent to the Leeuspruit. Further downstream it was concluded that the Leeuspruit did not affect the groundwater resources and provided that irrigation did not take place it was unlikely that groundwater contamination would occur.

Facilities at the mine that are impacting negatively on groundwater resources include:

Seepage from the tailings dams and associated return water systems;

Historic contamination through spillages from the old gold plant and South Shaft;

Seepage from the South Shaft waste rock dump;

Surface water contamination - due to the close interaction between the streams and groundwater resources.

The South Deep waste rock dump and waste facilities have the potential to impact negatively on groundwater resources, however no evidence of pollution has been identified by the groundwater monitoring programme. The industrial waste site is no longer operational and waste is transported to the salvage yard at South Deep shaft.

The 2001 EMP amendment identified seepage from the South Deep area as a potential impact. Specific design measures (such as storm water control, bunding, concrete base) were proposed to limit the potential for seepage or spillages. These design measures have

Page 263 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR been implemented and at this stage no evidence of groundwater pollution has been identified in the South Deep area.

It has been identified that impacts on groundwater from the mine are mainly from the tailings dams (and return water system) with little or no impact from other sources at the mine. The tailings material from the mine is acid generating. This was confirmed through acid base accounting and leachate tests done by Metago in 2005. The return water in the new return water dam is acidic and contains high concentrations of salts and dissolved metals.

A study on the potential for acid rock drainage from the two waste rock dumps at the mine was completed by SRK in 2002. Results show that a high proportion of the material at the South Shaft waste rock dump will be acid generating while the South Deep waste rock dump comprises mainly material that is not acid generating .

Although the groundwater monitoring programme has indicated that there is no contamination from the South Shaft waste rock dump, the water balance study undertaken by Metago as part of the water use license application, shows that seepage from the South Shaft waste rock dump could impact on groundwater resources in the vicinity of the dump. There is, unfortunately, no borehole downstream from the South Shaft waste rock dump to conclusively show contamination from this source only. Borehole, SD13, is impacted upon by current and historic spillages from the metallurgical plant and is too far downstream from the waste rock dump to show contamination from this source alone.

As part of the mine‟s water use license application, specific measures were identified to mitigate seepage from potentially polluting mine facilities such as the tailings dams (and associated return water system) and waste rock dumps.

Doornpoort TSF: The only component of the project that is expected to significantly impact on groundwater quality as a result of seepage is the proposed tailings dam. Seepage from other infrastructure sites such as the water treatment plant and along pipeline routes is expected to be negligible. Seepage from the return water dams is not expected as the dams will be lined.

Page 264 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

As mentioned the tailings was analyzed and it was determined that leachate from the tailings storage facility could adversely impact on the quality of the groundwater in the vicinity of the dam. An assessment of the contaminant concentrations causing pollution of water resources in the vicinity of the tailings dam (groundwater modeling) has concluded that during the active life contaminants will be released. The groundwater modeling conducted by RGC showed that even without mitigation (for example a drainage system), the contaminant migration is slow due to low aquifer parameters and in most instances the groundwater plume will not migrate much beyond the site boundary after 50 years but will remain in the aquifer for a very long time after deposition has stopped. The influence of the Gemsbokfontein No. 2 dyke is expected to act as a barrier rather than a conduit. The acid generating potential of the tailings has been taken into account in the engineering design of the facility. Measures that have been included in the design to limit the generation of acid and manage the potential pollution plume.

The migration of contaminants is however dependant on the porosity of the aquifers which at this stage is uncertain. Additional monitoring boreholes will be drilled to monitor seepage migration from the tailings dam.

5.3.9.3 De-watering or re-watering

The impact of de or re-watering of the aquifer due to mining activities has been rated as low before and after impact mitigation.

The 2001 EMP amendment identified that dewatering of the regional shallow weathered aquifer and fractures aquifers would take place (during the construction phase) during the shaft sinking operations due to pumping from South Deep Shaft (Twin Shaft).

The EMP amendment stated that pumping at the Twin Shaft may result in the dewatering of the shallow weathered aquifer which could potentially result in a reduction of yields to farmer‟s boreholes in the vicinity of the Twin Shaft complex. However it identified that no farmer‟s boreholes were located within 2km radius of the shaft. No significance was given for this impact as it was uncertain whether or not the shallow aquifer was fractured or had

Page 265 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR preferential flow paths. Dewatering due to shaft sinking stopped in 2004 and no dewatering of the shallow weathered aquifer currently takes place.

Doornpoort TSF: It is not expected that the construction and management of the Doornpoort TSF will result in the de- or re-watering of the aquifer.

5.3.10 Air quality

Table 5:12 Assessment of impacts related to Air Quality

Rating: Low Medium High (Manageable) (Unacceptable)

Phase Description of Description Description of Mitigation Measures Controlled Activity of Aspect Impact Impact Rating (O) Hazardous Emissions & Exposure to fumes 1) Conduct baseline air quality Chemical odour and hazardous investigation, by suitable 4 000 Substances, control chemical qualified person, to identify Sewage substances can lead the sources of air pollution treatment to health impacts 2) Identify remedial and facilities; control actions based on Maintenance investigation activities; Waste 3) Compile and implement air management quality management plan Practices according to licence requirements (mine, Local Authority, qualified consultants) 4) Monitor and report on air quality (mine management, Local Authority) 5) Manage and implement maintenance programme 6) Ensure that relevant environmental aspects are addressed in personnel training & awareness

Page 266 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

Phase Description of Description Description of Mitigation Measures Controlled Activity of Aspect Impact Impact Rating (O, D, Accommodation, Dust control Dust from residue 1) Conduct baseline air quality P) Hospital and deposits and investigation, by suitable 6 000 Clinic, stockpiles could qualified person, to identify Transportation, pose a nuisance and the sources of dust pollution Smelting at the health risk. Gravel 2) Identify remedial and Gold plant, roads in the area control actions based on TSFs, Waste produce dust. Haul investigation Rock, roads generates 3) Water sprayed to reduce Maintenance dust. dust requires permission from activities, DWA and Waste License Mineral 4) Compile and implement air processing quality management plan activities (mine, qualified consultants) (Crushing), 5) Monitor and report on air Managing mine quality (mine management) site and 6) Ensure that relevant contractors, environmental aspects are Temporary addressed in personnel stockpiles, training & awareness Rehabilitation Practices

5.3.10.1 Emissions & odour control

The impacts of emissions and odours on air quality have been rated as low before and after impact mitigation.

Emissions at the mine include vehicle tailpipe emissions, cleaned air vented to atmosphere from the smelt house and emissions from heating, cooking and veld fires.

Vehicle tailpipe emissions: Vehicle tailpipe emissions have not been quantified however based on the low traffic volumes generated by the mine (paragraph 4.3.3), it is not expected that emissions from tailpipes will significantly affect the air quality at the mine. It is however expected that this will change during the decommissioning and closure phases due to increased number of trucks that will be present on the site. To limit emissions from mine vehicles, the mine will ensure that measures relating to servicing and maintaining of vehicles are implemented.

Emissions from the smelt house: It was identified in Table 4:11, that a minimum amount of gasses are generated from the furnace during the smelting operation at the gold plant. This

Page 267 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR was also identified in the 2001 EMP amendment. All gasses during the smelting and calcining process are scrubbed clean by means of a venturi scrubber operated inside the smelt house. The cleaned gas is emitted to atmosphere via a stack. According to mine personnel, the emitted gas is expected to be clean, however no formal analysis has been undertaken. The 2001 EMP amendment stated that the emissions would contain some or all of the following substances: carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide, nitrates, cyanide, sulphur dioxide, chlorine and fluorine. It added that the impacts were likely to be restricted close to ground level, localised, for limited periods during winter.

The mine will identify and quantify emissions from the furnace stack. If necessary, additional measures will be identified in consultation with an appropriately qualified person.

Emissions from cooking, heating and veld fires: Runaway fires at the mine can be initiated from sparks from faulty machinery, careless disposal of coals and from heating and cooking fires. The mine does not allow any open heating or cooking fires on its property and the mine‟s good housekeeping policy will minimise the potential for runaway fires from other sources such as neighbouring farms and settlements. The mine has a fire management programme in place. The potential for significant air pollution from heating and cooking fire is expected to be negligible. Veld fires are a natural phenomenon and are of short duration, however, mining and associated activities could result in an increased frequency.

Odour: If not operated correctly the sewage treatment facilities at the mine could generate foul smells. Currently monthly reports for the sewage treatment plants indicate no foul smells. The mine is investigating the option of disposing sewage sludge with tailings on the tailings dams. The mine will ensure that necessary measures are implemented to prevent foul smells from the disposal process. The industrial waste site at the mine that could have resulted in fouls smells is no longer operational.

Doornpoort TSF: It is not expected that the Doornpoort TSF complex will be a source of air pollution in terms of emissions or odour, apart from maintenance vehicles traveling on gravel roads.

Page 268 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

5.3.10.2 Dust control

The impact of dust on air quality has been rated as high before impact mitigation was considered and as medium after considering the impact mitigation measures.

The main source of air quality concern at the mine is dust. The 2001 EMP amendment identified that small amounts of particulate emissions would be released from the smelter operation however levels would be low and insignificant. Other areas at the mine that could influence the dust emissions (in the form of inhalable particulates and suspended particles (fall out)) are the tailings dams, the use of the haul road between the shaft complexes, gravel roads on the mine site and crushing operations at the South Shaft waste rock dump. In addition, agricultural activities in the area could also have an impact on the results obtained especially on a windy day.

There were originally six single dust buckets (SB on Figure 2:34) and two twin dust buckets at the mine. These were replaced with multi-directional dust buckets in 2009. In July 2010 an additional dust bucket was added to the monitoring programme at Doornpoort TSF offices because of the construction of the TSF.

Averages of the Dust fall out for the period of seven months, from January to July 2010, indicates that the Waste rock dump unit continues to be the second lowest dust concentration results with the west bucket yielding the lowest dust concentration. The Twin shaft dust bucket shows significant improvement from the previous year data as all the buckets recorded dust concentration of below 180 mg/m2/day over this period. Doornpoort continues to be the monitoring point with the highest dust concentration of them all, however significant improvement is also observed. Elvis farm is the monitoring point with the lowest dust concentration values of them all with all buckets yielding dust concentration values of below 100 mg/m2/day. The results collected in this period continue to be below the industrial action level of 1200_mg/m2/day.

If unmanaged, dust generated by mining activities could result in a significant high impact. However, specific measures are currently being undertaken to limit the generation of dust

Page 269 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR from the mine. The mine is also planning to establish and implement an air quality management plan for its operations.

Doornpoort TSF: Air quality impacts were assessed based on compliance with available ambient air quality guidelines and the potential for human health impacts. Predicted unmanaged PM10 concentrations occurring due to the Doornpoort tailings dam development could exceed relevant air quality standards/guidelines. The comparison of predicted pollutant concentrations to ambient air quality guidelines and standards facilitates a preliminary screening of the potential, which exists for human health impacts. In the case of dust fallout, if the results are compared to the mine‟s measured dust fallout the predictions are below the measured results. This could be due to other sources contributing to the measured dust fallout levels. However, the main reason for the poor correlation between recorded and predicted dust fallout levels is the use of non-representative meteorological data.

If unmanaged, dust generated by the Doornpoort tailings dam will result in a significant impact and will add to the cumulative impact of the mine. However, specific measures have been included in the design of the tailings dam (to limit the generation of dust from the dam). These measures include ongoing rehabilitation throughout the operational phase of the tailings dam and are critical in managing this impact.

Page 270 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

5.3.10.3 Noise pollution

Table 5:13 Assessment of impacts related to Noise

Rating: Low Medium High (Manageable) (Unacceptable)

Phase Description of Description Description of Mitigation Measures Controlled Activity of Aspect Impact Impact Rating (C, O, Mining, Loading, Noise Excessive noise 1) Conduct noise surveys to D) Transport, pollution could lead to identify noise levels by 4 500 Mineral hearing loss suitably qualified persons Processing 2) Identify control and (Crushing and mitigation options Milling); Mine 3) Implement agreed control site and and mitigation options (mine, contractor qualified consultant) management; 4) Monitor and record noise Drilling and levels according to legal and Blasting other requirements 5) Manage and implement maintenance programme 6) Ensure that relevant environmental aspects are addressed in personnel training & awareness

The impact of noise generated by the mining activities has been rated as low before and after impact mitigation.

Existing noise sources in the area include mining-related activities and agricultural operations. Sources of noise at the mine include:

. Moving vehicles and equipment

. Crusher plant at the South Shaft waste rock dump

. Loading and hauling of rock from waste rock dump/s

. Ventilation fans

. Operations at the sewage treatment plants

Page 271 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

. Sirens at shift changes

. Reverse hooters from trucks on site

. Pumps for tailings and process water transport

All machinery utilized as part of the operations has scrubbers and silencers to ensure that noise levels are under 110 decibels. The nearest noise sensitive environments to the mine include mine housing (hostels, married quarters and living units) located on site as well as the three settlements located south east of the mine adjacent to the D962 road between the R28 and Fochville. The three settlements located adjacent to the road will also experience noise from the public road. To date, the mine has not received any complaints about disturbing noise from its operations.

Noise levels are expected to be a nuisance during the decommissioning and closure of the mine when surface infrastructure is demolished and removed. The mine will however implement measures to prevent public exposure to disturbing noise

Doornpoort TSF: Due to the limited presence of noise sensitive environments in the immediate vicinity of the operations, the increase in noise levels is not expected to have a significant impact during the operational phase. Noise during the construction phase could become disturbing if activities are undertaken 24 hours a day, 7 days a week.

Sources of noise include:

. Moving vehicles and equipment

. Earthworks at construction sites; and

. Pumps, including the tailings and return water pipeline pumps

Some blasting may be required during the construction stage when the foundations for the tailings dam and return water dam are developed. In accordance with standard good practice, the blasts will be controlled so that the maximum peak particle velocity will not

Page 272 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR damage structures within a distance of 500m from a blast. Hence, the zones within 500m of each of the infrastructure sites can be delineated as the zones affected by blasting.

Infrastructure within 500m of construction sites includes:

. At the tailings dam complex: surfaced district roads, Eskom Bernina substation, associated power lines, and Eskom‟s hostel.

. Along pipeline routes: surfaced district roads and bridges, and Eskom power lines.

Fly rock from blasting can be hazardous to humans and animals. Fly rock rarely occurs where blasts are properly designed. The air blast associated with blasting can startle humans and animals. This problem can be overcome if the people in the area are warned of the intention to blast and a warning siren is sounded before the blast.

All parties with service infrastructure and/or providing services in the area will be consulted to determine what safety precautions have to be applied.

5.3.11 Sites of archaeological and cultural interest

Table 5:14 Assessment of impacts related to Heritage Resources

Rating: Low Medium High (Manageable) (Unacceptable)

Phase Description of Description Description of Mitigation Measures Controlled Activity of Aspect Impact Impact Rating (C, O, Demolition and Management Heritage resources 1) Identification of sites of D, P) removal of of heritage might be disturbed archaeological and cultural 3 000 infrastructure; resources by development interest that may be impacted Mining; Borrow by mining activities, by pits; Create suitably qualified person infrastructure; 2) Compile and implement Graves; Heritage heritage resources resources management plan 3) Ensure that relevant environmental aspects are addressed in personnel training & awareness

Page 273 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

The impact of mining activities on heritage resources has been rated as medium before impact mitigation and as low after impact mitigation.

Various Stone Age and Late Iron Age sites were identified during an archaeological survey of the area in 1995 (paragraph 2.13). Some of these sites fall on mine property but outside of areas occupied by mine infrastructure. It is not expected that mining operations will encroach on any of these sites due to their location on the ridge behind the mine. The archaeological survey did not comment on the presence of graves in the area. However mine personnel have indicated that private graves are located near to the South Shaft waste rock dump, the new return water dam and close to the south eastern corner of the Twin Shaft complex as illustrated in Appendix H. These graves have been fenced off. No other graves/burial sites have been found on the mine property. It is not known whether any archaeological sites or graves were destroyed during the establishment of the South Shaft area approximately 50 years ago.

Doornpoort TSF: Two of the sites identified will be impacted on by the establishment of the Doornpoort tailings dam complex Figure 2:36). These include:

. Historical house (partly destroyed) older than 60 years (HH01) – no conservation value as the house is partly destroyed

. Farm homestead from the recent past (RRP01) – no conservation value

The remaining sites are located outside the boundary of the tailings dam complex. Although the historical house (HH01) has no historical significance any longer it is protected by Section 36 of the National Heritage Resources Act, 25 of 1999, which declares that all structures that are older than sixty years have to be considered historical structures. The house therefore will not be destroyed and will be used for offices.

Even though the impact has been rated as low, South Deep Mine will ensure that archaeological, cultural or historical sites are not adversely affected by mining operations through the implementation of mitigation measures.

Page 274 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

5.3.12 Visual disturbances

Table 5:15 Assessment of impacts related to Visual Disturbances

Rating: Low Medium High (Manageable) (Unacceptable)

Phase Description of Description Description of Mitigation Measures Controlled Activity of Aspect Impact Impact Rating (C, O, TSFs, Head Visual Visual intrusion 1) Conduct visual D) gear; Processing disturbances caused to sensitive assessments for mining 6 000 plants; Water receptors activities by suitably qualified treatment plant; person Rehabilitation 2) Assess and implement practices; agreed mitigation options Demolition and (mine, qualified consultant) removal of 3) Rehabilitate according to infrastructure; closure plan requirements Waste 4) Manage and implement a management maintenance programme activities; Mine site and contractor management

The visual character of the area has changed from a rural farming community to a mixture of farming and mining-related activities. The visual intrusion of the mine site is high due to its size and the vast area it occupies. The main shafts at the mine are approximately 94m high while the ventilation shafts are approximately 55m high. The existing tailings dams have a height of approximately 25m.

The topography of the area is such that the mine is partially visible from the R28 traveling towards Vereeniging but not from any other scenic or tourist routes. From the R28, the shaft headgear and top of the tailings dams can be seen. The mine is visible from public roads and private small holdings directly around the mine.

Gold Fields is proposing the re-mining of the two tailing storage facilities as [part of the West Wits Project. This will reduce the visual disturbance from the R28. During decommissioning it is expected that the visual impact will be high due to the demolition and removal of infrastructure as well as dust generation.

Page 275 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

Doornpoort TSF: The Doornpoort tailings dam will cover an area of approximately 350ha and will vary in height from 45m (in the northern parts) to 75m (in the southern part) due to the natural slope of the land. The tailings dam will not be visible from scenic or tourist routes but will be visible from areas surrounding the site. The presence of the tailings dam will permanently alter the visual aspect of the area and will transform the existing open space. In addition, the visual intrusion of the associated pipelines is expected to be negligible due to: its location along existing road servitudes, its location within disturbed areas and its relatively low height (approximately 2m from the ground).

South Deep will implement the mitigation measures, including ongoing rehabilitation throughout the operational phase of the tailings dam, to limit the negative visual impact of the tailings dam.

5.3.13 Regional socio-economic structure

Table 5:16 Assessment of socio-economic impacts

Rating: Low Medium High (Manageable) (Unacceptable)

Phase Description of Description Description of Mitigation Measures Controlled Activity of Aspect Impact Impact Rating (C, O, Beneficiation of Social & Increased direct and 1) Compile and implement D) minerals; Mine economic indirect employment Social Labour Plan according 4 000 site and impacts opportunities to legal and other contractor Considerable requirements management; multiplier effects 2) Review and submit Social Communities; through downstream Labour Plan to DMR Neighbours; service industries. Employees; Mine closure can be accommodation; negative as opportunities related to that mine diminish significantly.

The 2001 EMP amendment identified the following impacts however these are all linked to the construction of the shaft complex and gold plant and are not expected to still be applicable:

Page 276 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

. Social disruption of local people through the in-migration of outside people, increased crime decreased social cohesion, increased pressure on social facilities and bulk infrastructure and potential for informal settlements.

Based on the current operations going forward, it is expected that the only negative socio- economic impact from the mine will be linked to the retrenchment of the workforce upon closure of the mine and the resulting partial collapse in the economies of the surrounding areas.

Positive socio-economic impacts: Positive impacts resulting from the mine‟s operations are detailed below:

. Current provision of employment to 4,884 people

. Employment of 1 500 contractors

. Capital investments and off-shore revenue generation

. Local up-liftment in the form of salaries

. Local, regional and national taxes and levies.

. Economic multiplier effects linked to the creation and support of service-sector jobs, the procurement of large quantities of consumables annually and the outsourcing of service provision to local service providers. Indirect employment at the mine includes: micro-businesses located in stalls near to the taxi rank that provide a range of services and goods to employees (including food, clothing and hairdressing); food outlets, taxi operators; shops and farms from which the mine buys its vegetables.

No specific management measures are required as the unmanaged impact has a positive significance.

Doornpoort TSF: During the construction phase, the Doornpoort tailings dam complex may attract informal settlement and trading (including associated hygiene, pollution and crime issues) in the surrounding area.

Page 277 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

During decommissioning, there will be a decrease in jobs. However due to the number of people required for the project and the fact that most new employees will be contractors the significance of this issue is considered negligible.

Positive socio-economic impacts: The development of the Doornpoort tailings dam will have the following positive socio-economic impact on the local and regional economies:

. Ensure the continuation of the mine and subsequent benefits such as employment, investment

. Possible employment opportunities although limited

. Capital investment

. Increase the support of service-sector jobs

No specific management measures are required as the unmanaged impact has a positive significance.

Page 278 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

5.3.14 Radiation

Table 5:17 Assessment of impacts related to Radiation

Rating: Low Medium High (Manageable) (Unacceptable)

Phase Description of Description Description of Mitigation Measures Controlled Activity of Aspect Impact Impact Rating (C, O, TSFs, Dust Exposure to Radioactive dust 1) Undertake radiological D, P) management, radiation might have a health assessments to identify 5 625 Water impact on highest risk areas (include management employees and surface water, groundwater surrounding and air) communities 2) Ensure footprints that contained infrastructure is assessed 3) Analysis should be done by suitably qualified person 4) Adhere to NNR Requirements 5) Implement agreed remedial action (mine, qualified consultants, NNR) 6) Implement a monitoring programme 7) Ensure that relevant environmental aspects are addressed in personnel training & awareness

The release of radioactive emissions from mining activities was rated as high before impact mitigation and as medium after impact mitigation

Radioactive emissions could be released into the environment (air and water) through wind, discharges and seepage. The potential sources of radiation at the mine include: the new gold plant, industrial wastes (wastes materials from underground), waste disposal facilities (waste rock dumps and the tailings dams), and historic spillages in the South Shaft area. The mine operates with a nuclear license (Nuclear Licence NL 39). The old gold plant at the mine, which has been partly demolished, has been cleared by the National Nuclear Regulator (NNR) and is therefore not considered to be a potential source of radiation.

Page 279 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

The 2001 EMP amendment stated that both the old and new gold plant are not a significant source of radioactive emissions (occupational exposure) as the total dose due to pathways is below the recommended dose of 1 mSv/a.

It should be noted that a radiation study conducted in October 2004 indicated that the tailings dams are not a significant source of radiation (based on sampling in boreholes SD9 and SD10). The report was included in the mine‟s Updated EMP submitted in 2006. The study did however identify high doses of radioactivity at sampling points in the Leeuspruit (S6 and S14). Analysis of the surface water monitoring results show elevated levels of uranium based on chemical analysis (exceeding DWAF‟s irrigation use guidelines) at sampling points S6, S10 and S14 resulting in the water being acceptable only for irrigation and only over the short term on a site specific basis. Uranium was not identified as a problem during the routine groundwater monitoring (2.10.3).

During the remining of the tailings dams it is expected that the air permeability of the tailings dams could increase resulting in the potential for higher radiation emissions from the tailings dams. This impact will be addressed as part of the West Wits Project.

Ability to control radiation during the life of mine is limited based on financial implications. The mine will continue to monitor and where possible mitigate radiation levels in the surrounding environment.

Doornpoort TSF: Radioactive emissions could be released into the environment (air and water) through wind, discharges and seepage. The Doornpoort tailings dam could be a potential source of radiation. Studies have been undertaken to determine the radiological dose contribution of activities at South Deep Mine. During closure of the tailings dams it is expected that the air permeability of the tailings dam would increase resulting in the potential for higher radiation emissions from the tailings dam.

Page 280 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

5.3.15 Interested and affected parties

Table 5:18 Assessment of impacts related to I&APs

Rating: Low Medium High (Manageable) (Unacceptable)

Phase Description of Description of Description of Mitigation Measures Controlled Activity Aspect Impact Impact Rating (C, O, I & AP Communities; Communities 1) Adhere to legal D) engagement Neighbours; exposed to impacts requirements related to I and 4 500 Employees; of mining AP legislation accommodation 2) Register complaints from I & APs 3) Determine cause in consultation with suitably qualified person 4) Ensure effective mitigation to prevent secondary impacts 5) Internalise cost based on scientific proof

Comments made by I&APs during previous public participation events pertain to:

Communication between the mine and the surrounding community

Involvement of regulatory authorities at meeting

The location and timing of a new developments at the mine linked to the purchasing of land

Mining and blasting-related issues

Groundwater-related issues

Impact on traffic volumes

Doornpoort TSF: During the Public Participation process conducted for the Doornpoort TSF various IAPs have raised a concern about the value of their property as a result of the tailings dam development (Metago, 2007). It is unknown whether or not the tailings dam project will have a specific effect on the value of surrounding third party property.

Page 281 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

No assessment is provided for the impact on property values as it is difficult to assess the severity of this impact at this stage of the project as it is unknown whether or not this impact will occur.

The mine will implement measures to communicate with its I&APs in order to foster good relations with affected parties. Complaints received for the community area addressed through the mine‟s ISO 14001 environmental management system.

Page 282 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

6 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

This chapter describes the proposed management measures for the impacts identified in Chapter 5. The proposed management measures for the Operational, Decommissioning and Closure Phases in table format.

The following key applies to the Phase column in Table 6:1:

C – Construction Phase

O – Operational Phase

D – Decommissioning Phase

P – Closure Phase

The following significance level is used Table 6:1 below to describe the controlled impact rating:

L – Low

M – Medium

H – High

Refer to Chapter 5 for the methodology used in the significance impact rating.

6.1 CONSTRUCTION PHASE

South Deep is an operational mine, however the significant construction impacts for the Doornpoort complex are also included in Table 6.1.

6.2 OPERATIONAL AND DECOMMISSIONING PHASES

This section describes the appropriate management measures to be used by South Deep during the Construction (Doornpoort Complex), Operational and Decommissioning Phase. These measures are summarized in Table 6:1

Page 283 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

6.2.1 EMP Performance Assessments

South Deep Gold Mine will assess their performance in terms of the Environmental Management Programme (presented in Table 6.1) every two years. The performance assessments will be conducted by independent external auditors. A copy of the EMP Performance Assessment Report will be submitted to DMR a month after it has been finalised.

6.2.2 Format of Environmental Management Programme The Environmental Management Programme (EMP) is presented in the Table 6.1. The EMP addresses the impacts associated with the mining operations and action plans/mitigation measures are identified. The format of the table is discussed below. The columns make provision for the following: Column 1: The impact number Column 2: The phases during which the impact is expected to occur Column 3: Description of all the activities that could potentially give rise to the impact Column 4: Description of the aspects (the cause of the impact) Column 5: Description of the effect of the activity (the impact) in relation to specific environmental resource Column 6: Action plan/mitigation measures for the impact Column 7: Significance rating when taking the mitigation measures into account Column 8: Cost associated with a specific action Column 9: Time frame when a specific action will be executed

The specific environmental resources that can be impacted on are presented in the rows of the table. The sequence, in which the impacts on the environmental resources are discussed, is as follows: Rows 1 – 4: Impacts on Geology Rows 5 - 7 : Impacts on Topography

Page 284 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

Rows 8 - 10 : Impacts on Soil Row 11 : Impact on Land Capability Row 12 : Impact on Land Use Rows 13- 14 : Impacts on Natural Vegetation Row 15 : Impact on Fauna Rows 16 - 20 : Impacts on Surface Water Rows 21 - 23 : Impacts on Groundwater Rows 24 - 25 : Impacts on Air Quality Row 26: Impact of Noise Row 28 : Impact on Aesthetics Row 27 : Impact on Heritage Resources Row 29 : Impacts on Socio-Economic environment Row 30 : Radiation Impact Row 31 : Impact on I&APs

Page 285 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Table 6:1 Environmental Management Plan

Action Plans / Impact Resource Description Description Description of Management Phase Mitigation after Time Frame No Impacted on of Activity of Aspect Impact Costs Measures mitigation

01 Geology (C, O, Sinking shaft; Understand Cross-cutting 1) Detail geological L 1) R 0 (Included 1)Annually D, P) Mining area geological rocks/intrusive and geophysical in mine working development; substrate rocks/faults can mapping showing cost) Construct be a conduit that rocktypes related to and manage can take underground TSFs groundwater mining activities into mining areas 02 Geology (C, O, Underground Management Dolomitic 1) Monitor seismic L Ground stability D, P) Mining of ground substrate could activity and sinkhole activities & movement result in 2) Identify potential formation have blasting instability or sinkhole areas not been high failure 3) Investigate areas risk area for of movement South Deep 4) Determine cause in consultation with suitably qualified person 5) Submit reports to STC & Far West Rand Dolomitic Water Association 6) Implement agreed remedial action (mine, STC, FWRDWA) 03 Geology (O, D, Construct Potential for The minerals 1) Determine the M 1) R2,4471.95 1)Dec 2011 P) and manage acid contained in the source underneath (F2010-11) TSFs; Mine rock/mine mined ore could footprints of mine R234,000 (FY rock dumps; drainage result in surface residue stockpiles 2011) Temporary water effluent or deposits once stockpiles with a low pH removed 2) R600 000 for 2) Dec 2012 2) Implement 1 waste rock Starting in agreed remedial dump Mar 2012 action (mine, qualified Page 286 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

Action Plans / Impact Resource Description Description Description of Management Phase Mitigation after Time Frame No Impacted on of Activity of Aspect Impact Costs Measures mitigation consultants, DWA 3) Conduct TSF 3) Jan – Dec & DMR) rehabilitation 2012 3) Two reports study R60,0000 have been completed to determine seepage flow and potential plume impacts from the Old TSF‟s. A potential treatment option needs to be agreed on and implemented This will be carried out in 2012 and includes the conversion of the old TSF return dams to a effluent pond for South Shaft 04 Geology (C, O) Construct Slope The physical 1) Adhere to Code M 1) -3) R18m 1) – 3) July and manage stability of characteristics of Practice for (EIA costs - 2011 TSFs; Mine residue of the mined ore construction of 2006) rock dumps; stockpiles or and the residue stockpiles R385m Temporary deposits treatment of the or deposits stockpile ore contribute to 2) Design paddock Construction of the stability of dams, toe cut-off Doornpoort TSF slopes. trenches, siltation with ongoing Catastrophic dam, return water commissioning failure of TSF systems with until July 2012) due to adequate capacity inadequate 3) Optimise slope design / length and gradient exceeding to reduce erosion storage capacity effect based

Page 287 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

Action Plans / Impact Resource Description Description Description of Management Phase Mitigation after Time Frame No Impacted on of Activity of Aspect Impact Costs Measures mitigation

05 Topography (C, O, TSFs, Manage Placement of 1) Limit activities L 1) – 2) Annual 1) - 2) D, P) Pipelines, standing water / effluent that could result in budget for all Annually Bunded water storage could standing water on TSF‟s is R3.6m areas cause standing dolomitic areas water on (Effective site 1) Stormwater 1) Dec 2012 dolomitic areas drainage, disposal control of Twin this could result of surface water off Shaft waste rock in subsidence or site, no water dump. collapse features/duck ponds) 2) Monitor wet services (irrigation, repair leaks) 06 Topography (C, O, Plant Construct / Mine 1) Retreat or M 1) Approx. 1) Jan –Dec D, P) infrastructure; remove mine infrastructure backfill residue R250 000 - Only 2012 Shaft infrastructure impacts on stockpiles/deposits South Shaft infrastructure visual aspects and mine rock Waste dump to dumps where be rehabilitated possible to be completed 2) Rehabilitate the early 2012 footprints of sites, ensure effective 2) R100 000 2) Annually drainage and vegetation cover 3) R 0 3) - 3) Ensure effective visual screening of residual impacts 07 Topography (C, O, Construct / Construct or Change in 1) Identify areas M 1) Doornpoort 1) D, P) manage / remove drainage where TSF Operational remove Residue patterns, topographical Costs TSFs; Mine stockpiles / stormwater run- changes had rock dumps; deposits off, erosion occurred Temporary 2) Assess potential 2) R5m 2) 2012 stockpiles impacts of change budgeted (Care (change in and maintenance drainage patterns, budget) stormwater run-off,

Page 288 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

Action Plans / Impact Resource Description Description Description of Management Phase Mitigation after Time Frame No Impacted on of Activity of Aspect Impact Costs Measures mitigation erosion, visual impacts, vegetation cover). Currently doing work with Metago as to how to put old TSF on care and maintenance as we will not close completely until a decision on the uranium project is made. 3) Adhere to 3) R0 - Already 3) Annually requirements of budgeted for relevant elsewhere management plans 08 Soil (C,O,D, Roads, Manage soil Soil provides the 1) Conduct soil L 1) R 100000 1) Jan-Dec P) Infrastructure resource growth medium survey in areas 2012 , Borrow pits, for vegetation, identified for new Maintenance once the soil is mining activities by activities, Soil disturbed suitably qualified management (compacted, person activities, covered, 2) Compile soil 2) R0 Waste contaminated) it management plan management will have an according to activities impact on the specialist vegetation. recommendations Topsoil (stripping, degrades during stockpiling, long-term vegetation of stockpiling. stockpiles, erosion management, rehabilitation) 3) Implement and 3) R0 monitor agreed soil management plan

Page 289 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

Action Plans / Impact Resource Description Description Description of Management Phase Mitigation after Time Frame No Impacted on of Activity of Aspect Impact Costs Measures mitigation (mine, qualified consultants) 4) Ensure that 4) Ongoing 4) Ongoing relevant environmental aspects are addressed in personnel training & awareness

09 Soil (C,O,D, Potential Soil Contaminated 1) Investigate M 1) Approx. R 1) Done P) incidents of contaminatio soils act as a potential impacts 200 000 per Hazardous n store of potential on soil to identify month already Chemical pollution that highest risks spent Substances, can be released 2) Identify control 2) Ongoing TSFs, Waste into the and/or remediation 2) R134,502.00 Rock, environment options in per month Contaminate affecting Storm consultation with a d Rivers, Water / Surface suitably qualified

Maintenance Water and person 3) N/A activities, Groundwater 3) Implement

Waste agreed control 3) R0 management and/or remedial activities, action (mine, Collection qualified and storage consultant) of effluent 4) Ensure 4) During water, Soil contaminated soil 4) – 8) Already rehabilitation management are not used for included in costs practices, construction reflected in the Transportatio purposes plan. n, 5) Manage the 5) – 8) Underground water run-off from Ongoing mining, sites in order to Mineral prevent pollution

Page 290 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

Action Plans / Impact Resource Description Description Description of Management Phase Mitigation after Time Frame No Impacted on of Activity of Aspect Impact Costs Measures mitigation processing 6) Report and activities, manage incidents Demolition according to the and removal EMS procedure of 7) Manage and infrastructure implement maintenance programme 8) Ensure that relevant environmental aspects are addressed in personnel training & awareness 10 Soil (O, D, Potential Soil Footprints of 1) Identify areas L 1) - 4) R 223 436 P) incidents of rehabilitation residue where the soil was 951.56 (Total Hazardous deposits/stockpil impacted closure and Chemical es, waste rock 2) Identify control rehabilitation Substances, dumps has been and/or remediation cost) TSFs, Waste compacted and options in Rock, might be consultation with a Contaminate contaminated, it suitably qualified d Rivers, Soil is possible that it person management contain 3) Rehabilitate practices, precipitates that borrow-pits to Demolition could have prevent secondary and removal radiation impacts of elements 4) Ensure adequate infrastructure draining and doming of rehabilitated areas to prevent pooling of water on dolomitic areas

Page 291 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

Action Plans / Impact Resource Description Description Description of Management Phase Mitigation after Time Frame No Impacted on of Activity of Aspect Impact Costs Measures mitigation

11 Land (C, O, Infrastructure Change of Biodiversity can 1) Classify land M 1) Approx. capability D, P) , Soil land be lost. capability of R500, 000.00 management capability Agricultural alternative areas (Included in practices, potential can be identified for new Exploration Waste limited due to mining activities Capital Budget) management the utilisation of 2) Ensure that all practices, the area for legal and 2) R143,000 2) Once off Rehabilitation other purposes. consultative (allocated for practices, Rehabilitated processes are EIA) Demolition areas might not followed for new Approx. and removal have the same mining activities R500,000 of potential as 3) Identify land use infrastructure virgin land in the objectives based same area. on land capability information 4) Ensure rehabilitation objectives are aligned to the objectives of the Strategic development framework and the potential land capability 5) Rehabilitate according to closure plan requirements 12 Land use (O, D, Infrastructure Land use Effective 1) Develop long Positive 1) R100 000 1) Jan – Dec P) , Soil transformatio rehabilitation of term land use plan Impact 2012 management n mining areas in collaboration with practices, can increase regional and local Waste potential land planning bodies management use options after 2) Implement practices, mine closure. agreed land use Rehabilitation Creation of plan (mine, regional

Page 292 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

Action Plans / Impact Resource Description Description Description of Management Phase Mitigation after Time Frame No Impacted on of Activity of Aspect Impact Costs Measures mitigation practices, infrastructure & local planning Demolition could enable authorities) and removal improved 3) Rehabilitate of development according to land infrastructure opportunities use and closure plan requirements

13 Vegetation (O, D, Infrastructure Vegetation The choice of 1) Vegetation L 1) – 5) R100 000 P) , Soil rehabilitation vegetation for management plans included in item management rehabilitation needs to consider 06 practices, areas must be soil condition and Waste guided by the land capability management soil conditions 2) Identify control practices, and/or remediation Rehabilitation options in practices, consultation with a Demolition suitably qualified and removal person of 3) Rehabilitate infrastructure; footprints of residue TSFs; deposits / Footprints of stockpiles to TSFs prevent secondary impacts 4) Include vegetation objectives in end land use plan 5) Ensure monitoring of specified indicators

Page 293 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

Action Plans / Impact Resource Description Description Description of Management Phase Mitigation after Time Frame No Impacted on of Activity of Aspect Impact Costs Measures mitigation

14 Vegetation (C, O, Infrastructure Vegetation Loss of 1) Conduct M 1) R170 000 1) D, P) , Soil management biodiversity. vegetation includes flora Assessment management Secondary assessments for and fauna completed. practices, impacts from new mining areas Waste dust or pollution by a suitably management sources. qualified person practices, Invasive alien 2) Compile specific 2) 247 400.00 2) Plan of Rehabilitation weeds or plants vegetation includes flora action to be practices, needs to be management plans and fauna completed Demolition controlled to (invader species, March 2012 and removal prevent the fire management, of threat to sensitive areas, infrastructure, adjacent areas. carrying capacity, Site Wind and water collection of fire Establishmen erosion of soil wood, erosion t, can be control, Accommodati prevented by rehabilitation) on, Managing effective use of based on specialist mine site and vegetation. recommendations. 3) -7) R100 000 3) – 7) contractors Collection of fire 3) Prevent Ongoing wood. secondary impacts by implementing effective pollution control 4) Consolidate development areas by creating infrastructure corridors to prevent scattered populations 5) Ensure migration routes are not disrupted by infrastructure creation. 6) Manage and

Page 294 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

Action Plans / Impact Resource Description Description Description of Management Phase Mitigation after Time Frame No Impacted on of Activity of Aspect Impact Costs Measures mitigation implement agreed vegetation management plans (mine, qualified consultants) 7) Ensure that relevant environmental aspects are addressed in personnel training & awareness 15 Animal life (C, O, Infrastructure Faunal Loss of 1) Conduct a faunal L Refer to Impact D, P) , Waste Management biodiversity. scan to identify 14 management Secondary threatened, rare or activates, impacts from endangered Managing dust or pollution species by a mine site and sources. suitably qualified contractors Habitat person destruction. 2) Compile specific Noise, traffic management plans movement of (including habitat people could monitoring and scare animals. continuous rehabilitation options) based on recommendations 3) Manage and implement agreed management plan (mine, qualified consultants) 4) Include faunal management objectives in end land use plan 5) Monitor the

Page 295 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

Action Plans / Impact Resource Description Description Description of Management Phase Mitigation after Time Frame No Impacted on of Activity of Aspect Impact Costs Measures mitigation specific indicators as defined 6) Ensure that relevant environmental aspects are addressed in personnel training & awareness

16 Surface (O, D, Underground Surface Zero effluent 1) Enable water L 1) Approx. 1) December water P) Mining water requirements balance calculation R300, 000 - 2011 activities; quantity from National by identifying all Water Balance. Pumping of Water Act (Act relevant water water; 36 of 1998) quantities (include Managing might have an water meters where mine site and impact on the required) contractors downstream 2) Monitor and 2) Budget 2) Jan-Dec water users record water R720 000 2012 volumes according to WUL 2) R300 000 2) Dec 2011

Page 296 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

Action Plans / Impact Resource Description Description Description of Management Phase Mitigation after Time Frame No Impacted on of Activity of Aspect Impact Costs Measures mitigation

17 Surface (C, O , Potential Surface Contaminated 1) Investigate M 1. R200,000 1) Dec. 2010 water D, P) incidents of water quality water in potential impacts (2008) Hazardous pollution control on surface water R24,471.95 Chemical dams could be bodies and courses (Once off in Substances, released to the to identify highest 2010) TSFs, Waste environment in risks R88,809 per Rock, extreme events. 2) Assess acid month Contaminate leaching potential R10,000.00 per d Rivers, of processed month Maintenance mineral extraction R69,302.00 per activities, material month Waste 3) Identify 2) R68,208 in management monitoring 2010 activities, requirements 2) R200,00 for 2) )Jan-Dec Collection based on 2012 2012 and storage investigation 3. R 0 of effluent 4) Identify water, Soil remediation options 4. R0 management in consultation with practices, suitably qualified Transportatio person n, 5) Monitor and Underground record surface mining, water quality 5) R 60, 000 5) Jan - Dec Mineral information into the 2011 processing monitoring activities, database Managing 6) Implement mine site and agreed remedial 6) Not yet 6) By Dec contractors action (mine, DWA, quantified 2014 qualified consultant) 7) Report on surface water quality according to 7) Still awaiting 7) Jan-Dec WUL requirements WUL but 2012 8) Manage budgeted

Page 297 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

Action Plans / Impact Resource Description Description Description of Management Phase Mitigation after Time Frame No Impacted on of Activity of Aspect Impact Costs Measures mitigation incidents according R600,00 per to EMS procedure year for C2012 9) Manage and implement 8) R0 infrastructure maintenance programme 9) R 200 000 9) Annually 10) Ensure that relevant environmental aspects are addressed in 10) R0 10) Ongoing personnel training & awareness 11) Ensure compliance to WUL & COR conditions

11) CoR 11)Annually conditions R2014200 for F2010 18 Surface (O, D, Rivers, Surface Contaminated 1) Manage extreme L 1) R 0 water P) Streams, water sediments can (wet / dry) surface 2) R0 Drainage management release water run-off 3) R0 lines, pollutants to the events 4) R0 (all Wetlands environment 2) No prospecting, included drilling or mining elsewhere in within the 1:50 year document). floodline of a watercourse. 3) No prospecting, drilling or mining closer than a 100m from watercourse. 4) Report and manage incidents

Page 298 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

Action Plans / Impact Resource Description Description Description of Management Phase Mitigation after Time Frame No Impacted on of Activity of Aspect Impact Costs Measures mitigation according to the EMS procedure

19 Surface (C, O, Infrastructure Stormwater Mineral 1) Identify areas L 1) R200,000 1) Done water D, P) , management processing, where control of (2008)Complete Maintenance waste rock, stormwater R24,471.95 activities, residue drainage is needed (Once off in Waste stockpiles / 2) Develop water 2010) management deposits or balance 2) R68,208 in 2) Jan 2011 – activities, temporary calculations for 2010 Dec 2012 Rehabilitation stockpiles stormwater control R200,00 practices, generates to enable accurate budgeted for Demolition contaminated assessment of 2012 and removal run-off water. water quantities in of Altered drainage all parts of the infrastructure; systems due to system TSFs; changed 3) Identify control Footprints of topography and measures in TSFs, large impervious accordance with Potential areas. Erosion GN704 3) R0 incidents of by concentrated 4) Implement Hazardous run-off can agreed control Chemical cause instability. measures (mine, Substances DWA, qualified 4) Costs 4) – 6) consultants) included Annually 5) Discharge only previous treated water sections of meeting legal document (16 standards into &17). water courses 6) Manage and 5) R900,000 implement maintenance programme 7) Ensure that relevant 6) R100 000 p/m environmental Page 299 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

Action Plans / Impact Resource Description Description Description of Management Phase Mitigation after Time Frame No Impacted on of Activity of Aspect Impact Costs Measures mitigation aspects are addressed in personnel training 7) R 0 & awareness 20 Surface (C, O, Potential Stormwater Increased 1) Investigate L 1) R400,000 per As per water water D, P) incidents of contamina- erosion, dust potential impacts month balance Hazardous tion and hazardous on stormwater to Chemical chemical identify highest Substances, substances can risks TSFs, Waste reduce the 2) Identify control 2) R0 Rock, water quality of and/or remediation Contaminate surface water. options in 3) R0 d Rivers, Vehicle wash consultation with a Maintenance bays and suitably qualified activities, maintenance person Waste facilities 3) Implement management increase the risk agreed control activities, of contaminated and/or remedial Collection run-off. action (mine, and storage Extreme event qualified of effluent discharges consultant) water, Soil might have an 4) Manage the 4) South Shaft 4) 2012-2013 management impact on stormwater run-off Effluent Pond – practices, surface water from sites in order R12m planned Transportatio quality. to prevent pollution over next two n, 5) Report and years Underground manage incidents 5) R0 mining, according to the Mineral EMS procedure processing 6) Manage and 6) R0 activities, implement Demolition maintenance and removal programme 7)R0 of 7) Ensure that infrastructure relevant environmental aspects are

Page 300 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

Action Plans / Impact Resource Description Description Description of Management Phase Mitigation after Time Frame No Impacted on of Activity of Aspect Impact Costs Measures mitigation addressed in personnel training & awareness 21 Groundwater (C, O, Abstraction of Groundwater Ingress of 1) Recycle water, L 1) Approx. R6m 1) Ongoing D, P) fissure water; quantity fissure water backfill and seal per month Recirculation into mined out areas of ventilation underground where possible 2) R0 water mining facilities. 2) Enable water Underground balance calculation mining activates by identifying all intercept the relevant water natural quantities (include groundwater water meters where flow path and required) divert the flow. 3) Monitor volumes 3) R0 Underground of water pumped mining areas from underground form a 4) Report volumes 4) 0 secondary, high of water pumped volume aquifer, from underground when pumping according to WUL ceases after (mine decommissionin management, g. DWA) 5) Implement agreed remedial action (mine, DWA, qualified consultant) 22 Groundwater (C, O, Potential Groundwater Backfilling with 1) Investigate M 1) R42,265.25 1) Done D, P) incidents of quality finely crushed potential impacts (2008) Hazardous rock creates on groundwater 1) R15 895 per 1) Ongoing Chemical reservoirs of aquifers to identify month Substances, potentially highest risks TSFs, Waste contaminated 2) Ensure that 2) Approx. 2) July-Dec Rock, rock that might backfill material will R6,000 per 2010 Contaminate react with not contribute to month

Page 301 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

Action Plans / Impact Resource Description Description Description of Management Phase Mitigation after Time Frame No Impacted on of Activity of Aspect Impact Costs Measures mitigation d Rivers, groundwater. pollution of 2) R516,000.00 Maintenance Potential groundwater (F2011) activities, pollution coming 3) Identify Waste from stormwater monitoring 3. R260,00 3) Jan 2011 – management or surface water requirements (C2011) Dec 2011 activities, due to soil based on Collection pollution. Acid investigation and storage Mine drainage 4) Identify of effluent due to physical remediation options 4) & 5) 4) Jan 2012- water, Soil nature of ore. in consultation with R450,000 budget Dec 2012 management Poor quality suitably qualified practices, leachate person Transportatio emanating from 5) Monitor and n, Residue record groundwater Underground stockpiles / quality information mining, deposits / into the monitoring Mineral temporary database processing stockpiles / 6) Implement activities, waste rock agreed remedial 6) R0 6) Jan 2011- Managing dumps. action (mine, DWA, Dec 2012 mine site and qualified contractors consultant) 7) Report on groundwater quality 7) R0 7)Ongoing according to WUL requirements 8) Report incidents to authorities (DWA) according to the EMS procedure 9) Manage incidents according to EMS procedure 10) Ensure that relevant environmental aspects are

Page 302 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

Action Plans / Impact Resource Description Description Description of Management Phase Mitigation after Time Frame No Impacted on of Activity of Aspect Impact Costs Measures mitigation addressed in personnel training & awareness 11) Ensure compliance to WUL conditions 23 Groundwater (O, D, Pumping of De-watering Dolomitic 1) Identify L 1) R0 1) As per P) water to or re- substrate could environmental regional make mining watering result in critical limit (ECL) closure areas safe; instability or according to strategy Cooling water failure. Regional Closure for ventilation Guidelines 2) Manage 2) R0 abstraction of water within these limits 3) Backfill voids to 3) R0 3) Backfill is reduce critical to groundwater flow South Deep 4) Investigation into 4) R0 and up to the requirements 50% of ore for decanting on mined is mine closure returned (Identify areas that underground require capping / as backfill to grouting) fill voids to 5) Enable 5) R0 enable safer controlled flooding mining through minimum design flood specifications

Page 303 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

Action Plans / Impact Resource Description Description Description of Management Phase Mitigation after Time Frame No Impacted on of Activity of Aspect Impact Costs Measures mitigation

24 Air quality (O) Hazardous Emissions & Exposure to 1) Conduct L Estimate of Chemical odour control fumes and baseline air quality R40,000.00 Substances, hazardous investigation, by (F2011) Sewage chemical suitable qualified treatment substances can person, to identify facilities; lead to health the sources of air Maintenance impacts pollution activities; 2) Identify remedial Waste and control actions management based on Practices investigation 3) Compile and implement air quality management plan according to licence requirements (mine, Local Authority, qualified consultants) 4) Monitor and report on air quality (mine management, Local Authority) 5) Manage and implement maintenance programme 6) Ensure that relevant environmental aspects are addressed in personnel training & awareness

Page 304 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

Action Plans / Impact Resource Description Description Description of Management Phase Mitigation after Time Frame No Impacted on of Activity of Aspect Impact Costs Measures mitigation

25 Air quality (O, D, Accommodati Dust control Dust from 1) Conduct M 1) R136,000 per 1) Jan-Dec P) on, Hospital residue deposits baseline air quality annum 2011 and Clinic, and stockpiles investigation, by 1) R1.1m in 1) Jan – Dec Transportatio could pose a suitable qualified C2012 budget 2012 n, Smelting at nuisance and person, to identify the Gold health risk. the sources of dust plant, TSFs, Gravel roads in pollution Waste Rock, the area 2) Identify remedial 2.) R0 Maintenance produce dust. and control actions activities, Haul roads based on Mineral generates dust. investigation 3) R250 000 per 3) Monthly processing 3) Water sprayed to month _ Cost of activities reduce dust road (Crushing), requires permission maintenance and Managing from DWA and dust mine site and Waste License contractors, 4) Compile and Temporary implement air 4) R 0 stockpiles, quality Rehabilitation management plan Practices (mine, qualified consultants) 5) Monitor and report on air quality 5) Included in 1. (mine above management) 6) Ensure that relevant 6) R0 environmental aspects are addressed in personnel training & awareness

Page 305 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

Action Plans / Impact Resource Description Description Description of Management Phase Mitigation after Time Frame No Impacted on of Activity of Aspect Impact Costs Measures mitigation

26 Noise (C, O, Mining, Noise Excessive noise 1) Conduct noise L 1) Approx. Ongoing D) Loading, pollution could lead to surveys to identify R2,000 per Transport, hearing loss noise levels by month - Included Mineral suitably qualified in operational Processing persons costs. Provided (Crushing 2) Identify control for in costs for and Milling); and mitigation EIA's be Mine site and options conducted when contractor 3) Implement doing the air management; agreed control and quality modelling Drilling and mitigation options Blasting (mine, qualified 2-6) R0 consultant) 4) Monitor and record noise levels according to legal and other requirements 5) Manage and implement maintenance programme 6) Ensure that relevant environmental aspects are addressed in personnel training & awareness 27 Heritage (C, O, Demolition Management Heritage 1) Identification of L R150,000 Jan – Dec D, P) and removal of heritage resources might sites of 2012 of resources be disturbed by archaeological and infrastructure; development cultural interest that Mining; may be impacted Borrow pits; by mining activities, Create by suitably qualified infrastructure; person

Page 306 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

Action Plans / Impact Resource Description Description Description of Management Phase Mitigation after Time Frame No Impacted on of Activity of Aspect Impact Costs Measures mitigation Graves; 2) Compile and Heritage implement heritage resources resources management plan 3) Ensure that relevant environmental aspects are addressed in personnel training & awareness 28 Visual (C, O, TSFs, Head Visual Visual intrusion 1) Conduct visual M 1) An EIA to 1) Oct – Dec D) gear; disturbances caused to assessments for investigate this 2011 Processing sensitive mining activities by issue was plants; Water receptors suitably qualified concluded early treatment person 2011, as part of Old TSF plant; 2) Assess and a regional study. closure will Rehabilitation implement agreed No final decision only be practices; mitigation options has been taken. implemented Demolition (mine, qualified if a decision and removal consultant) 2) Re-calculation to not of 3) Rehabilitate and update of continue with infrastructure; according to closure cost for the Uranium Waste closure plan South Deep by a project is management requirements suitable qualified made activities; 4) Manage and specialist – Mine site and implement a R180,000 contractor maintenance management programme

Page 307 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

Action Plans / Impact Resource Description Description Description of Management Phase Mitigation after Time Frame No Impacted on of Activity of Aspect Impact Costs Measures mitigation

29 Socio- (C, O, Beneficiation Social & Increased direct 1) Compile and L 1) R1,711,230 Jan – Dec economic D) of minerals; economic and indirect implement Social per annum 2011 Mine site and impacts employment Labour Plan contractor opportunities according to legal management Considerable and other Communities multiplier effects requirements 2) R38,572,828 Neighbours through 2) Review and per annum Employees; downstream submit Social 3. R454,200 per accommodati service Labour Plan to annum on; industries. Mine DMR closure can be negative as opportunities related to that mine diminish significantly. 30 Radiation (C, O, TSFs, Dust Exposure to Radioactive dust 1) Undertake M R 915196.79 - Jul- June D, P) management radiation might have a radiological Total cost of 2010 Water health impact on assessments to environmental management employees and identify highest risk radiation surrounding areas (include monitoring communities surface water, groundwater and air) 2) Ensure footprints 1-6) R70250 per Till Dec 2011 that contained month infrastructure is assessed 3) Analysis should be done by suitably qualified person 4) Adhere to COR Requirements 5) Implement agreed remedial action (mine, qualified

Page 308 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

Action Plans / Impact Resource Description Description Description of Management Phase Mitigation after Time Frame No Impacted on of Activity of Aspect Impact Costs Measures mitigation consultants, COR) 6) Implement a monitoring programme 7) Ensure that 7) R0 Included in relevant training environmental budget – aspects are reflected addressed in elsewhere personnel training & awareness 31 I&APs (C, O, I & AP Communities Communities 1) Adhere to legal L Operational D) engagement ; exposed to requirements costs Neighbours; impacts of related to I and AP If project related, Employees; mining legislation costs are accommodat 2) Register included in ion complaints from I & project costs APs 3) Determine cause in consultation with suitably qualified person 4) Ensure effective mitigation to prevent secondary impacts 5) Internalise cost based on scientific proof

Page 309 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR 6.3 PLANS AND PROCEDURES

6.3.1 Environmental Awareness Plan

South Deep Gold Mine has a management procedure for identifying environmental training needs and providing awareness and competence training that was developed and successfully implemented as part of the environmental management system (EMS) of the mine which is based on ISO 14001:2004 principles.

Section 4.4.2 of the ISO 14001 standard requires that an organization shall ensure that persons performing tasks for it or on its behalf who have the potential to cause significant environmental impacts are competent on the basis of appropriate education, training or experience, and that relevant records of training are retained.

The purpose of this procedure is to identify the training needs of South Deep Gold Mine and its employees. Once the identification is done, employees will then be trained appropriately.

Training and awareness procedure consist of:

Identification of training needs

Awareness training

Competence training

Competence evaluation

Emergency response training

Record keeping

Training requirement assessment

Page 310 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Figure 6:1 Training needs summary

Source: South Deep Mine Environmental Training Procedure (SD-I-PP006R03)

The ISO 14001 Environmental Training Procedure (SD-I-PP006R03) is attached in Appendix K. The procedure describes the identification of training needs and the required awareness, competence and emergency training.

6.3.2 Environmental Emergency and Remediation Plan

The ISO 14001 Environmental Response Plan (SD-I-PP018) is available in Appendix K. The document describes the Mine‟s emergency response within the Environmental Management System and applies to the whole of the mine.

Emergency and Response procedure summary:

. Safety precautions . Emergency Response Initial action . Incident Classification . Internal Communication Requirement Page 311 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR . Emergency Management Team . External Communication . Emergency Preparedness . Evacuation procedure . Fires . Cyanide emergency response plan . Failure of tailings dams . Spill incident investigation

6.4 FINANCIAL PROVISION

6.4.1 Closure Costs

The closure costs for South Deep Mine were calculated by Golder Associates and are presented in the table below.

Table 6:2 Scheduled and un-scheduled closure cost calculations for South Deep Mine

Source: South Deep Gold Mine 2010 closure cost update, Golder Associates (December, 2010)

Page 312 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR 6.4.2 Financial Guarantee

The financial guarantee for the rehabilitation for land disturbed by South Deep Gold Mine is currently held by Guardrisk Insurance Ltd, 90 Rivionia Road, Sandton, Johannesburg.

The total value of the guarantee is R 160 589 606.00 (one hundred and sixty million, five hundred and eighty nine thousand, six hundred and six rand only).

6.4.3 Rehabilitation Fund

South Deep Gold Mine has also made provision for rehabilitation during closure by establishing rehabilitation trust. The name of the trust fund is the Placer Dome – Western Areas Joint Venture Trust and the trust is held with Stanlib bank. Current provision in the fund for South Deep Gold Mine is R 67 300 000.00 (sixty seven million, three hundred thousand rand only).

When adding the financial guarantee to the trust fund amount it is clear that South Deep Gold Mine is currently over funded:

R 160 589 606.00 + R 67 300 000.00 = R 227 889 606.00

Page 313 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR 7 CONCLUSION

A detailed assessment is provided of the potential environmental impacts on the environmental components of the biophysical and the social environment. (See chapter 5 as a reference). Significant amounts of information was gathered and assessed as part of this process and it is believed that the information presented illustrates the most important elements of information gained throughout the process.

7.1 KNOWLEDGE GAPS

It should be noted that there are no surface water monitoring points in the Kariegaspruit upstream of the mine with which to compare the downstream water quality. However, the source of water for the Kariegaspruit is stormwater from South Deep Twin Shaft area. As a result there is no need to monitor this stream at two points. Consideration will be given to the inclusion of a monitoring point at the source of the Kariegaspruit in November 2011.

Unfortunately all the farm boreholes are fitted with pumping equipment and it is therefore impossible to measure groundwater levels in any of these boreholes (Rison, December 2004). Starting in January 2012, it is planned to repair all the monitoring boreholes (mine and farm). This will commence with the mine boreholes and engagement with different farmers will be done so that in Dec 2012 all monitoring boreholes are in a good condition. This will depend on the engagement with the farmers.

No ambient noise monitoring is done by South Deep Mine to confirm this. To date, no complaints regarding noise have been received by the mine. South Deep Mine is in the process of sourcing the services of a company that has a reputation that is in good standing with regard to noise assessment and monitoring. According to the action plan, monitoring will be done quarterly unless if there is any triggering reason to do it more often. Data will therefore only be available at the end of 2011.

7.2 RECOMMENDATIONS

The findings of the specialist studies undertaken within this assessment describe both the positive and the negative impacts anticipated on the people and the environment as a result Page 314 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR of the current mining operation. The findings provide the recommended mitigation and management measures to be implemented in each case. A list is included as table 7.1.

Table 7:1 Recommended mitigation and monitoring actions

Description of Mitigation Measures Aspect Understand 1) Detail geological and geophysical mapping showing geological rocktypes related to underground mining activities substrate Management of 1) Monitor seismic activity ground 2) Identify potential sinkhole areas movement 3) Investigate areas of movement 4) Determine cause in consultation with suitably qualified person 5) Submit reports to STC & Far West Rand Dolomitic Water Association 6) Implement agreed remedial action (mine, STC, FWRDWA) Potential for acid 1) Determine the source underneath footprints of mine rock/mine residue stockpiles or deposits once removed drainage 2) Implement agreed remedial action (mine, qualified consultants, DWA & DMR) Slope stability of 1) Adhere to Code of Practice for construction of residue residue stockpiles stockpiles or deposits or deposits 2) Design paddock dams, toe cut-off trenches, siltation dam, return water systems with adequate capacity 3) Optimise slope length and gradient to reduce erosion effect based Manage standing 1) Limit activities that could result in standing water on water dolomitic areas (Effective site drainage, disposal of surface water off site, no water features/duck ponds) 2) Monitor wet services (irrigation, repair leaks) Construct / 1) Retreat or backfill residue stockpiles/deposits and mine remove mine rock dumps where possible infrastructure 2) Rehabilitate the footprints of sites, ensure effective drainage and vegetation cover 3) Ensure effective visual screening of residual impacts Construct or 1) Identify areas where topographical changes had occurred remove Residue 2) Assess potential impacts of change (change in drainage stockpiles / patterns, stormwater run-off, erosion, visual impacts, deposits vegetation cover) 3) Adhere to requirements of relevant management plans

Page 315 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Description of Mitigation Measures Aspect Manage soil 1) Conduct soil survey in areas identified for new mining resource activities by suitably qualified person 2) Compile soil management plan according to specialist recommendations (stripping, stockpiling, vegetation of stockpiles, erosion management, rehabilitation) 3) Implement and monitor agreed soil management plan (mine, qualified consultants) 4) Ensure that relevant environmental aspects are addressed in personnel training & awareness Soil 1) Investigate potential impacts on soil to identify highest risks contamination 2) Identify control and/or remediation options in consultation with a suitably qualified person 3) Implement agreed control and/or remedial action (mine, qualified consultant) 4) Ensure contaminated soil are not used for construction purposes 5) Manage the water run-off from sites in order to prevent pollution 6) Report and manage incidents according to the EMS procedure 7) Manage and implement maintenance programme 8) Ensure that relevant environmental aspects are addressed in personnel training & awareness Soil rehabilitation 1) Identify areas where the soil was impacted 2) Identify control and/or remediation options in consultation with a suitably qualified person 3) Rehabilitate borrow-pits to prevent secondary impacts 4) Ensure adequate draining and doming of rehabilitated areas to prevent pooling of water on dolomitic areas Change of land 1) Classify land capability of alternative areas identified for capability new mining activities 2) Ensure that all legal and consultative processes are followed for new mining activities 3) Identify land use objectives based on land capability information 4) Ensure rehabilitation objectives are aligned to the objectives of the Strategic development framework and the potential land capability 5) Rehabilitate according to closure plan requirements Land use 1) Develop long term land use plan in collaboration with transformation regional and local planning bodies 2) Implement agreed land use plan (mine, regional & local planning authorities) 3) Rehabilitate according to land use and closure plan

Page 316 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Description of Mitigation Measures Aspect requirements Vegetation 1) Vegetation management plans needs to consider soil rehabilitation condition and land capability 2) Identify control and/or remediation options in consultation with a suitably qualified person 3) Rehabilitate footprints of residue deposits / stockpiles to prevent secondary impacts 4) Include vegetation objectives in end land use plan 5) Ensure monitoring of specified indicators Vegetation 1) Conduct vegetation assessments for new mining areas by management a suitably qualified person 2) Compile specific vegetation management plans (invader species, fire management, sensitive areas, carrying capacity, collection of fire wood, erosion control, rehabilitation) based on specialist recommendations. 3) Prevent secondary impacts by implementing effective pollution control 4) Consolidate development areas by creating infrastructure corridors to prevent scattered populations 5) Ensure migration routes are not disrupted by infrastructure creation. 6) Manage and implement agreed vegetation management plans (mine, qualified consultants) 7) Ensure that relevant environmental aspects are addressed in personnel training & awareness Faunal 1) Conduct a faunal scan to identify threatened, rare or Management endangered species by a suitably qualified person 2) Compile specific management plans (including habitat monitoring and continuous rehabilitation options) based on recommendations 3) Manage and implement agreed management plan (mine, qualified consultants) 4) Include faunal management objectives in end land use plan 5) Monitor the specific indicators as defined 6) Ensure that relevant environmental aspects are addressed in personnel training & awareness Surface water 1) Enable water balance calculation by identifying all relevant quantity water quantities (include water meters where required) 2) Monitor and record water volumes according to WUL Surface water 1) Investigate potential impacts on surface water bodies and quality courses to identify highest risks 2) Assess acid leaching potential of processed mineral

Page 317 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Description of Mitigation Measures Aspect extraction material 3) Identify monitoring requirements based on investigation 4) Identify remediation options in consultation with suitably qualified person 5) Monitor and record surface water quality information into the monitoring database 6) Implement agreed remedial action (mine, DWA, qualified consultant) 7) Report on surface water quality according to WUL requirements 8) Manage incidents according to EMS procedure 9) Manage and implement infrastructure maintenance programme 10) Ensure that relevant environmental aspects are addressed in personnel training & awareness 11) Ensure compliance to WUL & COR conditions Surface water 1) Manage extreme (wet / dry) surface water run-off events management 2) No prospecting, drilling or mining within the 1:50 year floodline of a watercourse. 3) No prospecting, drilling or mining closer than a 100m from watercourse. 4) Report and manage incidents according to the EMS procedure Stormwater 1) Identify areas where control of stormwater drainage is management needed 2) Develop water balance calculations for stormwater control to enable accurate assessment of water quantities in all parts of the system 3) Identify control measures in accordance with GN704 4) Implement agreed control measures (mine, DWA, qualified consultants) 5) Discharge only treated water meeting legal standards into water courses 6) Manage and implement maintenance programme 7) Ensure that relevant environmental aspects are addressed in personnel training & awareness Stormwater 1) Investigate potential impacts on stormwater to identify contamination highest risks 2) Identify control and/or remediation options in consultation with a suitably qualified person 3) Implement agreed control and/or remedial action (mine, qualified consultant) 4) Manage the stormwater run-off from sites in order to prevent pollution

Page 318 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Description of Mitigation Measures Aspect 5) Report and manage incidents according to the EMS procedure 6) Manage and implement maintenance programme 7) Ensure that relevant environmental aspects are addressed in personnel training & awareness

Groundwater 1) Recycle water, backfill and seal mined out areas where quantity possible 2) Enable water balance calculation by identifying all relevant water quantities (include water meters where required) 3) Monitor volumes of water pumped from underground 4) Report volumes of water pumped from underground according to WUL (mine management, DWA) 5) Implement agreed remedial action (mine, DWA, qualified consultant) Groundwater 1) Investigate potential impacts on groundwater aquifers to quality identify highest risks 2) Ensure that backfill material will not contribute to pollution of groundwater 3) Identify monitoring requirements based on investigation 4) Identify remediation options in consultation with suitably qualified person 5) Monitor and record groundwater quality information into the monitoring database 6) Implement agreed remedial action (mine, DWA, qualified consultant) 7) Report on groundwater quality according to WUL requirements 8) Report incidents to authorities (DWA) according to the EMS procedure 9) Manage incidents according to EMS procedure 10) Ensure that relevant environmental aspects are addressed in personnel training & awareness 11) Ensure compliance to WUL conditions De-watering or 1) Identify environmental critical limit (ECL) according to re-watering Regional Closure Guidelines 2) Manage abstraction of water within these limits 3) Backfill voids to reduce groundwater flow 4) Investigation into the requirements for decanting on mine closure (Identify areas that require capping / grouting) 5) Enable controlled flooding through minimum design flood specifications Emissions & 1) Conduct baseline air quality investigation, by suitable odour control qualified person, to identify the sources of air pollution 2) Identify remedial and control actions based on investigation Page 319 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Description of Mitigation Measures Aspect 3) Compile and implement air quality management plan according to licence requirements (mine, Local Authority, qualified consultants) 4) Monitor and report on air quality (mine management, Local Authority) 5) Manage and implement maintenance programme 6) Ensure that relevant environmental aspects are addressed in personnel training & awareness Dust control 1) Conduct baseline air quality investigation, by suitable qualified person, to identify the sources of dust pollution 2) Identify remedial and control actions based on investigation 3) Water sprayed to reduce dust requires permission from DWA and Waste License 4) Compile and implement air quality management plan (mine, qualified consultants) 5) Monitor and report on air quality (mine management) 6) Ensure that relevant environmental aspects are addressed in personnel training & awareness Noise pollution 1) Conduct noise surveys to identify noise levels by suitably qualified persons 2) Identify control and mitigation options 3) Implement agreed control and mitigation options (mine, qualified consultant) 4) Monitor and record noise levels according to legal and other requirements 5) Manage and implement maintenance programme 6) Ensure that relevant environmental aspects are addressed in personnel training & awareness Management of 1) Identification of sites of archaeological and cultural interest heritage that may be impacted by mining activities, by suitably resources qualified person 2) Compile and implement heritage resources management plan 3) Ensure that relevant environmental aspects are addressed in personnel training & awareness Visual 1) Conduct visual assessments for mining activities by disturbances suitably qualified person 2) Assess and implement agreed mitigation options (mine, qualified consultant) 3) Rehabilitate according to closure plan requirements 4) Manage and implement a maintenance programme Social & 1) Compile and implement Social Labour Plan according to economic legal and other requirements impacts 2) Review and submit Social Labour Plan to DMR Page 320 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Description of Mitigation Measures Aspect Exposure to 1) Undertake radiological assessments to identify highest risk radiation areas (include surface water, groundwater and air) 2) Ensure footprints that contained infrastructure is assessed 3) Analysis should be done by suitably qualified person 4) Adhere to COR Requirements 5) Implement agreed remedial action (mine, qualified consultants, COR) 6) Implement a monitoring programme 7) Ensure that relevant environmental aspects are addressed in personnel training & awareness Communities; 1) Adhere to legal requirements related to I and AP legislation Neighbours; 2) Register complaints from I & APs Employees; 3) Determine cause in consultation with suitably qualified accommodation person 4) Ensure effective mitigation to prevent secondary impacts 5) Internalise cost based on scientific proof

The Bruntland Commission of 1987 reminds us of the four components to consider for Sustainable Development:

1. Development (prosperity): - The current mining operation contributes to stakeholder benefits. 2. Population (people): -The needs of the population were addressed in the social and labour plan. 3. Natural Resources (planet): - The natural resources are affected and mitigation proposed and 4. Governance: - The legal requirements were specified and considered at every step along the process.

The previously approved Environmental Management Programme Report describes the mitigation measures proposed for the management of the general operational impacts identified therein. Gold Fields is now assessing opportunities to enhance the life of its operations in the West Wits region and to further address several of the environmental impacts associated with their operations. To this end, Gold Fields is considering the Gold Fields West Wits Project as detailed in this separate document attached for consideration.

Page 321 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR 8 STATUTORY REQUIREMENTS

8.1 UNDERTAKING BY APPLICANT

I, …………………………………………………………...... , the applicant of existing Mining Right GP 30/5/1/2/2 (220) MR hereby declare that the above information is true, complete and correct. I undertake to implement the measures as described in Chapter 6 hereof. I understand that this undertaking is legally binding and that failure to give effect hereto will render me liable for prosecution in terms of Section 98 (b) and 99 (1)(g) of the Mineral and Petroleum Resources Development Act, 2002 (Act 28 of 2002). I am also aware that the Regional Manager may, at any time but after consultation with me, make such changes to this plan as he/she may deem necessary.

Signed on this ……….…day of …………..…… 200…..at ………………...(Place)

…………………………… Signature of applicant

Page 322 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR 8.2 LIST OF PERMISSIONS HELD

A list of permissions held by South Deep Mine is provided below. Copies of the permits/approvals are kept at the Environmental Control Office.

Mining

Mining Licence ML8/99 (DME Reference No. PWV5/3/2/860) issued in March 1999.

The mine‟s EMP (dated April 1999) was approved by the Director: Mineral Development Northern Region Pietersburg of the Department of Minerals and Energy on 24 June 1998 (Ref. 6/2/2/355). Gauteng Region – 1 August 2000 Reference No PWV/6/2/2/286.

EMP amendment for the South Deep area (construction) (dated June 2001) was approved by the Director: Mineral Development Gauteng Region of the Department of Minerals and Energy on 21 August 2001 (DME Reference No. PWV6/2/2/286 Volume 3).

EMP amendment for the South Deep area (operational phase onwards) (dated December 2001) was approved by the Director: Mineral Development Gauteng Region of the Department of Minerals and Energy on 15 February 2002 (DME Reference No. PWV6/2/2/286 Volume 3).

EMP amendment for upgrading of various works on the mine property (dated June 2003) was approved by the Director: Mineral Development Gauteng Region of the Department of Minerals and Energy on 26 February 2004 (DME Reference No. PWV6/2/2/286 Volume 3).

Environmental Impact Assessment / Environmental Management Programme for a New Tailings Dam (First amendment to the mine‟s updated EMP) submitted to the then Department of Minerals and Energy on 29 September 2009. Approved 6 January 2009 by the Regional Manager –Mineral Regulation: Gauteng. (DME Reference No: PWV 6/2/2 286).

Page 323 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Water-related issues

Authorisation (Ref. As2/1) to abstract water for mining purposes in terms of Section 5(2) of the Water Act, 1956 issued by The Regional Director: Northern Region of the Department of Water Affairs & Forestry dated 20 August 1998.

Permit from DWAF for the diversion of the Leeuspruit around the tailings dam granted on 26 June 1997 (Permit 16/2/7/C222/C45/E1).

Exemption from EIA process for the sewage pump station at South Deep Shaft and the sewage pipeline between the pump station and the upgraded sewage plant at South Shaft (Ref No. GAUT002/02-03/246).

The Water Use License application was submitted to Department of Water Affairs in 2003. The mine submitted its updated WULA in 2006 and completed the IWWMP in September 2010 to obtain licensing for all water uses at the mine. Engagement has occurred with DWA since then. The last meeting/workshop held with DWA was on 27 July 2011 to finalize inputs and clarify water balance and uses applied for. South Deep is awaiting issuance of water use license.

The mine submitted its application for exemption in terms of GNR 704 of June 1999 in March 2010. A letter of exemption in terms of GN704 of June 1999 was received and is dated 27 September 2010.

Other Permits

Continuous Transport Permit No. CTP 14558 – Issued by the South African Police Services. (Ref. 28/1/2/1/19170)

License for Explosive Magazine No. M 22169 – Issued by the South African Police Services. (Ref. 28/1/2/1/19170)

Registration as a user of explosives – Issued by the South African Police Services. (Ref. 28/1/2/1/19170)

Page 324 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Environmental Impact Assessment/EMP for the construction of emergency generators approved by Gauteng Department of Agriculture and Rural Development dated 01-09- 2009 (Ref: GAU 002/08-09/N0407.

CoR (COR-18) to National Nuclear Regulator Act of 1999

Page 325 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR 9 AMENDMENTS TO EMP

None to date (all previous amendments are included in this submission).

Page 326 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR 10 REFERENCES AND SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION

AFRICAN ENVIRONMENTAL DEVELOPMENT. 2002. Twenty-five and fifty-year return flood lines for the Leeuspruit and Kariega River within the South Deep Mine Property, April 2002

AL ABBOTT & ASSOCIATES. 2005. Classification of Sewage Sludge: PD/WA JV – South Plant. Reference 412/1/1/1977 TRD/bdm dated 5 September 2005.

ANTHENE ECOLOGICAL. 2009. Ecology: Fauna and Flora for the Proposed Gold Fields West Wits Project. Prepared for EnviroServ Waste Management (Pty) Ltd. Prepared by Reinier Terblanche

BARNES, K. N. (Ed). 2000. The Eskom Red data Book of Birds of South Africa, Lesotho & Swaziland. Birdlife South Africa, Johannesburg.

DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL AFFFAIRS (DEA). 1984. Requirements for the Purification of Waste Water or Effluent. Regulation No. 991, Government Gazette No. 9225, 18 May 1984.

DEA. 1992. Integrated Environmental Management Guideline Series, Volumes 1-6, Department of Environment Affairs

DEPARTMENT OF MINERALS AND ENERGY (DME). 2006. The Mine Environmental Management (MEM) Guidelines Series: Draft Guideline for the content and requirements of an Environmental Impact Assessment for the mining industry in terms of the requirements of the Minerals and Petroleum Resources Development Act (MPRDA) and the National Environmental Management Act (NEMA) and associated Regulations. Compiled by the CSIR and Oryx Environmental.

DWAF (1999) Volume 3: River Ecosystems. Resource directed measures for protection of water resources. Institute for Water Quality studies, Department of Water Affairs and Forestry, Pretoria.

DWAF (DEPARTMENT OF WATER AFFAIRS AND FORESTRY), DOH (DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH) & WRC (WATER RESEARCH COMMISSION).1998. Quality of Domestic Water Supplies Volume 1: Assessment Guide (2nd edn.) WRC Report No TT 101/98. ISBN No: 1

Page 327 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR 86845 416 9. Water Research Commission, Pretoria, RSA.

DWAF. 1996. South African Water Quality Guidelines.

DWAF. 1999. Regulations on use of water for Mining and Related Activities aimed at the Protection of Water Resources, No. 704. Government Gazette (Vol. 408, No. 20119), 4 June 1999.

ERM SA (2010). Groundwater Investigation for the Gold Fields Centralised Tailings Storage Facility, January 2010.

FRIEDMANN, Y. & DALY, B. (Eds). 2004. Red Data Book of the Mammals of South Africa: a conservation assessment. CBSG Southern Africa, Conservation Breeding Specialist Group (SSC/IUCN) Endangered Wildlife Trust, South Africa.

GDACE, 2004. Gauteng: State of Environment Report. Gauteng Provincial Government, Department of Agriculture, Conservation and Environment.

GDARD. 2009. Minimum Requirements for Biodiversity Assessments, Version 2. Gauteng Department of Agriculture, Conservation and Environment, Johannesburg.

GOLDER. 2010. South Deep Integrated Water and Waste Management Plan.2010

GROUNDWATER CONSULTING SERVICES (GCS). 2003. South Deep Mine Industrial Landfill Site, Hydrogeological Assessment, GCS Reference 2002-09-268

HATCH AFRICA. 2004. Review of Stormwater Calculations for South Deep mine. Reference PDWAJV, Project Number H313458, February 2004.

HENNING, G.A., TERBLANCE, R.F. & BALL, J.B. (Eds) 2009. South African Red Data Book: butterflies. SANBI Biodiversity Series 13. South African National Biodiversity Institute, Pretoria.

KOTZE, D.C., MARNEWECK, G.C., BATCHELOR, A.L., LINDLEY, D.S. & COLLINS, N.B. 2009. WET-EcoServices: A technique for rapidly assessing ecosystem services supplied by wetlands. WRC Report No TT 339/08, Water Research Commission, Pretoria.

LAND TYPE SURVEY STAFF. 1984. Land types of the maps 2626 Wes-Rand, 2726 Kroonstad. Memoirs on the Agricultural Natural Resources of South Africa 4: 1–342.

Page 328 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR LOW, A.B. & REBELO, A.G. (Eds.) 1996. Vegetation of South Africa, Lesotho and Swaziland. Pretoria: Department of Environmental Affairs and Tourism.

McMILLAN, P.H. 1998. An Integrated Habitat Assessment System (IHAS v2), for the rapid biological assessment of rivers and streams. A CSIR project, number ENV-P-1 98 132 for the Water Resources Management Programme, CSIR, Pretoria, South Africa

METAGO. 2006. Environmental Management Programme Report (Updated) For South Deep Mine. Metago Project Number S020-01, September 2006.

METAGO. 2007. South Deep Mine Environmental Impact Assessment / Environmental Management Programme for a New Tailings Dam (First Amendment to the Mine‟s Updated EMP). Metago Project Number 168-004, March 2007.

METAGO. 2006. Water Use License Application for South Deep Mine Incorporating Integrated Water And Waste Management Plan Main Report (File 1 Of 3). Metago Project Number S020-03, September 2006.

METAGO. 2009a. Feasibility Design Report for the Proposed HTO Tailings Storage Facility. Metago Project Number G007-01, August 2009.

METAGO.2009b. Future Site Wide Water Balance: South Deep Gold Mine. Metago Project Number G008-05, July 2009.

MINTEK. 2009. Baseline Social Assessment of Gold Fields‟ Mine Proximate Communities. External Report 5282. Project No. MSC-6010, August 2009.

MUCINA, L. & RUTHERFORD, M.C. (Eds.) 2006. The vegetation of South Africa, Lesotho and Swaziland. Strelitzia 19. Pretoria: South African National Biodiversity Institute. 807p.

NEMBA. 2007. National Environmental Management: Biodiversity Act, 2004 (Act No. 10, 2004): Publication of lists of Critically Endangered, Endangered, Vulnerable and Protected Species. February 2007.

NSS. 2005. Ecological Assessment for 3 Tailings Dam disposal facilities. Prepared by Natural Scientific Services for Metago Environmental Engineers

NSS. 2008. Winter preliminary scan of the fauna (with particular reference to birds) at South

Page 329 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR Deep Gold Mine. Prepared by Natural Scientific Services.

NSS. 2009. Phase 1 – Biodiversity Assessment – Driefontein Gold Mine.

NSS. 2010. South Deep Biodiversity Baseline Assessment. Prepared by Natural Scientific Services.

RISON CONSULTING. 2000. Placer Dome Western Areas Joint Venture – South Deep Expansion of the Groundwater Monitoring Program. November 2000.

RISON CONSULTING. 2000. Placer Dome Western Areas Joint Venture South Deep Project: Geohydrological investigation for the establishment of a Groundwater Monitoring Programme. August 2000.

RISON CONSULTING. 2004. Placer Dome Western Areas Joint Venture – South Deep Routine Ground Water Monitoring – December 2004.

RISON CONSULTING. 2005. In-stream Biological and Chemical/Physical integrity of the Leeu-, Kariega- and Loopspruit at South Deep Mine, as based on the Assessment of Macro- Invertebrate Communities Winter Cycle 2005. Report Date August 2005.

RISON CONSULTING. 2005. Placer Dome Western Areas Joint Venture – South Deep Mine Routine Ground Water Monitoring – May 2005.

RISON CONSULTING. 2010. Groundwater Quality Monitoring: South Deep Gold Mine. Report No: RIS\100802, July 2010.

RISON CONSULTING. 2010. In-stream Biological and Chemical/Physical integrity of the Leeu-, Kariega- and Loopspruit at South Deep Mine, as based on the Assessment of Macro- Invertebrate Communities and the Chemical Water Quality. Fourth Summer Cycle 2009/2010. Report Date April 2010.

SANS 10103. 1994. The measurement and rating of environmental noise with respect The measurement and rating of environmental noise with respect to annoyance and to speech communication 1994, Edition 4.

SANS. 2005: SANS 241 - Drinking Water, Edition 6.

SOUTH DEEP. 1999. Placer Dome Western Areas Joint Venture Environment Management Programme Report Revision: 0, Original Compilation: April 1999

Page 330 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR SRK CONSULTING ENGINEERS. 1994. Report on the Design of the Proposed Return Water Dan and River Diversion at the South Shaft Tailings Dam Complex. Prepared for the Department of Water Affairs & Forestry. SRK Report No. 154484/4, October 1994

SRK CONSULTING ENGINEERS. 2001/2. Placer Dome Western Areas Joint Venture South Deep Project: Addendum to the South Deep mine Environmental Management Programme Report. Report No. 288239/2, December 2001

SRK CONSULTING ENGINEERS. 2002. South Deep Mine. Acid, Sulphate and Metal Leaching Potential from two Waste Rock Dumps at South Deep Mine. Report No. 299161/3, August 2002.

STATISTICS SA. 2007. Community Survey Basic Results. (http://www.statssa.gov.za/community_new/content.asp)

WATER RESEARCH COMMISSION (WRC). 1997. Permissible Utilisation and Disposal of Sewage Sludge. 1st ed. WRC, Pretoria TT85/97. ISBN 1-86845-281-6.

Page 331 South Deep Mine EMP October 2011 DMR REF No. GP 30/5/1/2/2(220) MR

11 CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL

Section 6.4 and the table 6.1 as provided in Chapter 6.

Page 332